Quick viewing(Text Mode)

Range Rover Supplement

Range Rover Supplement

EDITION 2.2

BODY STYLING KIT SEE PAGE 78

CLASSIC 1970-1995 INCLUDES SERIES 2 RANGE SUPPLEMENT

SERIES 2 SUPPLEMENT SEE PAGE 95 PARTS & ACCESSORIES CATALOGUE

FOR DISCOVERY, FREELANDER, 90 & 110 PARTS PLEASE ENQUIRE

INDEPENDENT SUPPLIERS OF ORIGINAL & AFTERMARKET PARTS

SOURCE CODE RRCM2 HELPING YOU CARE FOR YOUR THE Rimmer Bros are a well-known and highly that time, the fact is that Range Rover was being respected classic car parts specialist. updated and improved upon on an almost a daily Since the early 1980s we have been helping basis, particularly from the early 1980s. This RIMMER enthusiasts around the world to maintain their ongoing process of development at classic Triumph cars - Stags, TR6s, TR7s etc - by means that it can sometimes be quite difficult to providing an efficient mail order parts service from determine exactly which parts are fitted to your catalogues such as this one. Continually striving to vehicle. BROS expand our range of vehicles, in 1993 we began To complicate matters even further, there have stocking parts for the Rover SD1. Additionally, as been literally dozens of one-offs, special many Range Rover owners will already know, we promotional vehicles and limited editions, such as SERVICE have been supplying stainless steel exhausts (both the , CSK and Olympic. Due to the standard and sports) since 1984. popularity and longevity of the Range Rover, a huge This catalogue represents another new direction proportion of these vehicles are still in use today. for Rimmer Bros, albeit a logical one. Range Rover Our customers are owners, garages and other was launched in June 1970, a few days after the specialists who are looking for a fast, reliable source . In addition to the Stag, it was sold of both original and quality aftermarket parts and alongside the , GT6, Dolomite, TR6, accessories, predominantly by mail order. We have WE HAVE THE TR7/8 and Rover SD1 - with whom it shared a the latest technology to ensure orders are processed number of parts. Many people involved in the instantly and despatched promptly to wherever you design, planning and production of the Range Rover, are - UK, Europe or worldwide. You will find we have PARTS such as Spen King and , were also high levels of customer service, excellent parts involved with the production of Triumphs and availability, competitive pricing, guaranteed quality - Rovers. and expert advice. The original (now called the Classic) Range Rover With this catalogue, we aim to apply our unique WE GUARANTEE enjoyed a 26 year production span (1970-1996); parts service to the Range Rover, to help you to despite the look of the vehicle changing very little in maintain and enhance your vehicle. THE QUALITY THIS CATALOGUE We have endeavoured to keep the parts listings devoted to the new model, introduced in 1994. This - as comprehensive as possible, whilst concentrating section covers mainly service items, such as brakes, on the items most frequently called for, the prices of exhaust and oil/air filters etc, although components WE’RE KEEN ON which may be found in our separate Price Guide. If, for the 4.0 and 4.6 litre V8 are covered in however, the parts you need are not listed, please detail within the main V8 section. The reason PRICE contact our sales office where our staff will be for this is simple: Range Rovers lend themselves to pleased to check availability and price for you. modification and earlier vehicles can quite easily Although this catalogue caters for the Classic be updated with later components, particularly - Range Rover, we have included a supplement engines. WE DELIVER MEMBERS OF BRITISH MOTOR HERITAGE FAST British Motor Heritage is an organisation Stringent standards are necessary to committed to the preservation of the cars meet the requirements of Heritage approval, which have special places in our motoring and the highest accolade for any company - history. One of the ways in which it pursues involved with the supply of parts for classic this objective is by helping to ensure that cars is to have Heritage approval. WE KNOW YOUR replacement parts are available and are of Rimmer Bros were invited to Heritage sufficient quality. membership in 1987. CAR THE CARS WE SPECIALISE IN As well as supplying parts for your Range Rover, we are also introducing a catalogue for Discovery and quick reference listings for Freelander, 90 & 110 models. Please request inclusion on our mailing list. We also concentrate on Triumph TR2, TR3, TR4, TR5, TR6, TR7/8, Stag, Spitfire, GT6, 2000/2500/ 2.5Pi, Herald, Vitesse, Dolomite, Rover SD1, as well as 4x4 FRONT COVER PHOTO ACKNOWLEDGEMENT M230 SKY (currently owned by Nick Tuite, R.R.R. Treasurer) is stainless steel exhausts. one of only 126 unique Classic Autobiography Range Rovers made by Land Rover. 100 were exported worldwide and 26 were retained for the UK market. UK . WORLDWIDE . THE INDEP

1 SO WHERE DO WE GET OUR PARTS THE PEOPLE YOU’RE DEALING WITH Wherever possible we supply original stock from This company really is owned by two brothers Rover/Land Rover sources - lots of parts are still named Rimmer. Bill and Graham started their manufactured. We also offer quality aftermarket parts in certain cases as an alternative to original business from humble beginnings in the early equipment; often, there can be significant cost savings. 1980s, and it has grown to be one of the leading organisations of its kind in the world, supplying parts Worldwide to an ever growing list of customers. Both Bill and Graham still work full-time in the business, helped now by over 50 members of staff. The main qualification of membership of our staff is a recognition that our customers, and our company reputation, depend on our ability to get every aspect of our service right first time.

PART NUMBERS In general, we use Land Rover numbers to identify original equipment (OE) Land Rover Parts. COMMITMENT TO CUSTOMER SERVICE When an alternative to the OE part is offered Helpful - Accurate - Fast - Efficient (Aftermarket) then the part number is identified with a ‘P’ suffix. There is also similarity with The overall objective at Rimmer Bros is to achieve customer satisfaction at all times. certain Rover and Triumph parts where we list the Our people know your car well, and every member of our staff is dedicated in Rover/Triumph part number. RA and RX prefixes denote a Rimmer Bros helping to preserve Classic Cars. derived part, where no original part number exists. Our computer system gives up-to-the minute information regarding availability and the price of any item. An ‘R’ suffix denotes ‘reconditioned’ (usually We have an enviable reputation for despatching goods when the customer needs it, quickly and efficiently. sold on an exchange basis). We try to make all our systems and documentation easy to follow and use, THE STOCK WE NEED TO GIVE and make sure that our catalogues and price guides really do help our customers choose THE SERVICE YOU NEED the right parts easily, first time. Our degree of specialisation means two things. Firstly, our people know the cars we’re dealing with inside and out, and can give you any advice Errors & Omissions Excepted. All parts offered subject to you might need regarding part selection. availability. All part numbers, illustrations and photographs used in this catalogue are intended for reference/identification Secondly, we are able to stock in depth just purposes only, and are not necessarily an exact representation of about any part you might need. Triumph House is the goods supplied. Whilst we make every effort to ensure the our latest HQ, acquired in 1991. With nearly 50,000 accuracy of product descriptions in this catalogue, they are square feet of warehousing alone, it is a cavernous based upon information supplied by the manufacturer/distributor building, and it needs to be! It currently contains at the time of publication. There may be occasions-due to more than 100,000 recorded part numbers with circumstances beyond our control - when specifications are over 30,000 stock lines, and we hold as many of changed, or when goods become temporarily unavailable. each as necessary to make it almost impossible to Certain part numbers have been superseded to an alternative run out of stock. number when a later version or updated specification is offered. All other aspects of our operation receive equal © Copyright Rimmer Bros. All rights reserved. No part of this emphasis. A truly efficient mail order and stock publication may be copied, reproduced, stored in any retrieval system, control system. The latest racking and storage communicated or transmitted in any form or by any means, including facilities for fast and accurate “order picking”. Photocopying, Electronic, Mechanical or otherwise, without prior written Careful packaging and despatch procedures. permission from Rimmer Brothers Ltd. ENDENT LAND ROVER PARTS SPECIALIST

2 HOW TO

TELEPHONE NUMBERS THIS CATALOGUE & OUR PRICE GUIDE There are no prices in this catalogue. Use it to select the parts you need, then check their cost by LAND ROVER SALES referring to the separate Price Guide which represents the other half of our ordering system. The price guide is updated and reprinted more frequently, but we ask that you confirm all prices when ordering. It 01522 543210 may also list additional parts (new lines) that we have introduced since this catalogue was printed, and it has more detailed information about ordering & delivery methods. It also has information on warranties GENERAL SALES and a ‘Trouble Shooter Guide’. 01522 568000 ORDERING BY PHONE (Overseas prefix +44 1522 ______) Please quote part numbers and your UK home postcode or customer number where possible. This FAX NUMBER gives instant access to our computerised records and stock control system. If you have any difficulty in selecting the parts you need, our expert staff can help. SALES 01522 567600 UK Payment for Phone Orders (See also “Overseas Orders & Payment.”) (Overseas +44 1522 567600 ) When you have checked on price, availability and delivery costs you can place your order by phone using, Visa, American E_MAIL & INTERNET Express, Diners Club, MasterCard, Switch, Solo, JCB or E-Mail Delta/Connect. You will merely need to tell us the card number, [email protected] expiry date (or issue number), cardholder’s full name and 01522 543210 Internet registered card address. www.rimmerbros.co.uk After Hours Ordering Service We operate a 24-hour answering/ordering service which is available to card holders out of normal hours for both UK and Overseas customers. Just leave all necessary details on our telephone answering ADDRESS DETAILS machines, ie; your vehicle type, year, model, the parts and/or the part numbers you require, plus your Rimmer Bros, Triumph House, Rimmer Bros customer number or your name, credit card and address details (as for ORDERING BY Sleaford Road, Bracebridge Heath, PHONE). Lincoln, LN4 2NA, England. Writing out these details before phoning, usually helps a caller to give us clear instructions. If at all possible, please also leave a daytime telephone number.

OUR CUSTOMER CARD ORDERING BY POST Your Passport to the Finest Parts Service Triumph House, Sleaford Road, Bracebridge Heath, Lincoln, LN4 2NA, England. Or use, PO Box 678, Lincoln LN4 2XQ. This really is the easy We ask you to phone first if at all possible - to check your parts selection, and to advise of delivery way to order the parts charges. Because prices and availability sometimes change, we can also confirm the exact remittance you need. needed avoiding unnecessary delays. If you have not been able to telephone, please give us all possible By quoting your UK home information - car type/year, RH or LH, front/rear etc - so we can check your selection (including your postcode or customer number every time you Rimmer Bros customer number) in all correspondence. contact us, allows our staff to instantly confirm Use our Order Form if you can. It asks specifically for all the details we might need. Please photostat your personal details, allowing us to process or request additional copies of the order form if required. your order, surcharge refund or query quickly & UK Payment for Post Orders (See also “Overseas Orders & Payment.”) efficiently saving your time and phone costs. Send your remittance with the order. The ‘Pricing’ section in the Price Guide tells you how to calculate If your card isn’t to hand when you call us, the amount. don’t worry, our computer system can quickly We accept payment by personal cheque even if the cheque guarantee card limit is exceeded. All we locate your details. require is your full name and address on the back of the cheque along with your cheque card number and for business cheques, a relevant letterhead. Cheques or P.O.s made out “Rimmer Bros Ltd” please. YOUR CUSTOMER NUMBER Note, if you are unsure as to the exact amount to send, you can write across the top of your cheque, Your customer number appears on every “Cheque Value Not To Exceed £...”. You can post us your credit card details if you prefer. If you send cash, invoice document that you receive. Also, as a note that we cannot accept responsibility for any loss, so registered mail is essential. Bank drafts and customer card holder, you will automatically Building Society cheques are also accepted. For Bank Transfer information see Price Guide. receive our latest price guide, catalogues and details of any special offers that we may have. ORDERING BY FAX To help us maintain our standards of service & customer records, please inform us if you UK CUSTOMERS: 01522 567600 OVERSEAS CUSTOMERS: +44 1522 567600 See also “Overseas Orders & Payment.” have moved, changed phone number, vehicle Another facility for customers who wish to make enquiries, or order by credit, debit or charge card. type or you have sold your vehicle, by using the Again, we will need your Rimmer Bros customer number, or the credit cardholders full name and coupon at the rear of the price guide or by registered card address. Plus fullest possible car/parts details - as for orders by post. informing us next time you call.

The Rimmer Brothers customer card is not a ORDERING BY E-MAIL AND THE INTERNET credit, debit or charge card. For Internet surfers our web site holds details on all our parts catalogues and has an on line ordering facility. Use our E-Mail address for sending your order or parts enquiry. State if you require us to confirm prices, as they can sometimes alter at short notice. Enter your customer number here for easy reference www.rimmerbros.co.uk E-Mail: [email protected]

3 CONTENTS CATALOGUE CONTENTS ORDER PAGE POPULAR PARTS (QUICKFINDER) 9

COLLECTING IN PERSON 12 If you wish to ‘call and collect’, you will always be made welcome at our shop and sales counter during 22 business hours. Our Visitor Information Centre has lots of interesting details of each production model and CLUTCH 24 the factories where they were produced. Customers drive here regularly from all over the country including Europe. Lincoln is a historic ENGINE & GEARBOX MOUNTINGS 26 Cathedral city and is an excellent place to visit. We’re about 2 miles south of Lincoln on the A15 Lincoln to Sleaford road (see map on back cover). We advise you to pre-check by phone that we have the part/s COOLING & HEATING 27 you want in stock. We accept payment by credit card, cash, bank draft, travellers cheque, building society cheque, and FUEL SYSTEM 30 personal cheque (when presented with a cheque card) even if the cheque card limit is exceeded, and by EXHAUSTS 35 business cheque with accompanying letterhead. Bring along your customer card or quote the number for a speedy transaction! MANUAL GEARBOX 39 PRICING AUTOMATIC GEARBOX 40 For full information and details on prices, VAT, & VAT exempt export sales, please refer to the latest TRANSFER GEARBOX 41 Price Guide. Written quotations are available on request, for parts and/or delivery charges. Please confirm all prices when ordering - prices and availability can sometimes change at short notice. Up to date prices PROPSHAFT 43 can be found on our web site. Our price file is also downloadable. FRONT AXLE 44 OVERSEAS ORDERS & PAYMENT WE EXPORT TO THE REAR AXLE 46 We supply parts to classic car owners Worldwide. We FRONT SUSPENSION 47 have thousands of customers in Europe and regularly send parts as far afield as Australia, North America, Africa and REAR SUSPENSION 49 the Far East. Delivery costs of course, vary greatly EC & WORLDWIDE SUSPENSION PACKAGES 51 (depending on size/weight/urgency). We can quote accurately for the cost of parts and delivery once your TEL: +44 1522 543210 ROADWHEELS 53 requirements are known. Our Multi-language European Order Forms explain how FAX: +44 1522 567600 BRAKES 56 to order parts in English, Italian, German, Spanish and E-MAIL: [email protected] French. STEERING 58 ELECTRICAL 61 Payment By Export Customers: BODY WORK 69 There is a choice of payment methods for customers overseas; A) Credit card, Debit card or Charge card. BODY FITTINGS 72 B) Bank cheque - in ££s sterling (Drawn on a London Bank) C) Travellers Cheques (signed) - in ££s sterling. BODY FINISHERS 74 D) Giro Cheques in ££s sterling. INTERIOR TRIM 76 E) By Bank Transfer - see Price Guide. PLEASE NOTE THAT ALL TRANSACTIONS MUST BE IN ££s STERLING. ACCESSORIES 78 PLEASE QUOTE YOUR RIMMER BROS CUSTOMER NUMBER IN ALL CORRESPONDENCE WHERE POSSIBLE. GENERAL FASTENERS 91 CHOICE OF DELIVERY METHODS NORTH AMERICAN SUPPLEMENT 92 (For Further Information/Cost Details, Please Refer to Price Guide) RANGE ROVER SERIES 2 UNITED KINGDOM SUPPLEMENT 95 There are numerous delivery options for the UK mainland ranging from Post (first class or parcel post) to overnight carrier services. We can advise of the best method of despatch when you telephone. The INDEX 102 type of service that we recommend depends upon the size, weight and urgency of the parts you require. Our price guide indicates the approximate costs, and we will confirm the final invoice total at the end of the call if required. WORLDWIDE (NON EC COUNTRIES) We started exporting parts Worldwide in 1982, and since then we have gained an excellent reputation for our speed & efficiency of service. Delivery costs are based on size, weight, and method of delivery. We have discounted rates with well known carriers, so costs are kept to a minimum. Send us a list of the parts you need (using post, phone, fax or E-Mail), tell us quantities and urgency, and we will work out the best delivery method and quickly advise you of the cost. Written quotations are available on request. EC COUNTRIES The European Community Single Market permits the free movement of goods between all EC countries. This allows us to provide a superb service to all our customers within the EC, with the benefits of improved delivery - via lower charges and easier documentation. Deliveries can be easily arranged using air or surface transport. Our Price Guide indicates approximate costs.

4 VEHICLE PRODUCTION & SPECIFICATION SUMMARY 2-Door V8 Carburettor 4-Door V8 Efi (3.5 litre) 4-Door Turbo D (2400TD) UK SPECIFICATION VEHICLES UK SPECIFICATION VEHICLES UK SPECIFICATION VEHICLES PRODUCTION INFORMATION PRODUCTION INFORMATION PRODUCTION INFORMATION Period of Manufacture June 1970 to Nov 1986 Period of Manufacture Oct 1985 to Oct 1989 Period of Manufacture April 1986 to Oct 1989 Number Prefixes; Chassis Number Prefix SALLHAML Chassis Number Prefix SALLHAME up to 1979 355, 356, 358 Engine Number Prefixes 22D, 23D, 24D & 25D Engine Number Prefixes 11A 1979 onwards SALLHABV1AA & 31D Choice of 5sp manual only Engine Number Prefixes 355, 341, 359, 398 Choice of transmission 5sp man or 4sp auto Choice of transmission 4sp man only BODY DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT BODY DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Length 4676mm (184.1”) BODY DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Length 4478mm (176.3”) Width 2080mm (81.8”) Length 4478mm (176.3”) Width 2080mm (81.8”) 2540mm (100”) Width 2080mm (81.8”) Wheelbase 2540mm (100”) Kerb Weight 2110kg (4642lb) Wheelbase 2540mm (100”) Kerb Weight 2070kg (4554lb) Kerb Weight 1723kg (3800lb) PERFORMANCE PERFORMANCE Engine Capacity 2393cc PERFORMANCE Engine Capacity 3528cc Power (bhp @ rpm) 112 @ 4200 Engine Capacity 3528cc Power (bhp @ rpm) 165 @ 4000 Torque (lb/ft @ rpm) 183 @ 2400 Power (bhp @ rpm) 132 @ 5000 Torque (lb/ft @ rpm) 206 @ 3200 Top Speed (mph) 92 Torque (lb/ft @ rpm) 186 @ 2500 Top Speed (mph) 102 Acceleration (0-60mph) 16.5 secs Top Speed (mph) 95 Acceleration (0-60mph) 12 secs Ave Fuel Consumption (mpg) 24mpg Acceleration (0-60mph) 14 secs Ave Fuel Consumption (mpg) 17mpg Ave Fuel Consumption (mpg) 15mpg

4-Door V8 Carburettor 4-Door V8 Efi (3.9 litre) 4-Door Turbo D (2500TD) UK SPECIFICATION VEHICLES UK SPECIFICATION VEHICLES UK SPECIFICATION VEHICLES PRODUCTION INFORMATION PRODUCTION INFORMATION PRODUCTION INFORMATION Period of Manufacture Oct 1989 to Feb 1996 Period of Manufacture Oct 1989 to Nov 1992 Period of Manufacture July 1981 to Nov 1986 Chassis Number Prefix SALLHAMM Chassis Number Prefix SALLHAMN Chassis Number Prefix SALLHAMV Engine Number Prefixes 35D, 36D, 37D & 38D Engine Number Prefixes 95A Engine Number Prefixes 11D, 13D, 15D, 17D, Choice of transmission 5sp man or 4sp auto Choice of transmission 5sp man only 18D, 26D, 27D, 28D, 29D & 30D Choice of transmission 4 or 5sp man, 3 or BODY DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT BODY DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT 4sp auto Length 4478mm (176.3”) Length 4478mm (176.3”) Width 2080mm (81.8”) Width 2080mm (81.8”) BODY DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Wheelbase 2540mm (100”) Wheelbase 2540mm (100”) Length 4478mm (176.3”) Kerb Weight 2070kg (4554lb) Kerb Weight 2110kg (4642lb) Width 2080mm (81.8”) Wheelbase 2540mm (100”) PERFORMANCE PERFORMANCE Kerb Weight 2070kg (4554lb) Engine Capacity 3948cc Engine Capacity 2499cc Power (bhp @ rpm) 188 @ 4750 Power (bhp @ rpm) 119 @ 4200 PERFORMANCE Torque (lb/ft @ rpm) 231 @ 2600 Torque (lb/ft @ rpm) 209 @ 1950 Engine Capacity 3528cc Top Speed (mph) 110 Top Speed (mph) 95 Power (bhp @ rpm) 132 @ 5000 Acceleration (0-60mph) 11 secs Acceleration (0-60mph) 15.8 secs Torque (lb/ft @ rpm) 186 @ 2500 Ave Fuel Consumption (mpg) 18mpg Ave Fuel Consumption (mpg) 28mpg Top Speed (mph) 95 Acceleration (0-60mph) 14 secs Ave Fuel Consumption (mpg) 15mpg 4-Door V8 LSE (4.2 litre) 4-Door Tdi (200/300Tdi) UK SPECIFICATION VEHICLES UK SPECIFICATION VEHICLES PRODUCTION INFORMATION PRODUCTION INFORMATION Period of Manufacture Oct 1992 to Feb 1996 Period of Manufacture Nov 1992 to Feb 1996 Chassis Number Prefix SALLHBM3 Chassis Number Prefix SALLHAMF Engine Number Prefixes 40D Engine Number Prefixes 12L, 17L, 18L, 19L, 20L, Choice of transmission 4sp auto only 21L, 22L Choice of transmission 5sp man or 4sp auto BODY DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT (300Tdi only) Length 4676mm (184.1”) BODY DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Width 2080mm (81.8”) Length 4478mm (176.3”) Wheelbase 2743mm (108”) Width 2080mm (81.8”) Kerb Weight 2185kg (4807lb) Wheelbase 2540mm (100”) Kerb Weight 2110kg (4642lb) PERFORMANCE Engine Capacity 4274cc PERFORMANCE Power (bhp @ rpm) 200 @ 4750 Engine Capacity 2495cc Torque (lb/ft @ rpm) 250 @ 3250 Power (bhp @ rpm) 111 @ 4000 Top Speed (mph) 110 Torque (lb/ft @ rpm) 195 @ 1800 Acceleration (0-60mph) 11 secs Top Speed (mph) 94 Ave Fuel Consumption (mpg) 18mpg Acceleration (0-60mph) 16.8 secs Ave Fuel Consumption (mpg) 28mpg 5 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION YOUR VEHICLE DETAILS ENTER YOUR VEHICLE DETAILS HERE FOR EASY REFERENCE To ensure the parts you are ordering are correct for your vehicle, it is necessary to know exactly when the vehicle was manufactured. Although the vehicle’s registration document will tell you when it was first registered, there Model (Vogue, Tdi etc): may have been some delay between manufacture and first registration. The most accurate way to determine your Range Rover’s age, along with information relating to its specification, is by the chassis number. Year of Manufacture: Note: the new model year begins in October. For example, the 1980 model year begins in October 1979. VIN/Chassis number: 1969-Sept 1979 Vehicles There were three chassis number prefixes for all vehicles built between 1969 and September 1979, depending on the vehicle’s specification. These are as follows: Engine Type/Size: 35500001 for UK market right hand drive cars. 35600001 for export right hand drive cars. 35800001 for export left hand drive cars. Engine Number:

October 1979 to May 1984 Vehicles From October 1979, a new VIN system was introduced, giving much more Gearbox Type (Man, auto): information about the vehicle, such as the engine type, steering and transmission type and manufacturing plant. (See Vehicle Production & Specification Summary Tables, previously). Gearbox Number: June 1984 onwards From June 1984, the chassis numbering system continues as previously but Transfer Box Type (LT230, BW): now the last-but-one letter of the chassis number indicates the year of manufacture, as follows: October 1979 to May 1984 AA000001 Transfer Box Number: 1984/5 model year (June 1984 to September 1985) BA000001 1986 model year (October 1985 to September 1986) CA000001 1987 model year (October 1986 to September 1987) DA000001 Front Axle Number: 1988 model year (October 1987 to September 1988) EA000001 1989 model year (October 1988 to September 1989) FA000001 Rear Axle Number: 1990 model year (October 1989 to September 1990) GA000001 1991 model year (October 1990 to September 1991) HA000001 1992 model year (October 1991 to September 1992) JA000001 Suspension Type (Coil Springs, ECAS): 1993 model year (October 1992 to September 1993) KA000001 1994 model year (October 1993 to September 1994) LA000001 ABS or non-ABS: 1995 model year (October 1994 to September 1995) MA000001

6 Evolution Paradoxically, though its basic ingredients (and indeed, its silhouette) were to remain essentially unchanged, the Range Rover's remarkable longevity is also due to the way it evolved. From its launch in June 1970, the new vehicle was a resounding success, with demand outstripping supply. Power from the 3.5 litre V8 was 135bhp, with 185lb/ft of torque at 2500rpm. Top speed was said to be in the region of 95mph, with 0-60 taking about 14 seconds. Yet there was room for improvement. Unfortunately, however, in the Range Rover's early years, when Rover Triumph (now combined) had become part of , profits from successful vehicles were Configuration used to fund less successful ones, with the result that funds were not available for the new vehicle's development. By the late 70s, things It was logical that certain aspects of Range Rover's design would began to pick up and Range Rover started to receive the attention it draw on proven elements of existing Land Rover technology. Thus, the deserved. Changes to the vehicle centred on its levels of refinement vehicle was based upon an extremely strong box-section ladder- and luxury: new upholstery, and tinted glass became frame chassis, onto which body panels of lightweight aluminium were standard and integrated air conditioning was available as an option. bolted (in fact, the body panels were bolted to a rigid steel framework, Range Rover had already outlived its predicted eight-year life span for superior crash strength). Also taken from existing Land Rovers and sales were stronger than ever. Nevertheless, despite ongoing were the solid beam axles, long considered indispensable on a developments, Range Rover was by no means perfect. Market serious off-roader. Initially, the transmission, too, was to follow research had shown that what customers really wanted was a four- established Land Rover practice, meaning that Range Rover would door version, and for some time a number of conversion specialists have part-time, selectable four-wheel drive. However, worries The Leisure Industry had been attempting to satisfy this demand. Finally, in July 1981, the concerning the ability of the rear axle to cope with the V8 engine's The Range Rover should be regarded as something of a factory-built four-door Range Rover was announced. (As if they had considerable torque output eventually led to the development of a full- phenomenon. It was launched within a few days of the Triumph Stag, needed any more convincing, Land Rover had tested the market for a time four-wheel drive system for the new vehicle. The transfer a handsome and practical four-seater that many would four-door version the year before with the Monteverdi, a two-door gearbox of other Land Rovers was retained, allowing the choice of consider possessed the attributes of the ultimate car: striking good converted by the Swiss coachbuilders of the same name, and high or low gears, but now incorporating a centre differential, which looks, independant suspension, powerful V8 engine, built-in available in very limited numbers). could be locked in either gear range. The result was a far more desirability; yet the Range Rover has outlived the production span of From its introduction, sales of the four-door eclipsed the two- sophisticated system than existing Land Rover vehicles could boast, the Stag by decades. door version, which nevertheless remained available until 1994. As a and one that was more effective both on and off road, too. The idea of Range Rover - a vehicle combining the go-anywhere consequence, the specification for four-door models was always The Range Rover's wheelbase of 100 inches was somewhere nature of a Land Rover with a luxury family car - was born in the mid- superior to that of the two-door: it became available with automatic between the contemporary SWB Land Rover's 88 inches and the sixties, prompted by a growth in what was becoming known as the transmission during 1982. Ironically, an automatic gearbox had been LWB's 109 inches, giving the best compromise between carrying 'leisure industry'. Rover had already been toying with the idea of a proposed for the vehicle back in the 60s but, once again, it was a capacity and ramp angle (or belly clearance). The styling, though by high-power Land Rover, to appeal to a wider market. To these new proliferation of after-market conversions that prompted Land Rover to now well developed, was completed by David Bache and it was in this buyers, however, whilst the principle of the traditional Land Rover was follow suit. Nonetheless, the new transmission was a great success, form, and amazingly similar to the eventual production vehicles, that fine, in reality it was simply too utilitarian. The harsh ride, low power giving rise to the first of the limited edition variants, the Range Rover the first prototype - bearing 'VELAR' name badges - was used on and basic interior were perfect for the military, or for use on farms, In Vogue Automatic Special Edition, featuring new paint finishes, public roads. The Rover Board gave the go-ahead in 1967, with but would never appeal to suburbanites or holidaymakers. three-spoke alloys, wooden door cappings and a cool-box. Neither the production due to start by December 1969. Furthermore, in the USA there was already a flourishing market for performance nor the fuel consumption of the auto was appreciably Looking at the vehicle's specification on paper, and with the benefit of recreational vehicles, which was being catered for by the Jeep Utility worse than the manual, but the improvements it gave to smoothness hindsight, it seems almost a foregone conclusion that it would Wagon, and later, the Chevrolet Blazer. Rover, of course, and refinement were noticeable. become a huge success: were aware of this; they had sent marketing specialist Graham At this time, the Range Rover was selling alongside the Rover SD1 Bannock over there to investigate future markets. He had spotted the Separate ladder-frame chassis saloon and it made sense for the two vehicles to share certain potential for the recreational vehicle, and wasted no time in Rigid steel body frame components. High compression pistons, as featured in the saloon, recommending that Rover produce such a car, incorporating their Un-stressed aluminium body panels, for light weight and were now being used in the Range Rover's V8 engine, along with the passenger saloon knowledge with Land Rover's established four- corrosion resistance same cylinder heads. The next logical improvement for Range Rover wheel drive expertise. Bannock's observations were passed on to the Permanent four-wheel drive was to drop the noisy and agricultural four-speed manual in favour of New Vehicles Projects team, headed by Spen King, and by early 1966 Choice of high or low transfer gears, with centre diff-lock a five speed. The obvious choice was the SD1's tried and tested LT77 King and designer Gordon Bashford had come up with some rough Long travel coil spring suspension unit (also fitted to the TR7, amongst others). The five-speed Range sketches. Boge Hydromat self-levelling unit at the rear Rover was announced in July 1983, replacing the four-speed and Interestingly, the Land Rover design team was not involved at this Servo-assisted disc brakes all round contributing to a slight improvement in fuel economy - always early stage. This fact is significant, because it was now that the High performance twin-carb V8 engine, capable of running on something of an issue for Range Rover owners. Once again, the new elements of Range Rover, which were to remain essentially unaltered, low octane fuel transmission was promoted with a special edition In Vogue model. would be formed. Had the Land Rover team been responsible for the Such a specification would generate interest if it were announced initial design, then it is likely that coil-spring suspension, disc brakes for a new car today. Remember, however, that in the late 1960s this and possibly even the V8 engine would not have been incorporated, was a completely new type of vehicle as it was traditionally felt that low power and leaf springs were and no one could be absolutely necessary for the vehicle’s preservation off road. As it was, King had certain how it would be his own ideas: he had long been of the opinion that the best ride received. Indeed, before characteristics and the best axle articulation would come from coil production had even started springs. As for the choice of engine, this was another piece of the there were questions jigsaw that seemed to fall into place: Rover had recently acquired concerning the fact that it was manufacturing rights to the light alloy V8 engine - now only to be available as a two- known as the Rover V8. Its power and torque were superior to the next door. Perhaps most interestingly of obvious choice - the straight six Rover saloon engine - and it was also all, Rover's Sales Department predicted just an shorter and considerably lighter. eight-year production span for Range Rover.

7 Going up-market economy was considerably improved, at around 28mpg). At the same time, the Range Rover received a last-minute interior face-lift, Throughout the 80s, the Range Rover moved consisting of a completely redesigned dash, which would enable the steadily up-market. The In Vogue fitting of air-bags. In this form, production of what had now come to promotional vehicles had been be known as the continued, overlapping the New surprisingly popular. So Range Rover. Production of the Classic Range Rover ceased in much so, in fact, that February 1996, 26 years after its introduction. Land Rover decided to produce a New Arrival permanently The New Range Rover was launched on September 29th 1994. available luxury Following on from its predecessor, it was bound to be a success, not model, the Range least because it was the product of extensive market research into Rover Vogue. what existing Range Rover owners would like to see in a new model. Meanwhile, competition Essentially, the New Range Rover is the Classic model refined, rather from other manufacturers Refinements than redesigned. Its basic configuration is familiar: - mainly Japan - forced Land Rover to work By the early 1990s, the Range Rover had harder at improving the quality and specification of their vehicles. One Separate ladder-frame chassis firmly established itself at the top of the luxury four-wheel drive tree. of the main reasons for pushing Range Rover even further into the Rigid steel body frame As many refinements were now being made to the vehicle in a typical luxury sector, however, was to make room for the imminent arrival of Un-stressed aluminium body panels, for light weight and year as had been made during the whole of the first decade of corrosion resistance Discovery, which was intended to entice back the buyers of mid-price production: chain-driven transfer box with automatic diff-lock, anti- Permanent four-wheel drive leisure vehicles who had strayed away from Land Rover. So successful lock brakes, heated windscreen, front and rear anti-roll bars, heated Choice of high or low transfer gears, with centre diff-lock was the leisure vehicle by now, that the makers of Range Rover found door locks, cruise control, heated seats and so on. With over 20 years Electronically controlled themselves competing to stay ahead in a market which they had of Range Rover production behind them, Land Rover had been able to ABS, disc brakes all round created. attend to virtually every one of its short-comings, giving the luxury New for October 1985 was electronic fuel injection for the V8 Furthermore, in order to retain a sense of continuity, the New Range vehicle buyer (for whom the vehicle was now unashamedly intended) engine. This was the same EFi system as fitted to the SD1 Vitesse and Rover features certain styling hallmarks (deemed essential by existing exactly what he or she wanted. However, as mentioned earlier, the EFi, albeit re-mapped for a more suitable torque curve. owners) from its predecessor. These include the horizontally split Range Rover's basic silhouette and wheelbase had never changed; The fuel injection engines were more powerful and more fuel efficient tailgate, castellated front corners to the bonnet, and the distinctive E- the 100inch wheelbase, coupled to long coil spring travel, endowed of the Classic. Interior space is a major improvement over the old than the carb versions, giving better performance with no fuel the vehicle with good off-road ability. Paradoxically, by the very nature vehicle, with more head, shoulder and legroom for front passengers, consumption penalty. A four-door EFi model was now producing of Range Rover, hardly anyone ever ventured off road in it. At the same a larger rear seat compartment and 50 per cent more luggage space. 165bhp and 206lb/ft of torque and, with , time, Range Rover's rear legroom was coming under criticism; it was As before, there is only one type of for the New Range could manage 102mph and 0-60 in 12 seconds or less. Average fuel certainly not as good as some of the long wheelbase limousines from Rover: the faithful V8. This has now been more extensively reworked consumption was quoted as being 17mpg. For the European market, Mercedes and Jaguar (in a similar price bracket), and couldn't be than ever before, with all-new crankshaft, con rods and pistons, however, the V8 was considered too thirsty. Land Rover were aware improved upon within the existing shell. So, in October 1992, Land stronger block with cross-bolted main bearing caps, improved cylinder of this, and in April 1986 they announced the first engine option since Rover announced the Vogue LSE; a 108 inch wheelbase version of the heads and new camshaft profiles. Shorter in length than previous the Range Rover's introduction: the 2.4 turbo diesel model. The versions, due to a redesigned front cover, incorporating a new - four-door Range Rover. choice of engine was simple: an intercooled version of the VM 2400 driven oil pump and single multi-vee belt to drive the ancillary In addition to the extra eight inches of rear legroom, the vehicle turbo diesel engine already fitted to the SD1 2400TD. This engine components, the latest version of the engine also features a new fuel boasted a new air-spring suspension system (introduced produced 112bhp and 183lb/ft of torque at 2400rpm. management system. This all adds up to 225bhp and 277lb/ft of simultaneously on standard SE models), featuring five different height By 1986, Land Rover were looking to launch Range Rover in torque for the 4.6 litre version, allowing a 125mph top speed and 0- settings for various situations, including high-speed cruising, off-road America (the market which had originally inspired the vehicle). Various 60 in 9.3 seconds. driving and loading/unloading. The new suspension system was minor modifications were made to tidy the vehicle's appearance, Diesel versions of the New Range Rover are fitted with BMW's 2.5 designed to actually raise the vehicle's chassis if grounding should including a facelift to the grille. Market research had told Land Rover litre, six cylinder turbocharged and intercooled engine, producing occur. Thus, Range Rover's class-leading off-road prowess was 134bhp and 199lb/ft of torque. Performance of the latest diesel that American buyers would have different requirements to those of maintained. The icing on the cake, for the long wheelbase models, vehicles is almost the same as the very first petrol Range Rovers, with the Europeans; for a start, Americans had no interest in diesel was a new 4.2 litre, 200bhp version of the V8 engine. This time the a 105mph top speed and 0-60 time of 13.3 seconds. engines; secondly, they preferred higher equipment levels. To satisfy extra capacity had been achieved by lengthening the stroke of the 3.9 Comparing the latest Range Rover with a Rover advertisement the American buyers, Land Rover came up with the Vogue SE: the engine. Top speed and acceleration were quoted as similar to a from 1970, which promoted the new vehicle as four cars in one - a most luxurious Range Rover to date. Introduced in the spring of 1988, standard wheelbase 3.9 vehicle, despite the extra weight of the LSE. , performance car, estate car and cross-country car - it the SE boasted metallic paint with matching alloys, wood trim, What no one outside Land Rover knew, at that time, was that the clearly still conforms to its original objective: to be the ultimate all- electrically adjustable leather seats, air conditioning and an electric LSE was also being used as a guinea-pig to test certain components rounder. This, perhaps, explains the phenomenal success story of sunroof. (So well received was the new special edition, that Land Range Rover. - such as the air suspension - for an all new Range Rover, which was Rover decided to retain it in the vehicle line-up). Following on from the already well into the planning stages. The New Range Rover was to be success of the Vogue SE, the next big news for Range Rover in the an out-and-out luxury vehicle, with a wheelbase of 108 USA was an increase in capacity for the V8 engine, from 3.5 to 3.9 inches, air suspension, ABS and traction control etc. litres. Predictably, the following year, the 3.9 replaced the 3.5 engine All of these complex electronic systems would altogether. For the UK market the 3.9 litre engine, with 188bhp and have to be tried and tested before the vehicle 235lb/ft of torque, could propel the Range Rover to 110mph and 0- could go into production. 60 in 11 seconds. At the same time, average fuel consumption was Nevertheless, the New now up to 18mpg. Range Rover was still two years For the European market, a longer stroke version of the VM turbo away, and there was plenty of life diesel engine was introduced, to coincide with the V8's size increase left in the old model yet. To prove in 1989. Shortly after this, diesel-buyers were rewarded with a new it, the diesel-powered Range up-market model, the Vogue Turbo D, which featured all the Rovers were fitted with Land refinements of the regular Vogue models, with the exception of the Rover's own 200Tdi engine from automatic transmission. (Diesel Range Rovers would not be offered 1993, which was itself replaced by with an auto option until 1994). 2.5TD models could reach 95mph the 300Tdi from 1994. (Performance was and 0-60 in 15.8 seconds, while returning an average 24mpg. no better than the VM diesel vehicles, but fuel

8 .. Y .. Y ...... SS SS RTC6551 GHT182S GSP6462 GSP4376 GSP4362 GSP4362 GSP4382 TT TT II II QUICKL QUICKL KK KK (8) ...... Y Y SS SS TT TT II II KK KK Y DA Y DA ...... (double core) SS SS TT TT 9.35:1cr non catalyst (8) 1970 to 19771978 onwards8.13:1cr & catalyst engines (8) (8) (8) II II THE EASY WAY TO ORDER AND GET TO THE EASY WAY EVER EVER performance (silicone) (1) original (1) 3.9 litre 4.2 litre 3.5 litre & conditions etc, please refer to our latest price guide. please refer & conditions etc, enquire. By now we might well have it. For prices, terms we might well have By now enquire. KK If the part you require is not listed here, please phone and is not listed here, If the part you require KK MORE STOCK MORE STOCK MORE STOCK MORE STOCK THE RIGHT PARTS YOU NEED YOU THE RIGHT PARTS DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Plug lead set - V8; Spark plug - V8; 601444 RB7469 RB7472 RB7470 RB7471 RTC3058 RTC6623 RTC3472 RTC3198 RTC3198 RTC5090 RTC5090 GCS2117 GDC117P GRA117P 9 3.5 litre with 35DM83.5 litre (1) 3.5 litre with 35DLM83.5 litre all 3.9 & 4.2 litre (1) (1) early - with dipstickwith oil level label (1) (1) originalMalloryoriginalMallory1970 to Sept 1977 (1) Mallory (1) (1) original (1) (1) carb engines (2) (1) (1) Oct 1977 onwards (1) MalloryEfi engines (1) IGNITION COMPONENTS AIR FILTERS DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART PAS reservoir filter; Distributor cap - V8 Rotor arm - V8; Points - V8; Condenser - V8; & baseplate - electronic distributor; Pick-up JS660 605191 606207 213961 ESR259 GFE7001 GFE1124 RTC5938 RTC4683 RTC3186 NTC1435 ESR4065 ESR1049 ESR1445 ESR1445 AEU1147 AEU2147 AEU2218 ERR3340 ERR3340 NRC9786 UAM2857 90577508 ERC3208A ERC3209A page 103. HotStart kits. service items etc. PARTS ROVER RANGE page 78 that includes polishes, Cylindrical. 1995 (VIN MA) onwardsSquare. (1) Australia onlyAustralia up to 1994 (VIN LA) (2) (1) all except Australiaall except (2) Engine nos: 341,355 & 359. all other modelsIncluding Series 2 Range Rover. (1) outer (1) Efi; 2400/2500TD200Tdi300Tdi (1) (1) (1) inner (1) carburettor; 2400/2500|Tdi (1) 200/300Tdi (1) early models (1) POPULAR parts which are most frequently parts which are called for: filters, gaskets, seals, called for: filters, gaskets, non heatedheated (1) (1) 1991 (VIN HA) onwards connector type. Screw-on 'O'-ring - pipe to filter (1) Models from 1992 onwards. (2) Push-on connector type. All models. bolt (all models); retaining Seal - bowl up to approx' 1986approx' 1986 onwards (1) (1) diesel; Element & seal - filter (1) V8 diesel V8 up to 1990 (VIN GA) (1) all Classic models (1) Series 2 Range Rover (1) or you can refer to the parts index on to the parts can refer or you This section will help you find the you This section will help anti-corrosion products, general workshop anti-corrosion products, general We also have a full range of Accessories on a full range also have We consumables, tools and workshop manuals, consumables, tools and workshop as well as Kenlowe electric fans and engine as well as Kenlowe If you are unsure, you will find each part will find you unsure, are If you listed again under its appropriate section, appropriate listed again under its Fuel filter - V8 carburettor; Rear of LH rocker cover. Rear of LH rocker filter (Efi)Cap - breather (1) Fuel filter element & seal - diesel; All models. See also K & N Filters (Fuel system) Service Items Oil filter; DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Breather filter - Efi modelsBreather (1) Fuel filter - V8 Efi; Sump plug washer - V8 Sump plug washer Air filter (standard); QUICKFINDER DESCRIPTION QTY REQ. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY REQ. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY REQ. PART NO.

Drivebelts QUICKFINDER Water pump drive belt; V8 - 1970 to 1985 (VIN BA) CABLES non air con (1) 613602 with air con (1) 614670 V8 1986 onwards (carb & Efi) up to 1994 (v-belt) (1) 611612 1994 onwards (serpentine belt) non air con (1) ERR4461 with air con (1) ERR4623 diesel 2400TD rhd (1) ETC9002 Cables lhd (1) ETC9019 Accelerator cable - V8 carburettor; 2500TD rhd - rhd (1) ERR416 4-sp manual (1) 566426 Handbrake Cable lhd (1) ERR914 5-sp manual (1) NRC8388 200Tdi (1) ERR810 automatic (1) NTC3083 Handbrake cables were not fitted to rhd Range Rovers prior 300Tdi (1) ERR3287 Australia only (1) NRC2191 to 1986 (VIN CA); these vehicles had direct-acting handbrake Alternator drive belt; linkages instead. lhd - V8 - carb Lhd vehicles with automatic transmission were fitted with manual (1) 577356 handbrake cables from 1982 onwards. non air con (1) 613602 Handbrake cable - 1982 to 1988 (VIN EA); with air con (1) 614794 automatic (1) NTC3084 Accelerator cable - V8 Efi; 1982 to 1986 - lhd, auto (1) NRC8096 V8 - Efi 1986 (VIN CA) up to VIN CA265468 1986 to 1992 (VIN JA) (1) ERR2073 up to VIN FA (1989) rhd (1) NRC5088 1993 (VIN KA) onwards (1) ERR2678 rhd (3.5 & 3.9) (1) NTC1054 lhd (1) NRC5089 diesel lhd 3.5 (1) NTC4842 VIN CA265469 to 1988 (VIN EA)(1) NTC9400 2400TD All models. 3.9 (1) NTC6723 rhd (1) ETC9002 Handbrake cable - 1989 (VIN FA) onwards; from VIN GA (1990) onwards lhd (1) ETC9019 V8 models rhd (3.9 & 4.2) (1) ANR5328 2500TD up to eng. no. -D22144A (1) NTC6125 rhd (1) ERR416 lhd eng. no. -D22145A onwards(1) STC1528 lhd (1) ERR914 3.5 (1) NTC7198 diesel models - 200Tdi (1) ETC7469 3.9 & 4.2 (1) ANR5327 up to 1994 (VIN LA) (1) NTC6125 300Tdi (1) ERR3287 Accelerator Cable - 2400/2500TD; from 1995 (VIN MA) onwards(1) STC1528 Steering pump drivebelt; up to VIN FA (1989) V8 rhd (1) NTC1461 1970 to 1994 (1) ERC675 lhd (1) NTC1460 With separate belt for p.a.s. VIN GA (1990) onwards 1995 onwards With serpentine drivebelt. rhd (1) NTC7830 non air con (1) ERR4461 lhd (1) NTC7189 with air con (1) ERR4623 Accelerator Cable - 200 Tdi; diesel rhd 2400TD (1) ETC9080 to VIN KA628559 (1993) (1) ANR1860 2500TD (1) ETC9101 VIN KA628560 onwards (1) ANR3592 200Tdi (1) ERR810 lhd - all models (1) ANR3606 300Tdi (1) ERR3287 Choke cable - V8; BRAKE SHOES - Air con compressor drivebelt; Stromberg carbs HANDBRAKE V8 rhd (1) NRC9094 up to 1994 (1) 611612 With separate drivebelt. lhd (1) NRC9095 1995 onwards (1) ERR4623 SU carbs - rhd & lhd (1) NTC3690 With serpentine drivebelt. Bonnet release cable; Transmission Brake diesel 1970 up to 1986 (VIN CA) (1) 630573 Shoes 2400/2500TD (1) ETC9009 1987 to 1994 (VIN LA) (1) MWC2287 200Tdi (1) ETC9009 1995 (VIN MA) onwards (1) MXC6324 Brake shoe set (Pair); 300Tdi (1) ERR2215 Speedo cable - 1970 to 1984; 4-sp manual (1) STC2880 Vehicles with circular instruments. Idler pulley belt - V8 (1) ERC675 LT230R/LT230T (1) STC2990 Up to Oct 1985. rhd - man & auto (1) 579165 Borg Warner - Air pump drivebelt - detoxed V8 (1) RTC3267 lhd - man (1) 579166 horizontally mounted shoes (1) STC965 Timing belt - 200 & 300Tdi; - auto (1) PRC3965 200Tdi (1) ETC8550 Shoes top & bottom. Speedo cable - 1985 onwards - 2-piece; vertically mounted shoes (1) STC1525 300Tdi (1) ERR1092 Vehicles with rectangular instruments. Shoes left & right. Approx. 1992 onwards. instrument end - all models (1) PRC5568 gearbox end rhd (1) PRC5564 DRIVEBELTS lhd (1) PRC5565 Speedo cable - 1985 onwards - 1-piece; Vehicles with rectangular instruments. rhd - manual & auto (1) PRC6017 lhd - manual & auto (1) PRC6018 Speedo cable - 1989 onwards - electronic; transducer to instruments (1) PRC6278 Not fitted after 1992. HELP US TO HELP YOU gearbox to transducer - If you are not sure which part/part number you require, 3.5 V8 & 2400TD (1) PRC6320 to help ensure you receive the correct component, 3.9 V8 & 2500TD (1) PRC7949 wherever possible please quote: 4.2 V8 & Tdi - rhd (1) PRC7949 MODEL, YEAR, CHASSIS AND/OR ENGINE NUMBER Tdi - lhd (1) PRC6018 PLUS ANY COMPONENT INFORMATION.

10 390320 390321 392624 392625 RTC4264 ALR1062 ALR1063 ALR1064 ALR1065 ALR4463 ALR4464 ALR2371 ALR2371 MTC2398 MTC2398 MTC9276 MTC9275 MTC7580 MTC7579 MTC9276 MTC9275 MTC7580 MTC7579 MXC7405 MXC8422 MUC3701 MUC3702 MXC1468 MXC1469 MXC9584 MUC3735 MXC1470 MXC1471 MXC5355 MXC5356 MXC8014 MXC8015 MXC8016 MXC8017 ALR1614SUA ALR1615SUA UPPER ENGINE GASKET SET lhrhlhrhlh (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) rh (1) rhrhlh (1) (1) (1) lh (1) rhlhrhlh (1) (1) (1) (1) rhrhlhrhlh (1) rhlh (1) (1) rhlh (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) lh (1) 1987 (VINto 1988 (VIN DA) EA) 1989 (VIN FA) onwards 1981 up to 1986 (VIN CA) 1970 to August 1982 September 1982 on sides & top (1) bottom (1) 1981 up to 1986 (VIN CA)1987 (VIN DA) (2) to 1988 (VIN EA) 1989 (VIN FA) onwards 1970 to 1988 (VIN EA) 1989 (VIN FA) onwards front (100”) wheelbase - standard rear - lwb (108”) models rear lhrhlhlh (1) rhlh (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) rhrh (1) (1) 1-piece seal for complete aperture. 1-piece seal for 4 door - front 2 door 1970 to 1992 (VIN JA) 1970 to 1992 onwards1993 (VIN KA) (1) 4 door - rear 2 door 4 door all other vehicles up to VIN (1989) FA374641 VIN (1989) onwards(2) FA374642 all other vehicles up to VIN (1989) FA374641 VIN (1989) onwards(2) FA374642 early vehicles with rivetted door flange early vehicles with rivetted door flange DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Door seal; Rubber Seals Rubber sealWindscreen (1) Tailgate glass sealTailgate seal - tailgate; Aperture (1) Upper tailgate to lower - seal to lower Upper tailgate (1) Waist seal - door; Waist Seal - rear door to wheelarch Seal - rear door to wheelarch Seal - rear SETS 200TDI ENGINE GASKET STC850 STC804 538039 ERR765 RA1234 RA1235 ETC4154 ETC8663 ETC7514 ETC7513 STC1623 STC1172 STC1557 STC1570 STC1571 STC1844 STC2905 RTC4893 RTC5004 RTC4894 RTC6710 RTC6771 ERC8408 AEU2145 ERR3356 ERR2532 ERR1632 ERR5261 ERR5262 ERR5263 ERR2393 ERR2409 ERR1195 ERR4860 ERR7293 ERR1208 ERR3785 AJM4460B GUG705649GM included. not 11 inner (1) outerinnerouter (1) (1) (1) upperupperlower (1) (1) (1) lower (1) upperlower (1) (1) innerouter (1) (1) 1.3mm1.4mm1.5mm (1) (1) (1) 1.52mm (2 notch)1.62mm (1 notch) (a/r) (a/r) 1.42mm (a/r) 2400/2500TD200Tdi300Tdi (4) (1) (1) 2400TD only (1) 200Tdi 300Tdi 200Tdi (1) to cylinder head to cylinder to turbo (4) 300Tdi (1) (1) 200Tdi2400/2500TD200Tdi (1) (1) (1) 200Tdi 300Tdi 2400/2500TD front rear (1) cylinder head - 200/300Tdi cylinder cylinder head - 2400/2500TD cylinder rocker cover rocker front cover inlet/exhaust manifold inlet/exhaust inlet manifold - 2400/2500TD (4) manifold - 2400/2500Tdi; exhaust exhaust manifold to turbo exhaust turbo to exhaust rear (1) front (1) DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Oil seal - camshaft (300Tdi only) (1) ‘O’ ring - oil pump (2400TD only) (1) Note: new oil pumps do not use ‘O’ ring. - oil pump (200Tdi)Gasket (1) 2400/2500TD. - 200/300Tdi; Oil seal - crankshaft stem (200/300Tdi)Seal - valve (8) End plug - cylinder head (200Tdi)End plug - cylinder (2) Gaskets & Oil Seals - Oil Seals & Gaskets Diesel sets - engine; Gasket set. one of each order engine rebuild, For a complete are head gaskets Note: cylinder Individual gaskets; Oil seal - crankshaft - 2400/2500TD; Oil seal - crankshaft ‘O’ ring - crankshaft (rear)‘O’ ring - crankshaft (1) LOWER ENGINE LOWER GASKET SET .. Y .. Y ...... SS SS 602178 611089 613855 GEG436 GEG340 RA1233 RB7448 RB7447 AJM645 AJM539 ETC7819 STC1639 ERC3990 GEG340C ERR6490 ERR7306 ERR7283 ERR2640 ERR7217 RB7447C RB7448C TT TT GEG436UR II II GUG1538CS GUG1066HS QUICKL GUG1066HSC QUICKL (1) KK KK ...... SS SS TT TT II II (All models) KK KK ...... SS SS TT TT tin gasketcomposite gasket* (2) (2) tin gasketcomposite gasket* (2) (2) tin head gaskets (1) composite head gaskets* (1) tin gasketcomposite gasket* (2) (2) tin head gaskets (1) composite head gaskets* (1) II II THE EASY WAY TO ORDER AND GET TO THE EASY WAY 3.9/4.2/4.0 & 4.6 (1995 on) (1) 3.9/4.2/4.0 & 4.6 (1995 on) Standard (tin) gasketsStandard Composite gaskets 0.5mm 1.2mm Screw-on retainer type. retainer Screw-on For engine nos: 355 & 359, suffix A. all other models (1) Very early engines only. all other models (1) compositefor tin gasketsfor composite gasketsall models to 1991 (VIN HA) (2) (1) (1) (2) early type (1) tin (1) all models 1992 (VIN JA) on (1) 2 rows of cylinder head bolts. of cylinder 2 rows 3 rows of cylinder head bolts. of cylinder 3 rows 2 rows of cylinder head bolts. of cylinder 2 rows With composite head gaskets. 3 rows of cylinder head bolts. of cylinder 3 rows early (rope type) (1) standard (rubber)uprated (2) (2) 3.5 litre models (1970-1992) 3.5 litre 3.5 litre models (1970 - 1992) 3.5 litre models (1990 - 1994) 3.9/4.2 litre models (1990-1994) 3.9/4.2 litre KK KK V8 SUMP GASKET SET V8 HEAD GASKET SET GASKET V8 HEAD THE RIGHT PARTS YOU NEED YOU THE RIGHT PARTS End seal - manifold gasket; seals); set (inc. Sump gasket oil seal (front); cover Timing Seal - rear main bearing cap Seal - rear (2) Crankshaft oil seal (rear); Crankshaft Cruciform seal. Rocker cover gasket gasket cover Rocker but expensive more are Composite inlet manifold gaskets No a superior seal to the original tin type gasket. provide necessary. modifications are *Composite head gaskets are thicker than standard tin standard than thicker are *Composite head gaskets the engine's compression lower and will therefore gaskets when heads/block ratio compression for raising Ideal ratio. (Not applicable to 1995 on)/ been skimmed. faces have as follows: are thicknesses Approximate gasket Head gasket only- V8; Head gasket Head gasket set - V8; Head gasket Gaskets & Oil Seals - V8 Gaskets & Oil DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Sump gasket only Sump gasket Inlet manifold gasket; QUICKFINDER V8 Engine update 11/3/05 2:09 pm Page 1 V8 ENGINE UPDATE REVISED ENGINE SPECIFICATION AND LISTINGS LONG AND FULL ENGINES March 2005 Description Qty Req Part No. APPLICABLE TO THE FOLLOWING CATALOGUES:- V8 Engines - Performance ‘Long’ Units The following listings replace those on page 8 in our V8 Engine catalogue. ALL APPLICATIONS. Supplied less timing cover, sump, & rocker gear. Exchange unit must be ‘Like for Like’. Surcharge will only be refunded upon receipt & inspection of suitable old unit. 4.0 Litre Performance Long Engine (1) RB8004R Exchange. Description Qty Req Part No. Please specify if ‘GEMS’ or Non ‘GEMS’ block required and intended vehicle application. Rebuilt large journal cross bolted block with V8 Engines - ‘Top Hat’ liners, large journal crank, cylinder Standard ‘Long’ Units heads, cam, followers and timing gear. Crank spacer STC1893SPACER is required for The following listings replace those on page 7 in our non-serpentine timing covers. V8 Engine catalogue. Note: all units neutrally balanced. Crank pulley & flywheel can also be balanced at extra cost. ALL APPLICATIONS. Supplied less timing cover, sump, & rocker gear. Installation Kit (1) RB8003 Exchange unit must be ‘Like for Like’. Includes oil, filter, gaskets etc. Surcharge will only be refunded upon receipt & inspection of suitable old unit. 4.6 Litre Performance Long Engine (1) RB8005R LONG ENGINE Exchange. 3.5 Litre Long Engine (1) RB8000R Please specify if ‘GEMS’ or Non ‘GEMS’ block Exchange. required and intended vehicle application. Includes recon block, small journal crank Rebuilt large journal cross bolted block with (short keyway), 3/3 cylinder heads, cam, ‘Top Hat’ liners, large journal crank, cylinder followers and timing gear. heads, cam, followers and timing gear. Crank spacer STC1893SPACER is required for This update sheet lists the revised range Installation Kit (1) RB8003 non-serpentine timing covers. of engine units that we now supply and is an Includes oil, filter, gaskets etc. Note: all units neutrally balanced. Crank pulley & flywheel can also be balanced at extra cost. addendum to our V8 Engine Catalogue (edition 3.9 Litre Long Engine (1) RB8001R Exchange. Installation Kit (1) RB8003 2.2), Range Rover Catalogue (edition 2.2), Includes recon/relinered block (not cross bolted), Includes oil, filter, gaskets etc. small journal crank (long keyway), 3/4 cylinder Discovery Catalogue (edition 2.0), Defender heads, cam, followers and timing gear. 4.8 Litre Performance Long Engine (1) RB8006R Exchange. Catalogue (edition 2.0), and our Rover SD1 Installation Kit (1) RB8003 Please specify if ‘GEMS’ or Non ‘GEMS’ block Includes oil, filter, gaskets etc. required and intended vehicle application. Catalogue (edition 2.2). Rebuilt large journal cross bolted block with The engine listings for both full and long 4.0 Litre Long Engine ‘Top Hat’ liners, large journal crank, cylinder GEMS’ type (1) ERR5012STRG heads, cam, followers and timing gear. engines along with their part numbers have Exchange. Crank spacer STC1893SPACER is required for Suitable for Series 2 (P38A) Range non-serpentine timing covers. changed. The following listings substitute both Rover/Discovery/TVR/Morgan etc (‘95 on). Note: all units neutrally balanced. Crank pulley Standard and Performance units. There is also Non ‘GEMS’ type (1) ERR5012STRNG & flywheel can also be balanced at extra cost. Exchange. Installation Kit (1) RB8003 minor revision to Short Engines. Suitable for all Non Series 2 (P38A) Range Includes oil, filter, gaskets etc. Rover/Discovery/TVR/Morgan etc (to ‘95). Due to on-going old core shortages and 5.2 Litre Performance Long Engine (1) RB8007R availability of Full Engines suitable for IDENTIFICATION: ‘GEMS’ Efi uses a crank sensor Exchange. pick-up on rear of engine block (1995 on). Please specify if ‘GEMS’ or Non ‘GEMS’ block reconditioning, we now only supply ‘Long SPECIFICATION: Exchange. Rebuilt large journal required and intended vehicle application. Engines’ for immediate delivery. Long Engines cross bolted block with ‘Top Hat’ liners, large Rebuilt large journal cross bolted block with journal crank, cylinder heads, cam, followers ‘Top Hat’ liners, large journal crank, cylinder are supplied less timing cover, sump and and timing gear. Crank spacer STC1893SPACER heads, cam, followers and timing gear. is required for non-serpentine timing covers. Crank spacer STC1893SPACER is required for rocker gear so you will need to re-use your non-serpentine timing covers. Installation Kit (1) RB8003 Note: all units neutrally balanced. Crank pulley existing units (It is important that your timing Includes oil, filter, gaskets etc. & flywheel can also be balanced at extra cost. cover is suitably inspected, overhauled or 4.6 Litre Long Engine Installation Kit (1) RB8003 replaced as necessary. Additionally, the GEMS’ type (1) ERR5013STRG Includes oil, filter, gaskets etc. Exchange. Rocker gear should be stripped, cleaned and Suitable for Series 2 (P38A) Range Rover/Discovery/TVR/Morgan etc (‘95 on). V8 Short Engines checked for wear - all components are Non ‘GEMS’ type (1) ERR5013STRNG Addendum to page 9 in our V8 Engine catalogue. available at low cost - refer to catalogue). Exchange. All other Short Engines remain unchanged. Suitable for all Non Series 2 (P38A) Range Note: All Short Engines are exchange. We will be pleased to recondition Rover/Discovery/TVR/Morgan etc (to ‘95). customer’s own units (to ‘full’ engine 4.6 Litre Rebuilt Short Engine - IDENTIFICATION: ‘GEMS’ Efi uses a crank sensor High compression (1)STC1893HCR specification) on request and can quote to do pick-up on rear of engine block (1995 on). Pre-series 2 (P38A) Range Rover applications (to ‘95). SPECIFICATION: Exchange. Rebuilt large journal 4.8 Litre Rebuilt Short Engine (1) RB7676R so on an individual basis. cross bolted block with ‘Top Hat’ liners, large journal crank, cylinder heads, cam, followers 5.2 Litre Rebuilt Short Engine (1) RB7682R The range of long engines listed is much and timing gear. Crank spacer STC1893SPACER is required for non-serpentine timing covers. PLEASE NOTE: These units are supplied with a simplified since they are now suitable for all ‘Rebuilt’ large journal cross bolted block with Installation Kit (1) RB8003 ‘Top Hat’ liners. All other parts are new. applications both saloon car and 4x4 vehicle. Includes oil, filter, gaskets etc. Part numbers are suffixed ‘R’. Please note that for 1995 on applications: Range Rover Series 2 (P38A), Discovery, TVR and Morgan, the ‘GEMS’ type engine is required which has a crank sensor pick-up (for the ignition timing) at the rear of the block casting and is fitted with a camshaft with no provision for the distributor drive making it Triumph House, Sleaford Road, Bracebridge Heath, Lincoln LN4 2NA. unsuitable for earlier applications. Tel: 01522 568000. Fax: 01522 567600. E-mail: [email protected] www.rimmerbros.co.uk V8 ENGINE FULL ENGINE 3.5 litre standard3.5 litre standard4.6 litre 165bhp 240bhp Standard Engines Standard (est) Max. Power 3.9/4.0 litre standard3.9/4.0 litre 200bhp Performance Engines Performance 3.9 litre RCT performance3.9 litre RCT performance4.6 litre RCT performance4.8 litre RCT performance5.2 litre 225bhp 260bhp 280bhp 300+bhp DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART V8 ENGINE NUMBERS ENGINE V8 Note: from 11D onwards, suffix B denotes electronic ignition. Note: from 11D onwards, SU carbs fitted. suffix C denotes Note: from 26D onwards, oil pump. crank-driven suffix B denotes Note: From 35D onwards, 12 Engine NumberEngine engine) (3.5 litre 3410000135500001 Suffix35900001 etc) ratio (Compression 341000013410000135500001 Features General A35900001 A39800001 A35500001 Fuel System (Carb type etc) B,C,D,E F11D00001 4-sp 8.5cr B,C,D,EJuly 81-July 83 4-sp 8.5cr B,C,D,E 8.25cr 4-sp13D00001 4-sp CKD 8.25cr F15D00001 Date Approximate F 8.25cr 4-sp16D00001 * Ger,Nor,Swed 8.25cr 8.25cr 4-sp17D00001 A July 83-Oct 85 Carbs Stromberg 18D00001 A or B Australia 8.13cr 19D00001 A or B 4-sp 8.13cr 20D00001 " A or B "21D00001 " 9.35cr 4-sp * " A or B 1970-Feb 71 22D00001 8.13cr Auto23D00001 9.35cr Auto * " A or B24D00001 * 9.35cr Auto Australia " A or B25D00001 9.35cr 5-sp * B " B26D00001 8.13cr 5-sp B27D00001 Feb 71-Oct 77 * 9.35cr 5-sp Australia " " B" " B,C " 28D00001 " " " 8.13cr 5-sp Saudi * B,C29D00001 8.13cr Auto Saudi *30D00001 " " 8.13cr 5-sp B,C31D00001 " 8.13cr Auto B,C engine) (3.9 litre 9.35cr 5-sp " 35D00001 9.35cr Auto 81 Oct 77-July " B,C36D00001 " B,C(Hotwire)37D00001 9.35cr 5-sp * " Aug 82-Oct 85 B,C38D00001 " 9.35cr Auto * " L) Efi (Lucas engine) (4.2 litre 40D00001 8.13cr 5-sp " A,B Series 2 Range Rover) (4.0 litre, 8.13cr Auto " A,B42D " " * 8.13cr or SU) Carb (Stromberg " A,B44D " A,B Series 2 Range Rover) (4.6 litre, Efi 8.13cr Oct 85-Oct 89 " 46D " 9.35cr 5-sp " A,B48D 9.35cr Auto " " 8.13cr 5-sp* Denotes engines with air rails. " 8.13cr Auto " A 8.94cr Auto A Efi (Hotwire " " " " A A " 9.34cr " " 8.12cr " ) 0ct 88-1995 " 9.34cr " " 8.12cr " Efi (GEMS) " " " " " " " onwards Sept 94 " " " DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART

All engines are bench tested. bench All engines are Each performance engine is supplied with a dyno test sheet, giving actual power figures. figures. performance test sheet, giving actual power Each engine is supplied with a dyno Power Outputs Power of V8 engines. outputs of our range is a guide to the maximum power This chart to help you make intended only as an indication of the performance engine, are potential of each These figures depending on final application. Choice of may vary figures considerably, power In reality, the right choice. achieve output. To a significant effect on final power all have and intended rpm range induction system, exhaust be necessary output, it may power the required particularly on fuel injection engines. to modify the fuel system, See ‘Fuel’ section for details Note: "Pulsair" and "Air Injection" are termsNote: "Pulsair" and "Air Injection" are applied to heads, ie engines equipped with Air Rail type cylinder heads with steel pipes located in holes just above cylinder engines only.) ports. (Fitted to carburettor the exhaust of emission control devices, to a variety "Detoxed" refers including Air Rails, fitted to carb engines. Engine Number Identification V8 engine of Range Rover chart included a reference have We will help you to identify which numbers from 1970 onwards, The engine number of the engine fitted to your Range Rover. V8s is stamped on the left hand side of the most Range Rover although some very tube, adjacent to the dipstick deck, block early models had the engine number stamped on the also The chart of the block. bellhousing flange at the rear as compression such contains a brief description of features, fitted. and also the approximate year and gearbox type, ratio it at some time, if your engine has been changed Therefore, identify it. should still be possible to correctly your parts, please have the correct you receive ensure To ordering. before engine number ready Performance built to the same high engines are versions, but incorporate specifications as our Standard Ideal for and torque. power certain modifications to increase performance more from their vehicle, the driver who requires camshaft, longer duration a higher lift, these engines feature heads fitted with cylinder and improved timing chain Vernier gain maximum benefit from these engines, To valves. larger and air filter be system, exhaust the fuel we recommend a 3.9 efi vehicle fitted with a to suit. (For example, uprated also benefit from a remapped would Performance 4.8 engine, and K&N air filter) ecu, stainless steel sports exhaust in 3.9, 4.6, 4.8 & 5.2 litre Performance available engines are versions. Please contact our sales department for help or advice parts for your V8 engine. choosing Performance Full Engines Performance Standard Full Engines Standard for anyone looking the perfect choice engines are Standard efi Suitable for carb or a worn-out engine. to replace and built to applications, manual or automatic transmissions a engines are These run on unleaded fuel as well as LPG. ancillaries and fuel enabling the existing swop, straight a popular engines are 3.9 litre system to be retained. 4.6 a standard or efi). Alternatively, for 3.5 (carb replacement veryengine works well in place of a high-mileage 3.9 or 4.2 to suit). remapping efi (the ecu will require versions. in 3.5, 3.9 & 4.6 litre available engines are Standard Replacement Full Engines full (exchange) capacities of replacement offer various We depending on including 3.5, 3.9, 4.6, 4.8 & 5.2 litre, engine, Any one of these output you require. the power/torque for your existing engines can be fitted as a replacement any necessary provided modifications to the fuel engine, of all ratio The compression carried out. system are suitable for 9.35:1 and all are engines is replacement unleaded fuel. levels: power in two available In addition, most engines are as described below. or Performance, Standard Over the years, the engine has grown in capacity from 3.5 to Over the years, 4.6 at least) (for Range Rover 3.9, then 4.2 and ultimately the capacity even stretched Some - notably TVR - have litres. of and beyond. Add the bewildering choice to 5.0 litres demands (due to the changing available ratios compression the result decades) and three over markets world of various when to choose of parts from which is a confusing range contemplating engine work. attempted to simplify the section, we have In the following a time provide but at the same possible, wherever choice to cater for all models. of parts complete range The reasons for the engine’s overwhelming success are overwhelming for the engine’s The reasons compact, light and reasonably reliable, simple, obvious: it’s Its suit almost any purpose. and can be easily adapted to it can be supercharged, versatility is unquestionable: and cheap parts are Finally, on LPG. and run turbocharged available. readily Since its introduction in 1970, only one type of petrol engine in 1970, only one type Since its introduction the all-aluminium to the the Range Rover: has been fitted 1960s. in the Rover by bought from V8 unit, saloon and first used in Rover's V8 was The 3.5 litre due to its SD1 saloons. Inevitably, in the P6 and thereafter, sports into V8 also found its way Rover the great versatility, utilitarian as more as MGs and TR7s - as well cars - such a whole naturally, ambulances and riot vans, vehicles: Police the today, products. Still in production Rover of Land variety of TVR, the likes by being employed V8 is currently Rover Land Rover. of course, and, Marcos Morgan, V8 Engine V8 Introduction DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART DESCRIPTION QTY REQ. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY REQ. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY REQ. PART NO. 8FL ENGINES V8 FULL RCT V8 - A NEW NAME IN ROVER V8 ENGINES

Rimmer Bros have teamed up with Racetorations, the Gainsborough-based race & rebuild specialist, to produce (exclusively) a range of V8 full engines, short engines and cylinder heads (both Standard and Performance). The RCT brand brings in new levels of specification, quality, performance and engineering excellence at an affordable price. Racetorations have a worldwide reputation for meticulous preparation; you can therefore be assured that these units have been built to the highest possible standards using the correct parts. Whether it’s a standard 3.5 or a mind-blowing 5.2 Performance full engine, quality is second to none. Each engine comes with a 12 month guarantee and is bench run. Performance engines are also supplied with a dyno (power output) test sheet.

We can also offer a bespoke engine build service for any capacity or specification - please enquire for details.

Camshafts are specially selected to get the most from our V8 Engines - Standard V8 Full Engines - Performance engines whilst being tractable enough for inner city driving. 4x4 engines have high-torque camshafts which SEE ALSO ‘NEW FACTORY TURN-KEY ENGINES’. Performance suit both manual and automatic gearboxes equally well. However, we will happily fit any hydraulic camshaft of your New ‘long’ engine Performance engines are available in 3.9, 4.6, 4.8 & 5.2 litre choice to one of our Performance engines by special New long engines are essentially a ‘stripped’ full engine (ie arrangement. not as complete as a ‘full’ engine). Comprising of new cross- capacities. They are built to the same high specifications as bolted short engine fitted with new heads (less rocker gear our Standard versions, but incorporate certain modifications Camshaft followers are the High-rev hydraulic type and cam and cam) they are obviously cheaper, than the comparative to increase power and torque. Ideal for the driver who timing is set and maintained with pre-stretched, duplex ‘full’ engine. It is essential to ensure that the build-up of a requires a little (or a lot!) more from their vehicle, these chains and adjustable vernier steel gear sets. We also fit a ‘long’ engine is carried out properly, ensuring that all engines are available in a choice of power outputs to suit any new distributor drive gear. requirement and any budget. components such as rocker gear, cam followers, timing gear, Oil pump covers are refaced, modified to prevent the relief cam, oil pump, timing cover, sump etc are checked/ valve sticking and fitted with a new relief valve and spring. overhauled/replaced to validate our warranty. Suitable for Specification carb or efi vehicles, please state model/year when ordering to We start with a strengthened bottom end, carefully balanced Timing Cover and sump are fully reconditioned and fitted. ensure correct heads are fitted. to ensure smooth, vibration-free running. To gain maximum benefit from our Performance engines, we 4.0 litre (1) ERR5012ST 3.9 litre engines are based on a reconditioned, late-type recommend that the fuel system, exhaust and air filter be 4.6 litre (1) ERR5013ST block, which is rebored and fitted with new 94mm cylinder uprated to suit. This catalogue contains a full range of liners. (Note: we sometimes use brand new 3.9 short engines, uprated fuel system components, tubular exhaust manifolds New ‘full’ engine; depending upon price & availability). The crankshaft is and K&N air filters for most Rover V8 applications. If you are reground and micro-polished, fitted with heavy duty bearings unable to find the part you need, please contact our sales New full engines comprise; new short engine (new block/ department. crankshaft/bearings/pistons/conrods) fitted with new and held securely by ARP mains cap studs, which help camshaft and followers, new timing gear, new oil pump & oil prevent movement at high revs. All Performance engines are 9.35:1 and pressure switch, new cylinder heads & rocker gear. Con rods are carefully weighed and matched in sets - again are suitable for unleaded fuel. Suitable for carb or efi vehicles. to help internal balancing - and are fitted to 94mm high compression pistons. Performance ‘full’ engine - V8 (exchange); 3.5 litre (1) RA1227 Fitted with performance cam and big valve cylinder heads. 3.9 litre (1) RA1228 4.6 litre engines are built around latest specification short Compression ratio is 9.35:1. Suitable for carb or efi vehicles. engine assemblies, which feature larger bearing journals, 3.9 litre (1) RA1230R 4.6 litre (1) RA1229 fully counter-balanced cranks, cross bolting of the main 4.6 litre (1) RA1231R Recon ‘full’ engine; bearing caps (preventing movement at high revs) and careful Recon full engines comprise; reconditioned block, rebored internal balancing of the short engine assembly. 4.8 litre (1) RA1232R with new pistons, new cam bearings, reground crankshaft, 4.8 litre engines are based on the latest factory x-bolted, 4.6 5.2 litre (1) RA1339 new bearings, new camshaft & followers, new timing gear, litre large bearing blocks (94mm bore). The stroke is new oil pump gears & pressure switch, recon cylinder heads extended to 86mm, using a cross-drilled, billet steel crank. Note: Full Performance Engines (which are supplied less with new valves, guides (inc latest type seals) & springs. New Special 94mm forged pistons are fitted along with new steel water pump and other ancillaries) are usually sold on an rocker shafts & rockers. Fitted with timing cover and sump. con rods, heavy duty bearings and ARP studs ensure a strong exchange basis (Recon) or outright (New). Please refer to Suitable for carb or efi vehicles. and reliable bottom end. Price Guide. The old unit must be a suitable type (ie Range 3.5 litre (1) RA1227R Rover or Rover SD1) otherwise a surcharge will apply. 5.2 litre engines are based on the latest factory x-bolted, 3.9 litre (1) RA1228R All full engines, including 5.2 units, are suitable as direct large bearing blocks. The standard liners are replaced with replacements for any Range Rover V8 engine. Existing 4.6 litre (1) RA1229R ‘top hat’ liners, the bore is increased to 96mm and the stroke ancillaries can be re-used and all threads and fixings are Inc. new short engine. is extended to 90mm, using a cross-drilled, billet steel crank. compatible. Note that modifications to the fuel system may be Note: Full Engine units (which are supplied less water pump Special 96mm forged pistons (with valve cut-outs) are fitted, required if replacing a 3.5, 3.9 or 4.2 engine. and other ancillaries) are usually sold on an exchange basis along with new steel conrods. The cylinder heads are unique Note: all performance engines are bench run and supplied (Recon) or outright (New). Please refer to Price Guide. The old to this engine and are fitted with ultra - big valves (1.68" inlet, with a dyno (power output) sheet. unit must be a suitable type (ie Range Rover or Rover SD1) 1.45" exh). CR is 9.35:1. For vehicles, we recommend fitting a otherwise a surcharge will apply. Cylinder heads for 3.9, 4.6 & 4.8 litre Performance engines new clutch while the engine is being replaced. All full engines, including 4.6 units, are suitable as direct are the same: we use late-type heads, which are reworked to replacements for any Range Rover V8 engine. Existing improve the engine’s ability to “breathe”. Modifications Engine installation kit (1) RA1236 ancillaries can be re-used and all threads and fixings are include gas-flowing the heads, equalising the combustion Includes running-in oil, oil filter, gaskets etc. compatible. Note that modifications to the fuel system may be chambers and matching the opening of the ports to the inlet required if replacing a 3.5, 3.9 or 4.2 engine. and exhaust manifold gaskets. We then recut the valve seats Note: All standard engines are bench run and are compatible and fit larger valves (41.4mm inlet, 35.5mm exhaust), special with unleaded fuel and lpg. FULL ENGINE BUILD-UP valve springs and shortened valve guides (with the latest type When building up a full engine to a complete assembly, it is For manual transmission vehicles, we recommend fitting a stem seals), along with new rocker shafts. Finally, we use new clutch while the engine is being replaced. essential to thoroughly examine every part you intend to composite gaskets to eliminate head gasket problems. re-use. Ancillary components, including water pump, Engine installation kit (1) RA1236 Compression ratio is 9.35:1. alternator etc, should be in perfect Includes running-in oil, oil filter, gaskets etc. NEW condition. The cooling system should be TURN-KEY flushed (including the heater) New Factory ‘Turn-key’ ENGINE and the radiator & hoses checked and replaced if Engines necessary. The correct ratio of antifreeze We are pleased to be able to offer brand new, factory (minimum 33%) MUST supplied V8 turn key engines. be maintained at all ‘Turn-key’ Engines times. Engine oil coolers Turn-key engines are available in two capacities: 4.0 & 4.6 should also be flushed. litre. As the name suggests, these engines are supplied The fuel system should ready to fit, including ancillaries and injection system. be in good order and the Both engines are based on the latest factory specification, exhaust emissions the 4.6 benefiting from a cross-bolted block and crank-driven checked professionally as oil pump. The 4.0 litre engine comes fitted with a Lucas constant energy distributor ignition system, Lucas Hotwire fuel soon as possible. All engine injection and single serpentine belt ancillary drive. & gearbox mountings, and The 4.6 engine comes fitted with a Lucas GEMS engine also the clutch operating management and fuel injection system and single serpentine system, should be checked belt ancillary drive. Ancillaries include: alternator, starter and re-newed as required. motor, water pump, power steering pump and all pulleys. Finally, any other components Engine mounting brackets are also fitted. to be re-used, such as rocker Turnkey engines are supplied outright, with no exchange covers, must be thoroughly surcharge. cleaned before being fitted. New turn-key engine; Please familiarise yourself with the 4.0 litre (1)ERR5012BA important running-in instructions on the 4.6 litre (1)ERR5013BA card we supply with every engine. If this card has become separated from the unit when you take delivery, please contact us. 13 V8 SHORT ENGINES lb/ft 250 200 150 100 lb/ft rpm bhp RCT 3.9 1700 2340 2530 3100 3650 4000 4600 5100 5500 50 250 200 150 100 3.9LITRE PERFORMANCE FULL ENGINE 3.9LITRE PERFORMANCE bhp VALVE SEAT MACHINING DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART 170023402530 673100 993650 1114000 206 1424600 222 1695100 230 1845500 241 210 244 213 241 224 240 220 214 14 rpm bhp lb/ft NEW SHORT ENGINE SHORT NEW DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART PORTING A PERFORMANCE HEAD & OTHER ANCILLARIES. & OTHER DISPLAY ENGINE DISPLAY FITTED WITH 4-BARREL CARB, TUBULAR MANIFOLDS RB7121 RB7676 RB7487 ETC7714 STC1892 STC1893 STC1890 STC1891 ERR4171 RB7487R RB7121R ETC7714R STC1893HC RB7487RUR used for the first 1000 miles. OUR CHARGES ARE VERY REASONABLE! OUR CHARGES ARE VERY We are pleased to be able to offer a fitting are We service for either our full or short engines. Please contact us for a quotation or to discuss your requirements.

9.35:1 CR (1) 8.13:1 CR (1) 8.13:1 CR (1) 9.35:1 CR (1)

recon short engine (exch) recon 9.5:1 CR ‘95 heads with When fitted with pre 36cc combustion chambers. (1) 9.35:1 CR (1) 8.13:1 CR9.35:1 CR (1) (1) 8.13:1 CR (1) 8.94:1 CR integral oil pump type. Later, (1) 9.35:1 CR (1) Comprises: recon block, rebored, relinered & fitted with relinered rebored, block, Comprises: recon bearings/regroundnew pistons & rings, new cam crank & new bearings (assembled). Less - camshaft & followers. short engine upratedrecon bottom but also includes strengthened As above (Exch). (1) duty bearings, ARP heavy end, micro-polished crank, con-rods. mains cap studs, weighed and matched Less - camshaft & followers. Comprises: new block, crankshaft, bearings, pistons, con crankshaft, Comprises: new block, & followers. rods (assembled). Less - camshaft short engine (exch)recon (1) Comprises: recon block, rebored with new pistons/new rebored block, Comprises: recon & new bearings cam bearings/reground crank & followers. (assembled). Less - camshaft Comprises: new block/crankshaft/bearings/pistons/con Comprises: new Less - camshaft & followers. rods (assembled). new short engine new short engine (1) Castrol running-in oil, part number RX1417 (5 litres) should be Castrol running-in oil, part number RX1417 (5 litres)

This is a requirement of the warranty for reconditioned engines. for reconditioned of the warranty This is a requirement To allow your new or reconditioned engine to correctly ‘bed-in’, engine to correctly your new or reconditioned allow To 4.6 litre - new short engine - high compression 4.6 litre 4.6 litre - new short engine 4.6 litre Comprises; new cross-bolted, 4.6 litre large bearing block large Comprises; new cross-bolted, 4.6 litre forged (86mm) Billet steel crank, long stroke (94mm bore), duty bearings, ARP studs pistons, steel conrods, heavy (assembled). Less - camshaft & followers. when fitting distributor Note: STC1893 spacer also required Sump pan may require driven oil pump type front timing cover. for front web of crank. swing clearance to allow relieving Pre-Series 2 Range Rover application. Suitable for pre ‘95 for pre application. Suitable 2 Range Rover Pre-Series heads with 36cc combustion chambers. Range Rover 82mm stroke Comprises; new cross-bolted block/new pistons/conrods compression crankshaft/bearings/high (assembled). Less - camshaft & followers. when fitting distributor Note: STC1893 spacer also required Sump pan may require driven oil pump type front timing cover. for front web of crank. swing clearance to allow relieving Series 2 Range Rover application only. application Series 2 Range Rover CR). in low heads (results ‘95 Note; unsuitable for use with pre 82mm stroke Comprises: new cross-bolted block/new & con-rods (assembled). crankshaft/bearings/pistons Less - camshaft & followers. 4.0 litre - new short engine 4.0 litre application only. Series 2Range Rover CR). in low heads (results ‘95 Note; unsuitable for use with pre crankshaft/bearings/ Comprises: new cross-bolted block/new pistons & con-rods (assembled). Less - camshaft & followers. 4.2 litre - new short engine 4.2 litre rods Comprises: new block/crankshaft/bearings/pistons/con (assembled). Less - camshaft & followers.

3.5 litre; V8 Short Engines Short V8 basis. The sold on an exchange are Engine units Recon Short V8 & P5, P6, MGB Rover type (not must be a suitable old unit otherwise with 12mm spark plug reach) ie early Range Rover normally Short Engines are New will apply. a surcharge to us for latest information.outright - refer DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART 3.9 litre; 4.8 litre - new short engine 4.8 litre (exchange) (3.9 litre only) (3.9 litre 3.5 litre (+ 0.020") 3.5 litre (9.75:1) (standard) 3.9 litre (9.35:1) Valve guides (16) Valve (8) stem oil seal (inlet) Valve springs (16) Valve shaft (2) Rocker arms (16) Rocker set Head gasket plug engine set Core Crankshaft - reground Crankshaft Bearing shells to suit Piston set including rings and pins: Piston liner set Oil Filter set inc oil seals Sump gasket cam sprocket sprocket, crank chain, Timing Camshaft and 16 followers - Engine set (16) Valves • • • • • • • Kit Contents:- • • • • • • • • • 15 3.5 OR LITRE 3.9 V8 ENGINE REBUILD KIT V8 ENGINE REBUILD USING OUR PISTONS AND LINERS! OUR PISTONS USING 3.5 LITRE 3.9 LITRE

Part NumberPart RB2028/3.5 RB2028/3.9 FOR THE DIY ENTHUSIAST! This kit includes everything We to need. likely you are 3.9, (in the case of the rebored the block assume you’ll have using the liners supplied) and any other machining re-sleeved based on the Range The kits are done as required. work in is required Please note that your crankshaft engine. Rover can be removed customers, the crank For export exchange. you to have allowing from the kit, a price adjustment made, re-grinding done locally. the can also offer kits using performance components. We Please enquire. CONVERT YOUR ENGINE FROM 3.5 LITRE TO 3.9 LITRE 3.9 TO LITRE 3.5 FROM ENGINE YOUR CONVERT V8 ENGINE V8 ENGINE COMPONENTS 602178 613855 602545 610178 603173 549911 602411 RB7452 RB7678 RB7677 RB7456 STC1425 RTC1718 ERC2571 612989A 612989R 602130A ERR2640 ERR4556 ERR4550 ERR3330 ERR3331 ERR2846 ERR1922 ERR4905 ERR4060 ERR6490 ERR5090 ERR5091 ERR3037 ERR4152 ERC417A ERC416A FB110137 SS110555 90602025A 90602372A RB7452.010 RB7452.020 RTC1718.010 RTC1718.020 RTC1718.030 RTC1718.040 RTC1718.060 oversize + 0.010oversize + 0.020oversize (1) (1) standard sizestandard (1) oversize + 0.010"oversize + 0.020"oversize + 0.030"oversize + 0.040”oversize (1) + 0.060”oversize (1) (1) (1) (1) 4.6 sizestandard (1) (1) 4.8 litre kit4.8 litre 4.0 (1) (1) new (less shells) (1) kit4.3 litre (1) reground (Including shells) (1) engine no. 40D09582B onengine no. (1) up to engine no. 40D09581B (1) up to engine no. early type (1) starting dog type bolt typestandard (1) (1) rope type (very early vehicles) (1) lip type (1) Series 2 Range RoverSeries 2 Range (1) all models 1970 - 1985all models 1970 (1) 2 Range Rover 1986 up to Series (1) starting dog type boltstandard (1) (1) for SS110555 (1) all 3.5, 3.9 & 4.2 up to 19923.9 & 4.2 1992 onwards (1) (1) all models except Series 2 Range Rover. all models except for FB110137 (9) Series 2 Range RoverSeries 2 Range (1) 3.5 & 3.9 litre; all models 1970 - 1985 1970 - all models 2 Range Rover to Series 1986 up (1) (1) Series 2 Range Rover (1) all models except Series 2 Range Rover. all models except Series 2 Range Rover 3.9 litre (1) Also 4.0 & 4.6. 4.0 & 4.6 Litre. For engine nos: 355 & 359, suffix A. all other models type. retainer Screw-on (1) 3.9 litre up to the following engine nos only: up to the following 3.9 litre 38D27330B. 37D01931B, 36D25523B, 35D08966B, engine nos. onwards. Above 4.2 litre con rods, pis crankshaft, Includes new 86mm stroke engine (20 tons/rings & bearings. 4.3 kit fits to 3.5 litre 4.8 kit fits 3.9 litre for 4.3 litres. required) thou rebore for 4.8 litres. engine (94mm bore) 4.3 & 4.8 litre stroker kits; stroker 4.3 & 4.8 litre DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Timing cover oil seal (front); cover Timing O-ring - dipstick tube O-ring - dipstick (1) Washer - crankshaft pulley; - crankshaft Washer Crankshaft oil seal (rear); Crankshaft Dipstick tube; Dipstick Bolt - main bearing cap (10) pulley; Bolt - crankshaft Spigot bush - crankshaftAll models. key; Woodruff (1) - all models sprocket Crankshaft (1) Note: The latest bearing sets feature thrust plates only on the Note: The latest bearing sets feature bearing. upper half of centre duty; Main bearing set - heavy All models. Stud kit - main bearing cap main bearing bolts, studs (Engine set) Used instead of standard superior clamping for main bearing caps, preventing provide Recommended for Performance loose. them from working (1) Engines (not 4.0 or 4.6 Series 2 Range Rover). Cross-bolt - main bearing cap4.0 & 4.6 models. (9) - main bearing capHex-screw 4.0 & 4.6 models. (1) Oil seal; Except Series 2 Range Rover. Except Series 2 V8 Crankshaft Crankshaft; Dipstick; Main bearing set; 602915 129077 253407 612898 602130 252513 602147 603143 154545 602152 602146 602212 603659 213961 GHF331 RB7456 AJM539 STC1639 602070A ERR5220 ERR3330 ERR3331 ERR4314 ERR3693 ERR4633 ERR3677 ERR4795 ERR4795 ERR4793 UAM2957 UAM2857 FS106167 FB110137 SS110555 SH505051 NH605041 90602068A GUG1538CS 16 V8 CRANKSHAFT & MAINS STUD KIT all models up to 1991 (VIN HA) (1) all models 1992 (VIN JA) on (1) Up to Series 2 Range Rover. Series 2 Range Rover (1) Series 2 Range Rover (2) all Classic models (2) all Classic models (1) all engines except 4.0 & 4.6all engines except (2) all Classic models (1) Series 2 Range Rover (1) 4.0 & 4.6 engines (2) Series 2 Range Roverall Classic modelsSeries 2 Range Rover (1) all Classic models (1) (1) (1) DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Sump gasket set (inc. seals); set (inc. Sump gasket onlySump gasket (1) Drain tap - block tap - Drain plug Drain (2) (2) Except Series 2 Range Rover. Nut - strainerSeries 2 Range Rover. (2) Gasket - pick-up strainer - pick-up Gasket Series 2 Range Rover. All models except strainerO-ring - pick-up Series 2 Range Rover. (1) strainerSpacer - pick-up Series 2 Range Rover. to block; - strainer Setscrew (1) (1) Oil seal - for SS110555Stud - front of block (1) (1) sensor housingCrank V8 Sump Pan/Oil Pick-up (1) & Dipstick Sump pan; All models. Sump bolt/washer (16) Oil screen (1) Hex-screw - main bearing capHex-screw 4.0 & 4.6 models. (1) Oil seal - for FB110137Except 4.0 & 4.6 models. Plug - front of block (9) pipe - crankcaseBreather Early models. of block plug - rear Core breather. Later models - replaces (1) of block plug - side & rear Core (4) plug - camshaft rearCore (8) (1) plug; Threaded (1) 4.0 & 4.6 models. plug - sump; Drain Alternative to tap. plugCore flange. bellhousing Lower capBolt - main bearing All models. bearing capStud kit - main bolts, studs main bearing instead of standard (Engine set) Used caps, preventing clamping for main bearing superior provide (10) for Performance Recommended loose. them from working (1) or 4.6 Series 2 Range Rover). Engines (not 4.0 capCross-bolt - main bearing 4.0 & 4.6 models. (2) (9) plug; - sump drain Washer strainer; Oil pick-up Spring washer - setscrewSpring washer (2) 602178 613855 602141 611089 RB7678 RB7677 RB7105 RB7486 RB2029 AJM539 STC1639 STC1961 RTC5918 ERC6934 ERR7350 ERR7349 ERR2640 ERR6490 GEG340 RA1233 RB7448 RB7447 ETC7819 GEG340C ERR7217 RB7448C RB7447C GUG1538CS GUG1066HS GUG1066HSC composite head gaskets* (1) tin head gaskets (1) composite gasket* (2) tin gasket (2) composite gasket* (2) composite gasket* (2) tin gasket (2) tin gasket (2) tin head gasketscomposite head gaskets* (1) (1)

early type (1) 3.9/4.2 litre models (1990 - 1994) 3.9/4.2 litre 3.5 litre models (1970 - 1992) 3.5 litre all models except 4.0 & 4.6all models except (1) all models 1992 (VIN JA) on (1) early (rope type) (1) 4.0 & 4.6 models (1) all models to 1991 (VIN HA) (1) 3.5 litre models (1970-1992) 3.5 litre models (1990-1994) 3.9/4.2 litre 3.9 & 4.2 litre4.0 & 4.6 litre (1) (1) 3.5 litre (1) 3.9/4.2/4.0 & 4.6 (1995 on) 3.9/4.2/4.0 & 4.6 (1995 on) (1) For engine nos: 355 & 359, suffix A. all other models type. retainer Screw-on (1) Very early engines only. all other models (1) Standard (tin) gasketsStandard Composite gaskets 0.5mm 1.2mm 2 rows of cylinder head bolts. of cylinder 2 rows 3 rows of cylinder head bolts. of cylinder 3 rows 2 rows of cylinder head bolts. of cylinder 2 rows With composite head gaskets. 4.8 litre kit4.8 litre head bolts. of cylinder 3 rows (1) 4.3 litre kit4.3 litre (1) Series 2 Range Rover type. Rover Series 2 Range

Timing cover oil seal - front; cover Timing Head gasket set - V8; Head gasket DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Sump gasket onlySump gasket (1) Cam bearing set; - bellhousing flangeDowel (2) Core plug set - all modelsCore (1) Crankshaft oil seal - rear; Crankshaft All models. main bearing capSeal - rear Cruciform seal. (2) Sump gasket set (inc. seals); set (inc. Sump gasket *Composite head gaskets are thicker than standard tin than standard thicker are *Composite head gaskets the engine's compression lower and will therefore gaskets when heads/block ratio compression for raising Ideal ratio. to 1995 on). been skimmed. (Not applicable faces have as follows: are thicknesses Approximate gasket Head gasket only- V8; Head gasket Kits for increasing the cubic capacity of the engine by the cubic capacity of the engine Kits for increasing engine (20 to 86mm. Fitted to a 3.5 litre the stroke increasing fitted capacity of 4.3 litres; a will achieve required), thou rebore new Kits contain 4.8 litres. to a 3.9 engine will achieve con rods, pistons/rings and bearings. crankshaft, Stroker kit; Stroker Liner & piston set - 3.9 litre size 9.35:1 compression but kit includes standard As above, pistons and rings for 3.9 conversions. (1) Set of 8 liners for converting 3.5 engines to 3.9 litre bore. Also bore. 3.9 litre for converting 3.5 engines to Set of 8 liners (or larger 3.9 litre the liners in an existing suitable for replacing capacity) engine. Cylinder liner set - 3.9 litreCylinder liner (1)

Cylinder blockbare; - V8 Cylinder Block Cylinder V8 Components RB7538 RB7678 RB7677 RB2029 RB7358 RB7421 RB7342 RB7309 RB7486 STC1427 ERR5555 ERR5553 ERR5556 ERR5554 STC1191S RB7358.020 RB7358.040 RB7421.020 RB7421.040 RB7342.020 RB7342.040 RB7309.020 RB7309.040 RB7485KLC RB7485KHC RB7538.020 See Single Pistons oversize + 0.040"oversize sizestandard (1) + 0.040"oversize (1) (1) standard sizestandard + 0.020"oversize (1) (1) + 0.020"oversize (1) standard sizestandard + 0.020”oversize (1) (1) oversize + 0.040”oversize sizestandard (1) + 0.040" oversize (1) (1) oversize + 0.020"oversize (1) 9.35:1 cr9.35:1 cr (8) (8) sizestandard + 0.020"oversize sizestandard (1) (1) (8) 8.13:1 cr8.13:1 cr (8) (8) 8.13:1 cr9.35:1 cr (1) (1) 10.5 cr 8.13, 8.25, 9.35 & 9.75 cr 9.75:1 cr 10.5:1 cr 4.6 litre Series 2 Range Rover 4.6 litre 4.0 & 4.6; 4.0 litre Series 2 Range Rover 4.0 litre comp ratio. High & low comp ratio. High & low 4.3 litre kit4.3 litre - 8.94:1 cr4.2 litre size only. Offset gudgeon type - standard (1) (8) size only. Offset gudgeon type - standard 3.5 litre Standard size. Standard kit4.8 litre (1) 4.2, 4.0 & 4.6 litre 3.9 & 4.2 litre; 3.9 litre DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Single Piston; Set of 8 liners for converting 3.5 engines to 3.9 litre bore. Also bore. Set of 8 liners for converting 3.5 engines to 3.9 litre (or 3.9 litre an existing the liners in suitable for replacing capacity) engine. larger Piston & liner set - 3.9 litre size 9.35:1 compression but kit includes standard As above, pistons and rings for 3.9 conversions. (1) kits; stroker 4.3 & 4.8 litre con rods, crankshaft, Includes new 86mm stroke engine (20 pistons/rings & bearings. 4.3 kit fits to 3.5 litre engine kit fits 3.9 litre 4.8 for 4.3 litres. required) thou rebore for 4.8 litres. (94mm bore) Supplied with rings & gudgeon pin. V8 Piston Rings Piston rings; Supplied as engine set. Cylinder liner set - 3.9 litre (1) RB7104 RB7246 FTC1680 FTC1681 FTC1682 FTC1683 FTC1684 FTC1685 FTC1686 FTC1687 FTC1688 FTC1689 FTC1117 FTC4606 FRC7081 FRC9203 FRC9205 FRC9207 FRC9209 FRC9211 FRC7080 FRC5006 FRC7075 WL110001 FS110251L FS110251L SH110251 BH110111 FS110141M FS110141M RB7104.020 RB7104.040 RB7246.020 RB7246.040 17 oversize + 0.040"oversize sizestandard (1) + 0.040"oversize (1) (1) oversize + 0.020"oversize (1) + 0.020"oversize (1) standard sizestandard (1) eng 594A onwards450A up to eng. (4) eng 451A onwards (4) (4) up to eng 593A (4) 9.35:1 cr See Single Piston section for other low comp pistons. See Single Piston section for other low 8.13:1 cr 4.6 4.0 NEW 3.9 PISTON NEW 3.9 PISTON & ROD 3.5 litre 1.25mm1.45mm1.65mm1.85mm2.05mm (A/R) 1.20/1.25 (A/R) 1.30/1.35 (A/R) 1.40/1.45 (A/R) 1.50/1.55 (A/R) 1.60/1.651.70/1.751.80/1.85 (A/R) 1.90/1.95 (A/R) 2.00/2.05 (A/R) 2.10/2.15 (A/R) (A/R) (A/R) (A/R) (A/R) (A/R) (A/R) 4-sp up to Series 2 Range Rover(1) Series 2 Range Rover (1) 3-sp (1) 4-sp to Series 2 Range Rover (1) Series 2 Range Rover (1) 3-sp Series 2 Range Rover (4) 4-sp to Series 2 Range Rover (4) DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART V8 Pistons Piston set; Piston sets comprise 8 pistons complete with rings & gudgeon pins. 1986 to Series 2 Range Rover. Series 2 Range Rover. All auto models except Series 2 Range Rover. Series All auto models except Converter drive plate - auto1986 to Series 2 Range Rover. ring - auto; Buttress (1) Selective shim - torque converter height; converter Selective shim - torque Spigot aligner (auto); Selective shim - torque converter height; Selective shim - torque Bolt - spigot aligner (auto); Washer - spigot aligner boltWasher (4) NSS FTC651 603340 610736 603301 613671 602587 611019 GHF104 FTC4388 ETC4369 ETC4354 ETC5679 ETC7339 ETC4330 ETC7996 FRC7851 FRC5005 FRC5003 ERC5462 611323A ERR5658 ERR2799 ERR4866 ERR7372 ERR3442 ERR4594 ERR5575 ERR5396 SS607061 SS607120 SH607081 BH605141 NH605041 ETC4330 & ETC4330 & (1) (Less ring gear) Order 1 of each Order Order 1 of each 1 of Order 1986 up to Series 2 Range Rover (1) 1986 up to Series 2 Range Rover Series 2 Range Rover (1) Up to Series 2 Range Rover. Up to 1992 (VIN JA) engine nos: 1993 models up to following 37D01932B 36D25524B, 35D08967B, 38D27331B & 40D09582B (1) engine nos. onwardsabove (1) 35D08967B, 36D25524B, 37D01932B & 36D25524B, 35D08967B, 38D27331B (3.9 litre) (1) p.a.s. & non p.a.s. to 1985 & non p.a.s. p.a.s. (1) 1986 on, carb & efi (1) non p.a.s. models to 1985non p.a.s. (1) p.a.s. models to 1985p.a.s. (1) 4-sp - complete assembly Series 2 Range Rover(6) all except all Classic modelsSeries 2 Range Rover (1) Series 2 Range Rover (6) Series 2 Range Rover (4.0 & 4.6)(1) Series 2 Range Rover engine nos: 1992 models up to following air con models; all models up to 1992 (1) engine nos. onwardsabove (1) 3-sp4-sp up to Series 2 Range Rover(1) (1) Series 2 Range Rover (1) 3-sp all Classic models (1) non p.a.s. modelsnon p.a.s. (6) all models to 1991models from 1992 onwards (1) (1) & air con modelsp.a.s. (6) non air con FLYWHEEL Bolt - driveplate to crankshaft; Ring gear (automatic); Vibration damper - 3.5 & 3.9; Vibration damper - 4.2Vibration (1) Bolt - ring gear to driveplate (10) Spacer - driveplate to crankshaft (auto); Spacer - driveplate to crankshaft All models. - all modelsWasher (10) Ring gear - all manual modelsBolt - flywheel to crankshaft (1) All models. Driveplate (automatic); (6) & Driveplate Flywheel (manual); V8 Flywheel Bolt - crankshaft pulley assembly; Bolt - crankshaft Mud deflector plateReinforcing 4.6. 4.0 & All models except (1) (1) Engine no. 40D09582B onwards. Engine no. steering beltPulley - power Series 2 Range Rover. models except All p.a.s. Balancing rim; (1) Pulley - water pump/alternator belt; - water Pulley DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION Pulley Crankshaft V8 REQ. QTY NO. PART Nut - all models (6) V8 ENGINE COMPONENTS V8 ENGINE COMPONENTS .. Y .. Y ...... ESR137 ESR356 ESR355 RS1456 ERR852 RA1089 SS SS ETC9064 ETC9065 NTC6289 NTC5972 NTC5620 NTC3858 ERC2226 ESR1262 ESR1239 ESR3204 ESR3205 ESR4415 ESR2697 ESR2237 ERC8501 ESR1672 ESR3693 ESR1671 ERR2490 ESR1594L TT TT PBP101000 II II QUICKL QUICKL KK KK ...... SS SS TT TT II II KK KK ...... SS SS to VIN FAVIN GA onwards to VIN FA VIN GA onwards (1) (1) (1) (1) to VIN JA624755 (1) VIN KA (‘93) to VIN LA (‘94)(1) VIN MA (1995) onwards (1) to VIN JA624755VIN KA (‘93) to VIN LA (‘94)(1) VIN MA (1995) onwards (1) (1) TT TT engine to cooler cooler to engine engine to cooler cooler to engine II II THE EASY WAY TO ORDER AND GET TO THE EASY WAY early 3.9 engine - up to 1991 (VIN HA) to VIN JA (1992)to VIN LA (1994) (2) (2) engine to cooler (1) to VIN JA (1992)from VIN KA (1993)from VIN KA (1993) (2) (2) VIN MA (1995) onwards (2) 4.0 litre (4) 4.6 litrecooler to engine (1) (1) (1) up to VIN JA624755 (1992) (1) from VIN KA624756 (1993) (1) 3.9 & 4.2 - 1992 (VIN JA) onwards; KK KK THE RIGHT PARTS YOU NEED YOU THE RIGHT PARTS DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Adaptor - oil filterO-ringOil cooler hose; (1) (1) to hose - all models; Adaptor - pump take-off Sealing ring - adaptor; Oil cooler hoses - Series 2 Range Rover; Sealing ring - cooler hoses (4) Adaptor - hose to radiator - all models; Adaptor - hose to radiator Oil cooler - Series 2 Range Rover; Thermostat - oil cooler - 3.9 engine; Oil cooler take-off (1) V8 Oil Cooler (Engine) when a problem, for example are If high oil temperatures will benefit from the fitting of an oil the V8 engine towing, fitting a thermostat recommend time. at the same We cooler. radiator into the coolant incorporated Note: An oil cooler was engine. with the introduction of the 3.9 litre oil cooler. has a separate The Series 2 Range Rover Oil cooler kitAll models up to 1990. (1) 611514 273166 602017 555947 560794 623050 614037 151203 243967 243967 243967 RX1351 RB7480 RB7050 STC4104 RTC3186 ERR3340 PRC2236 DRC2479A 90602072A 18 vehicles up to 1982 (1) vehicles from 1982 onwards (1) engine nos: 341,355 & 359 (1) early models (1) early models (1) fitted)other vehicles (where (1) for 120ºc gaugefor 140ºc gaugefor 'C - MAX' gauge (1) (1) (1) Engine nos: 341,355 & 359. all other modelsIncluding Series 2 Range Rover. (1) Engine nos: 341,355 & 359. all other models VIN MA650326 (1995). To (1) V8 OIL PUMP V8 OIL COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Oil pressure gauge kitOil pressure (1) Adaptor - oil temperature transmitter; Adaptor - oil temperature Oil temperature transmitter; Oil temperature fitted. Where Includes gauge & fittings. Aftermarket capillary type. gauge pressure - oil Bracket (1) Early models only (engine nos: 341,355 & 359). Kit includes early pumps to later spacer plate and longer gears to uprate and volume. pressure specification. Increases - oil pumpGasket VIN MA650326 (1994). To Blanking plug outlet. switch Pressure WasherFor blanking plug. switchOil pressure (1) All models. Washer switch. For pressure (1) - early vehicles; transmitter Oil pressure (1) (1) transmitter. Pressure (1) Oil filter; Idler gear - oil pump; kit - oil pumpUprating (1) Washer (1) 602485 602018 602910 602912 602913 602609 602082 RB7451 RO1105 RB7116 RB7457 RB7500 RTC2044 RTC2117 602061A 602082R 602082K ERR1773 ERR4837 ERR5145 ERR1772 BHM1554 ERC1351A RB7451.010 RB7451.020 RB7451.030 RTC2117.010 RTC2117.020 RTC2117.030 RTC2117.040 RTC2117.060

new (8) reconditioned (8)

single engine set (new) (1)

Engine nos: 341,355 & 359. all other models VIN MA650326 (1995). To (1) To VIN MA650326 (1994). Shown in photo above. VIN MA650326 (1994). Shown To early modelsEngine nos: 341,355 & 359. all other models (1) (1) oversize + 0.010"oversize (1) standard sizestandard (1) oversize + 0.020"oversize + 0.030"oversize (1) (1) standard sizestandard (1) oversize + 0.010"oversize (1) oversize + 0.020"oversize + 0.030"oversize + 0.040"oversize + 0.060"oversize (1) (1) (1) (1) early models (1) 7/8"1 1/4"1 9/16" (3) (2) (1) 3.5, 3.9 & 4.2; - new4.6 litre 3.5 3.9 & 4.24.0 & 4.6 (8) (16) (16) 4.0 litre - new4.0 litre (8)

& THERMOSTAT V8 OIL COOLER Bearing set - big end - 4.0 & 4.6 (1) Oil pump shaft & drive gear; Uprated pressure relief valve spring(1) valve relief pressure Uprated by oil pressure oil pump models. Increases For separate approx. 10 psi. All models with separate oil pump. All models with separate & spring. valve relief Includes pressure Oil pump repair kitOil pump repair (1) Bolt - pump mounting; Remote oil filter mounting kit from engine. away mounting of oil filter Allows Not suitable hoses & mountings. Kit includes filter housing, (1) for Series 2 Range Rover. Oil pump cover/remote take-offOil pump cover/remote housing for valve & relief profile oil pump cover Very low (1) filter mounting kit. oil Use with remote maximum clearance.

Oil pump cover (body); Oil pump cover which Note: from VIN MA650326 (1994), a front cover, is fitted to all models. an integral oil pump, incorporates V8 Oil Pump & Filter Heavy duty bearing set - big end; Heavy 2 Range Rover. Series All engines except Series 2 Range Rover. Standard size. Standard Series 2 Range Rover. All engines except Series 2 Range Rover. All engines except Bearing set - big end; Big end bolt/nut kit moly' Engine set of high performance chrome ARP forged for Series 2 Range Rover. steel bolts & nuts. Not suitable (1) Not Series 2 Range Rover. V8 Con Rod V8 assembly; Con rod Bolt - con rod; Nut - con rod (16) DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART DESCRIPTION QTY REQ. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY REQ. PART NO.

8EGN COMPONENTS ENGINE V8 V8 Rocker Covers

Rocker covers - single; early models (rounded) rh (1) RTC2350 lh (1) ETC8604 1986 onwards PERFORMANCE rounded CYLINDER HEADS rh (1) ETC8681 SHOWING ENLARGED lh (1) ETC8682 PORTS & LARGE flat top VALVES. rh (1) ETC8680 lh (1) ETC8679 1992 onwards Performance V8 rh (1) ERR7363 lh (1) ERR7360 Cylinder Heads Series 2 Range Rover rh (1) ERR7367 Our Performance cylinder heads are carefully modified to gain the maximum power from your engine, whether used on lh (1) ERR7365 their own or with other modifications, such as a higher lift Rocker covers - pairs; Standard camshaft or our sports exhaust systems. unpainted (flat top) (1) RB7431 We use late-type cylinder heads (19mm spark plug reach), V8 Cylinder Heads cleaned and fully reconditioned. We then gas-flow the heads powder coated (flat top) and enlarge the ports to match inlet & exhaust manifold black (1) RB7431PCB There have been various changes made to the V8’s cylinder apertures. Combustion chambers are measured and red (1) RB7431PCR heads since the introduction of the Range Rover. equalised and the heads are then refaced to achieve a Gasket - rocker cover Consequently, there are numerous different cylinder head compression ratio of 9.35:1 with composite cylinder head gaskets. standard (2) GEG436 part numbers, not all of which are still available. However, as the V8 block has remained essentially We narrow the valve seats, recut them for optimum flow and uprated (rubber) (2) GEG436UR unchanged throughout, it is possible (and sometimes fit larger valves (41.4mm inlet & 35.5mm exhaust). Screw - rocker cover retaining; beneficial) to fit later cylinder heads in place of earlier ones. Shortened & shaped valve guides are fitted, along with the The most important difference to bear in mind, when latest-type stem seals, inlet & exhaust. all models except Series 2 Range Rover. Finally, we fit high performance valve springs. long (4) 603127 considering replacing cylinder heads, is that some are designed for use with air rails (see Introduction of Engine Good results will be obtained by fitting Performance heads to short (4) 602530 section) whilst others are not. any engine, from a standard 3.5 litre to a Performance 4.8, Series 2 Range Rover In this section, we have listed a range of cylinder heads to but to enjoy the maximum benefit offered by their improved efficiency, we recommend fitting tubular exhaust manifolds long (4) ERR7371 suit every application - air rail, non air-rail, carburettor & efi. We have also included our range of performance heads, (see Tubular Manifolds section), performance camshaft, K&N short (4) ERR4818 which can be used on all engines. However, they are not air filters or a 4-barrel carburettor, such as the Weber or Spring washer - rocker screws (8) GHF331 designed for use with air rails. Holley (see Fuel section). Alternatively, if your vehicle is fuel Not Series 2 Range Rover. All heads are suitable for unleaded fuel. injected, we recommend a remapped ECU (see Fuel section). Flat washer - rocker screws (8) GHF300 Performance Cylinder Heads are supplied in pairs (less rocker Not Series 2 Range Rover. All reconditioned heads are sold on an exchange basis and gear) and are suitable for unleaded fuel. must be ‘like-for-like’ otherwise a surcharge will be applied They are not designed for use with air rails. Rocker cover 'T'-Bolts - chrome (2) RB7440 American style rocker cover hold down bolts, supplied in Cylinder head assembly (recon); Note - exchange units: our head assemblies are the later type sets of 4 (2 sets req'd). Complete with new valves, valve guides, springs & valve stem with 19mm plug reach (as opposed to 12mm) and therefore oil seals. Less rocker gear. Cylinder heads are sold exchange units must also be of the same type, otherwise a Breather/flame trap; surcharge will apply. Right hand rocker cover (flat top), where fitted. individually and are suitable for unleaded fuel. original (1) RB7432 carb models Performance cylinder heads (pair)(1) RB7467R short type - fi original size (1) RB7432LOW non air-rail type (2) RB7095R Reconditioned - exchange. powder coated air-rail type (2) RA1090R Note: use composite head gaskets. black (1) RB7432PCB efi models (2) RB7462R red (1) RB7432PCR chromed (1) RB7432C Cylinder head - new (bare); Breather grommet (pair) (1) RB7432Z Outright Sale. O’ ring seal - flame trap (1) 564258 1970 to Oct 1985 Oil filler neck; non air-rail type (2) ERC215A threaded type (where fitted) (1) ERC2989 air-rail type (2) ERC676 screw-on type (early models) (1) ERC1208 1986 to 1992 Series 2 Range Rover (1) ERR7335 carb models Gasket - filler neck; air-rail type (2) ETC6471 screw-on type (1) 612819 non air-rail type (2) ERC215A Series 2 Range Rover (1) 564258 Head gasket set - V8; Oil filler cap; efi models - 3.5 & 3.9 litre (2) ETC8622 3.5 litre models (1970 - 1992) orange type (1) 625038A 1992 onwards tin head gaskets (1)GUG1066HS pressed steel type (1) 598231 3.9 litre composite head gaskets* (1)GUG1066HSC Series 2 Range Rover (1) ERR5218 up to eng nos: 35D06576A, 36D14149A, 3.9/4.2 litre models (1990 - 1994) Seal - filler cap; 37D00751A & 38D23045A(2) ERR1404 3 rows of cylinder head bolts. orange type (1) 564258A from above eng nos on (2) LDF108090 tin head gaskets (1) RB7447 composite head gaskets* (1) RB7447C Series 2 Range Rover (1) ERR5219 4.2 litre - all models (2) LDF108090 3.9/4.2/4.0 & 4.6 (1995 on) (1) RA1233 Breather filter - efi models (1) ERC3209A Series 2 Range Rover Rear of LH rocker cover. 2 rows of cylinder head bolts. Cap - breather filter (efi) (1) ERC3208 4.0 & 4.6 (2) LDF108090 With composite head gaskets. Plug lead retainer (where fitted) (2) 603672 Head gasket only- V8; Holds 4 leads. 3.5 litre models (1970-1992) tin gasket (2) GEG340 composite gasket* (2) GEG340C 3.9/4.2 litre models (1990-1994) 3 rows of cylinder head bolts. tin gasket (2) RB7448 composite gasket* (2) RB7448C 3.9/4.2/4.0 & 4.6 (1995 on) 2 rows of cylinder head bolts. tin gasket (2) ETC7819 composite gasket* (2) ERR7217 *Composite head gaskets are thicker than standard tin gaskets and will therefore lower the engine's compression ratio. Ideal for raising compression ratio when heads/block faces have been skimmed. (Not applicable to 1995 on). UPRATED Approximate gasket thicknesses are as follows: ROCKER COVER Standard (tin) gaskets 0.5mm GASKETS (RUBBER) POWDER COATED Composite gaskets 1.2mm GEG436UR ROCKER COVERS

19 V8 ENGINE COMPONENTS PC34 603378 602153 602154 RB7454 RB7455 602186A 611660A 611660K 606661A 603734A 602142A 602148A ERC573S ERC573A 603734SH ERC1637A 603378HD 602154ALT 603378ADJ 90602451A ADJUSTABLE ADJUSTABLE PUSH ROD SET 603378ADJ (1) PRELOAD? (see Note below) WHAT IS LIFTER WHAT right handleft hand (8) (8) “Lifter preload” refers to the position of the pushrod seat refers “Lifter preload” whenever a non- must be checked Lifter preload will cause poor running, lifter preload Incorrect as follows: the lifter preload Check shaft With the lifters empty of oil, assemble the rocker lifter in turn, each positioned on the heel of Checking is greater than .060”, use pedestal If the clearance single (1) standard dutyheavy (16) (16) early engines (16) original (alloy) universal (16) Larger diameter shaft. Cylinder head guide holes may diameter shaft. Cylinder Larger accordingly. need enlarging adjustable (set)see photo. (1) double engines with performanceSuitable for all camshaft. (ERC573S). required caps Special retaining springs. Fitted with double valve springssingle valve springs(16) double valve uprated (16) Alternative steel arms. Suitable for all engines with mild road camshaft. Uses camshaft. Uses with mild road for all engines Suitable (ERC573). caps retaining standard in the lifter (cam follower) when the engine has been in the lifter (cam follower) assembled and the lifter is positioned on the heel of the cam. alters the distance between component which standard arm as a high lift camshaft and the lifter - such the rocker head - has been fitted. or performance cylinder engine failure. at worst, wear or, premature wear in is no there & pushrod components, making sure arms & pushrods. shafts, rocker the rocker the gap between the pushrod seat and the cam, measure must be a There groove. the bottom of the circlip of .020” minimum and .060” maximum at this clearance position. Remember to use equal shims (603734SH) to decrease. pedestal of a shaft to avoid shims under each thickness distortion or breakage. DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Valve spring - uprated - engine set; spring - uprated Valve Push rod; Wavy washer. Wavy shaft - rocker End washer shaftSplit pin - rocker (4) (4) Note: machining may be required to valve guide boss when to valve be required may Note: machining fitted with springs to engines previously fitting double valve singles. springs; - valve Retaining cap V8 Rocker Gear for all models unless suitable parts are The following otherwise stated. shaft assembly Rocker to fit. Assembled, ready build kit Rocker for assembly. Includes parts ready (2) shaft onlyRocker Use to thickness. of different sets of shims Includes three cam with higher lift when fitting a new set “lifter preload" See informationthan standard. below. panel, (2) arm; Rocker (2) shaftSpacer spring - rocker (6) Pedestal - rocker shaftPedestal - rocker Pedestal shims (8) (1) shaftEnd spring - rocker (4) Split cotter - all models (32) 602165 602166 614639 602052 602223 603554 614088 RB7463 RB7464 RB7460 RB7461 ERC9088 ERC9089 602241A 602240A 614089A ERR1782 ERR3648 ERR1780 ERR1780 ERR7338 ERR7338 ERC211A ERC210A ERC211A ERC224A ERC225A UKC8137 ETC8596A ERC7865A 20 standard + 0.010"oversize (8) (8) innerouter (16) (16) standard + 0.010"oversize (8) (8) standard sizestandard (8) size onlystandard (8) standard sizestandard + 0.010"oversize (8) (8) + 0.010" oversize (8) 3.5 litre (8) up to eng nos: 35D06576A, 36D14149A, 37D00751A & 38D23045A (8) eng nos. on from above (8) 3.9 & 4.2 litre (8) early engines 1994 onwards (inlet & exhaust)(16) 1994 onwards 1970 to 1993 (inlet only) (8) early engines (8) early engines double - early engines early engines (8) 3.9, 4.2 litre & Series 2 Range Rover 3.9, 4.2 litre single (16) all other 3.5 litre engines all other 3.5 litre all other models exhaustEngine nos: 341,355 & 359, suffix A,B,C,D,E. (8) up to 1994Plain-topped; oil seals on inlet only. late 3.9, 4.2, 4.0 & 4.6 (‘94 on)(16) for top, Machined valves. For use only with matching seals neoprene (16) inlet suitable for earlier models. Not type. Neoprene (8) Series 2 Range Rover Series 2 Range Rover (41.4mm head dia)big valve (8) (8) Series 2 Range Rover (35.5mm head dia)big valve (8) (8) Including Series 2 Range Rover. Eng nos: 355 & 359, suffix A,B,C,D,E. Eng nos: 355 & 359, suffix A,B,C,D,E. Eng nos: 355 & 359, suffix A,B,C,D,E. all other carb enginesefi engines (8) Eng nos: 355 & 359, suffix A,B,C,D,E. Eng nos: 355 & 359, suffix A,B,C,D,E. Eng nos: 355 & 359, suffix A,B,C,D,E. all other carb enginesefi engines - 3.5, 3.9 & 4.2 litre; (8) DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Valve guide - standard; Valve Valve seat insert - exhaust; Valve Valve stem oil seal; Valve Exhaust valve; seat insert - inlet; Valve For use with standard cam. For use with standard guide - performance; Valve Shortened & bulleted, for use with performance cam. spring - standard; Valve Inlet valve; V8 Valves, Guides Guides Valves, V8 & Springs Range been used since the have valves different Various SD1" "Rover the standard most having introduction; Rover's However, - 34mm. inlet - 40mm, exhaust head diameter: type valves, P5/P6 with the Rover fitted early models were to benefit from In order head diameter. had a smaller which to fit a pair of practical be more it would size, valve the larger to valves attempt to fit the larger heads than to later cylinder early heads. with SD1 head-diameter, standard are Efi specification valves head. stems just behind the valve waisted valve can be fitted to the existing that valves The largest the need for extensive seats (later heads only), without - 35.5 (Inlet - 41.4 mm, exhaust our Big Valves are machining, suited particularly are stems). These valves mm, with waisted capacity engines. to large the latest factory& 4.2 engines as fitted to 3.9 valves, Finally, (4.0 & 4.6 2 Range Rover since 1993, as well as the Series the same head diameter as SD1-type engines), feature valves. suitable for unleaded applications. Note: all parts supplied are 602450 602200 RB7680 602191A 602193A 602192A 602098A ERR2944 ERR2943 ARP CYLINDER HEAD STUD KIT RB7680

long (96mm) (6) Later models. short (7/16" x 2 1/4") (8) Early models - for dipstick retainer. for dipstick Early models - bolt (7/16" x 2.7")(1) double-ended medium (66mm) (14) long (7/16" UNC x 3.9")long (7/16" (6) medium (7/16" UNC x 2.7")medium (7/16" (13) (7/16" x 2.7")tapped bolt (1) V8 Cylinder Head Bolts Head Cylinder V8 V8 ROCKER GEAR Bolt - cylinder head - late 3.9, 4.2 & Series 2 Range Rover; head - late 3.9, 4.2 & Series Bolt - cylinder See photo. Washer - cylinder head bolts head - cylinder Washer (28) Note: the outer row of short bolts, or "outrigger" bolts, has of short bolts, or "outrigger" bolts, Note: the outer row of the Series 2 Range not been used since the introduction Rover. kitCylinder head ARP stud (1) These bolts can be identified by their flanged head. They do their flanged by These bolts can be identified can be used on earlier and washer not need a separate and must be not re-useable they are engines. However, once removed. replaced 4.2 & Series 2 Range Rover; 4.2 & Series (See note below). Bolt - cylinder head - all models except late 3.9, late except - all models head cylinder Bolt - DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART 78782 HU755 613260 602178 602388 247766 602201 610030 602180 ETC7345 ETC7385 STC4104 ERC2838 ERC5749 602227A 603775A ERR2609 ERR3434 ERR6814 ERR6438 ERR7280 ERR6490 ERR7280 FS110301L SH505091 SH505061 602227UR BH505241 NH605041 WM600041 FB505251S FB505311S FB505381S FB505171S FB505241S 90602025A (1) (3) (4) , which contains a spacer plate and longer gears, contains a spacer , which 5/16" UNC x 1 1/8" (1) lower boltlower (1) 5/16" UNC x 3" (1) standarduprated (1) (1) 1992 onwards (flanged)1992 onwards (5) (flanged)(5) Series 2 Range Rover up to 1992 short-gear oil pump engines (1) early engines (1) Engine nos: 341,355,359 & 398, suffix A,B,C,D,E. long-gear oil pump enginesEngine nos: 341,355,398, suffix F and all other engines (1) up to 1995. (1995 onwards)3.9 & 4.2 litre (1) 37D02090B, 36D25155B, Engine nos: 35D08928B, 38D27238B &40D09582B onwards. intermediate engines from VIN MA650326 (1995). oil pump, Crank-driven Series 2 Range Rover (1) (1) 36D25155B 37D02090B, Engine nos: 35D08928B, 38D27238B & 40D09582B onwards. Series 2 Range RoverFor engine nos: 355 & 359, suffix A. (1) all other models type. retainer Screw-on (1) Engine nos: 341,355 & 359, suffix B,C,D,E. Engine nos: 341,355 & 359, suffix all other engines (1) all engines up to 1995 (1) early type (1) 7/16" UNF x 1 1/8" 7/16" (1995 onwards)3.9 & 4.2 litre (1) M12 x 30mm (Alternative)M12 x 30mm (1) DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Nut - timing cover retainingNut - timing cover (1) Bolt - timing cover to block; Bolt - timing cover Screw - timing pointerScrew Washer (2) (2) Series 2 Range Rover. All models except pump locating - water Dowel Series 2 Range Rover. All models except (2) Blanking plate - fuel pumpEarly models fitted with electric fuel pump. - blanking plateGasket (1) switch Oil pressure - fitted to timing cover. Series 2 Range Rover (1) (1) Timing cover; Timing Retainer - oil seal fitted. Where - retainerScrew pointer - all modelsTiming (1) (1) (8) Thrust plate - camshaftThrust plate Rover. Series 2 Range - thrust plateScrew (1) (2) Cover V8 Timing & Fittings an oil fitted to early vehicles incorporates The timing cover pump "short" oil the early, designed for pump gear-housing gear-housing, a larger have gears. Later timing covers pump gears, used until the accommodating the longer the two Although oil pump. introduction of the crank-driven the oil pump gears interchangeable, are types of timing cover however, If, be changed. also need to and distributor would Oil Pump Kit purchase the early oil pump is your goal, uprating RB7480 and fit to the early drive, distributor along with the correct (RB7480 is not suitable for later timing covers). timing cover. is of an 2 Range Rover fitted to the Series The timing cover updated design, unsuitable for earlier models due to the fact for a distributor. is no provision that there fitted to an "intermediate" timing cover, is, however, There late 3.9 and 4.2 models immediately prior to the introduction of includes a combination which of the Series 2 Range Rover, oil pump as the crank-driven from both types, such features and conventional distributor. models, the oil pump will fit earlier Although this timing cover not fitted to earlier a "long-nose" crank, drive requires engines. Bolt - camshaft; Bolt - Range Rover. Series 2 except All engines Rover. Series 2 Range camshaft; - key Woodruff Gasket - timing cover; Gasket oil seal (front); cover Timing Flanged bolt - camshaft (M10 X 30)(1) Flanged bolt 602149 602159 602076 602236 RX1359 RX1358 RB7441 RB7442 RB7449 RB7450 RB7488 RA1425 RA1424 AJM645 RTC5918 610289V ERC6552 614188A ERC2838 ERC3990 610289A ERR5086 ERR7306 ERR7283 90602025 603734SH ERC2839A ERC7929A 90602372A ERC4949HD & BEARINGS V8 CAM, FOLLOWERS V8 CAM, FOLLOWERS 21 Includes standard cam & 16 standard followers. standard cam & 16 standard Includes kit 2 timing followers, 16 standard cam, Includes standard cover seal, 2 rocker & oil gasket timing cover chain, & 2 inlet manifold seals. manifold gasket inlet gaskets, (1) kit 1 (1) uprated (steel teeth)uprated (1) standard (nylon teeth)standard (1) Not Series 2 Range Rover. Engine nos: 341,355 & 359, suffix B,C,D,E. all other enginesNot Series 2 Range Rover. (1) Includes vernier camshaft sprocket, crank sprocket and sprocket crank Includes vernier camshaft sprocket, and protractor Also includes timing double roller chain. timing whilst cam accurate extremely Allows Allen key. eliminating wear common in original parts. Engine nos: 341,355 & 359, suffix B,C,D,E. all other engines (1) kit 2 - Fast Road band: 1500 - 5000 rpm Power lift: In 11.91mm Exh 12.44mm Valve In 31/73 Exh 78/40. Timing: (1) 3.9 litre kit 1- Mild Road band: 1000 - 4500 rpm Power lift: In 11.20mm Exh 11.20mm Valve In 23/59 Exh 59/23. Timing: (1) mechanical fuel pump typemechanical (1) Series 2 Range Rover (1) all other vehicles (1) early engines (1) standardadjustable - kit (1) all models to Series 2 Range Rover (1) tincompositefor tin gasketfor composite gasket (2) (1) (2) (1) early engines (1) DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Spacer - camshaft; Crankshaft sprocket - all models sprocket Crankshaft (1) Distributor drive gear - camshaft; - camshaftWasher Series 2 Range Rover. All engines except (1) V8 Timing Chain V8 Timing - all models; chain Timing Chain only - double roller chain; - for standard Camshaft sprocket (1) V8 Performance Camshaft Components Anti pump-up followersEssential when installing a new cam & followers. disc (Protractor)Timing (16) Pedestal shims thickness. of different sets of shims Includes three cams with higher lift when fitting Use to set "lifter preload" than standard. (1) Cam bearing set (for block) (1) (1) Installation kit - camshaft & oil gasket timing cover timing chain, Includes: standard cover & seals and 2 rocker seal, inlet manifold gasket gaskets. (1) Series 2 Range Rover. All models except - inlet manifold - all models; Gasket End seal - manifold gasket Clamp - end seal - seal clampScrew (2) (2) Cam lube - camshaft; key Woodruff (1) Camshaft kit - Performance;Camshaft kit Range Rover. Series 2 models except Suitable for all uprated anti pump-up followers, Kits include camshaft, cam lube & timing disc, caps, spring retaining springs, valve installation instructions. RB7444 RB7445 RB7489 RB7125 ETC6849 ETC6849 ETC6099 ERR5924 ERR5924 ERR3720 ERR4946 ERC2003A ERC2003A ERC4949A ERC4949HDK ERC4949AK ERC4949HD see following. will give a small increase in power and torque in power increase will give a small gives greater power at higher revs with a slight with at higher revs gives greater power cams usually offer a good compromise between cams usually low compressionlow high compression (1) (1) 3.5 litre3.9 litre (1) (1) 4.2 litre4.0 litre4.6 litre (1) (1) (1) Includes standard cam & 16 standard followers. cam & 16 standard Includes standard kit 2 timing followers, cam, 16 standard Includes standard cover & oil seal, 2 rocker gasket timing cover chain, & 2 inlet manifold seals. inlet manifold gasket gaskets, (1) Compression ratios: 8.13, 8.25, 8.5:1. ratios: Compression engineshigh compression (1) 9.35:1. ratio: Compression kit 1 (1) low compression engines compression low (1) engines carburettor eachset of 16each (1) (16) (16) set of 16 (1) efi engines Series 2 Range Rover 3.9 litre - 3.9 litre 3.5 litre Machining required to valve guides & spring to valve required Machining platforms. cam kit *If fitting without our modified heads, purchase springs & heavy includes double valve RB7442, which duty followers. Mild Road cam. No machining for standard swap Straight ERC4949HD Use also Anti pump-up followers required. and single springs RB7454. Fast Road (1) (1) 1986 onwards 1970 to 1986 standard duty (anti-pump up) heavy Camshaft kit - standard; Series 2 Range Rover. Suitable for all engines except Cam follower (hydraulic) all models; (hydraulic) Cam follower See also: Camshaft Kit. Camshaft - standard; See also camshaft kit. power, torque and economy. torque power, Mild Road fuel economy. without loss of Fast Road capacity less so with larger though torque, loss of low-rev good. remains engines. Economy "uprating" to be the first step towards Although considered the the camshaft alone may not achieve changing the engine, that you consider the in fact, recommend, We results. desired might which engine upgrade, camshaft as one element of an heads and a sports cylinder uprated for example, also include, decided what attributes your having Consequently, exhaust. a or for towing torque engine will need - good low-end select - you can then smooth idle for automatic transmission to suit from these pages. the appropriate components (lifters) with a new cam. Remember to fit new followers with the exception interchangeable, all camshafts are Finally, of versions: due to a change of the Series 2 Range Rover fit earlier engines. design, these cams will not easily We supply a full range of standard camshafts. In addition, we In addition, camshafts. of standard a full range supply We profiles: Mild Road and camshafts in 2 different offer uprated Fast Road. Standard DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION Kits & Camshaft V8 REQ. QTY NO. PART Camshaft - Performance; V8 ENGINE COMPONENTS DIESEL ENGINE & COMPONENTS 8566L STC958 538131 538132 538133 538134 ETC7286 ETC4154 ETC8442 ETC6531 ETC6532 ETC7128 ETC8442 STC3395 RTC2993 RTC6457 RTC2825 ERC1561 ERR2419 ERR2532 ERR1632 ERR3754 ERR3356 ERR3547 ERR1181 ERR2112 90519055 90519055 AEU2137L AEU2134L AEU2135L BAU5313L RTC299310 Y Y Y DA Y DA standard (1) o/size (0.25mm) (1) inner (1) outer (1) rear (3) front (1) EVER conditions etc, please refer to our latest price guide. please refer conditions etc, EVER o/size (0.010”) (1) standard (1) 300Tdi (4) 200Tdi (4) 2400/2500TD rearfront (1) 300Tdi (4) 200Tdi (4) 2400/2500TD200Tdi300Tdi (1) 200/300Tdi (1) (1) o/size (0.025”)o/size (0.050”)o/size (0.075”)o/size (0.10”) (a/r) (a/r) (a/r) (a/r) standard (as req’d) numbers 2 & 4 (2) 300Tdi (1) numbers 1 & 3 (2) 2400/2500TD200Tdi (1) (1) front (3) rear (1) 200Tdi300Tdi (1) (1) If the part you require is not listed here, please phone and is not listed here, If the part you require MORE STOCK enquire. By now we might well have it. For prices, terms we might well have & By now enquire. MORE STOCK DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Bearing set - big end; Bush - little end; Oil seal - camshaft (300Tdi)Bearing - camshaft; (1) Spigot bushOil seal - crankshaft; (1) Piston ring - standard; Thrust plate - camshaft; Bearing set - main (standard)Thrust washer; (1) Jet assembly - piston; Camshaft - Diesel Camshaft; 200/300Tdi & 300 Tdi suitable for both 200 parts are The following otherwise indicated. engines unless Cam bearing; Crankshaft - 200 & 300Tdi suitable for both 200 & 300Tdi parts are The following engines unless otherwise indicated. Crankshaft; Cylinder Block Cylinder - Components ETC9043 STC651S RTC6710 RTC6771 RTC6709 RTC6646 RTC5003 RTC6645 RTC6653 AEU2023 AEU2028 AEU2294 AEU2195 AEU2909 AEU2007 AEU2042 AEU2037 AEU2020 AEU2021 LFP10081L AEU2794L AEU2039L AEU2040L AEU2041L AEU2036L AEU2022L AEU2001L AEU2038L RTC276525L GUG705649GM 22 2400TD2500TD (1) (1) rearfront (1) (1) centre (1) centrerear rear (1) (1) 2400TD (1) 2400TD2500TD (4) (4) standardo/size (0.25mm)o/size (0.5mm) (1) (1) (1) 2500TDo/size (0.25mm) (1) (1) standard (1) 2400TD2500TD (4) (4) standard (2) o/size (0.10mm)o/size (0.20mm) (2) (2) DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Spigot bearing - input shaft (1) Oil seal - crankshaft; rearO ring - crankshaft (1) Jet valve - crank bearing housing; - crank Jet valve Housing - crank bearing; Housing - crank Crankshaft - 2400/2500TD suitable for both 2400TD & 2500TD parts are The following engines unless otherwise indicated. - new; Crankshaft quantity = 1) (For 2500TD, Oil pressure valveOil pressure Piston & rings; Gudgeon pin (1) 2400TD only. Bolt - con rod (4) Bearing set - big end; (8) Thrust washer; Cylinder Block Cylinder - Components 2400/2500TD both 2400TD & 2500TD suitable for parts are The following otherwise indicated. engines unless blockLiner - cylinder (4) Piston rings onlySpring ring - gudgeon pin (4) (4) Bush - little end (4) Bearing set - main; Con rod assembly; ETC9091N ETC9104N STC1065N STC1736N STC1173N RA1436. , followed by a serial no. by , followed , followed by a serial no. by , followed 11A 95A , with a serial no. 14L DIESEL ENGINES bare (1) Includes: flywheel, clutch & electrics. Includes: flywheel, clutch complete (air con) (1)

200/300Tdi PERFORMANCE UPRATE KIT 200/300Tdi PERFORMANCE UPRATE 2400 TD (1) 300 Tdi (bare) (1) 200Tdi - 2500 TD water including flywheel, clutch, Complete engine, and injectors. Less pump & pulleys, electrics. (1) Complete engine, including flywheel, clutch, water water including flywheel, clutch, Complete engine, and injectors. Less pump & pulleys, turbocharger electrics. 17L 18L 19L 20L 21L 22L

We can supply a WBH Performance Kit for Engine Uprate We the 200/300Tdi engine. only and comprise a to special order available The kits are head, injector pump and turbo boost modified cylinder a standard over is a 30% gain in power The result capsule. equates to 150bhp and 250ft/lb of torque which engine, better still) 300Tdi are (200Tdi figures. an Fuel consumption is unaffected, with tests showing distances and 26mpg around long 29mpg over average town. for DIY available 200/300Tdi Performance Kits are Uprate fitting locally. we can arrange alternatively, fitting or, Please contact our Sales Department for details, including Quote part no. a full test report. Diesel engines were introduced as an option for the option for as an introduced engines were Diesel April 1986. in Rover Range VM 2400 the (Italian) engine fitted was The first diesel for the and intercooled turbocharged was which 4-cyl, the same This is essentially application. Range Rover 1982 saloon from SD1 to the Rover engine as fitted SD1 powered that the slightly lower except onwards, not fitted with an intercooler. engine was by replaced the 2400 TD engine was In October 1989, of its version stroke which is a longer the 2500TD, with VM turbo diesel fitted Vehicles predecessor. manual with only available engines were transmission. was 1992, the VM 2500TD engine In November own diesel unit, the 200Tdi, Land Rover’s by replaced and fitted to the Discovery already which was Defender. the 300Tdi. by replaced 1994, the 200Tdi was In March (2500cc) 4- the VM engines, the 200 & 300Tdi are Like the diesels. Unlike and intercooled turbocharged cyl injection direct they are Italian diesels, however, engines. with Land Rover from available Only the 300Tdi was automatic transmission. DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Full engine (new); 2500TD VM engines begin 200Tdi engines begin Full Engines - Diesel

2400 TD VM engines begin Engine Identification 300Tdi engines begin with one of the following: a by followed type, depending on engine & transmission serial no. STC814 STC850 STC804 568431 538039 ERR719 ERR765 RA1234 RA1235 ETC4154 ETC8663 ETC7514 ETC7513 STC1570 STC1571 STC1844 STC2905 STC1623 STC1172 STC1557 RTC4927 RTC4945 RTC6710 RTC6771 RTC4894 RTC4893 RTC5004 ERC8408 AEU2145 ERR2532 ERR6490 ERR3356 ERR5261 ERR5262 ERR5263 ERR2393 ERR2409 ERR1195 ERR1208 ERR3785 ERR4860 ERR7293 GUG705649GM included. not inner (1) outer (1) innerouter (1) (1) inner (1) outer (1) 1.42mm1.3mm (a/r) 2400/2500TD200Tdi (1) 2400TD only (4) (1) (1) 1.52mm (2 notch)1.62mm (1 notch) (a/r) (a/r) 1.4mm1.5mm300Tdi (1) (1) 200Tdi (1) upperlowerupperupper (1) (1) (1) (1) lowerlower (1) (1) 300Tdi 2400/2500TD (1) 200Tdi200Tdi (1) (1) to cylinder head to cylinder 200Tdi (4) 300Tdi (1) (1) to turbo (1) 200/300Tdi (1) 2400/2500TD (1) cylinder head - 2400/2500TD; cylinder 200 & 300Tdi (1) front 2400/2500TD (1) rear (1) cylinder head - 200/300Tdi; cylinder cover; rocker front cover; 2400/2500TD 200Tdi 300Tdi per engine 4 required per engine 1 required front (1) rear (1) turbo to exhaust; exhaust manifold to turbo; exhaust exhaust manifold - 2400/2500Tdi; exhaust manifold; inlet/exhaust inlet manifold - 2400/2500TD (4) DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Ring gear only; Oil seal - camshaft (300Tdi only) (1) ‘O’ ring - oil pump (2400TD only) (1) Individual gaskets ; Individual gaskets Flywheel - Diesel Flywheel; Oil seal - crankshaft - 200/300Tdi; Oil seal - crankshaft Note: new oil pumps do not use ‘O’ ring. - oil pump (200Tdi)Gasket stem (200/300Tdi)Seal - valve (8) (1) Gasket sets - engine; Gasket set. one of each order engine rebuild, For a complete are head gaskets Note: cylinder head (200Tdi)End plug - cylinder (2) Gaskets & Oil Seals - Oil Seals & Gaskets Diesel 2400/2500TD. Oil seal - crankshaft - 2400/2500TD; Oil seal - crankshaft (rear)O ring - crankshaft (1) 546799 ERR535 ERR765 ETC7461 ETC8560 ETC8847 RTC5017 RTC5624 RTC4995 RTC6644 RTC4910 RTC6564 AEU2070 AEU2069 ERR3539 ERR4802 ERR2530 ERR1972 ERR4708 ERR2393 ERR2409 ERR1202 ERR1201 ERR3343 ERR3342 ERR4682 ERR4848 ADU9955 AJM4460 AEU2059L LGQ10007 LGQ10008L PHOTO COURTESY OF BMIHT COURTESY PHOTO 23 right (4) inletexhaustleft (4) (4) (4) rightleft (4) (4) 2400/2500TD300Tdi (includes manifold) (1) (1) 2500TD200TDI300Tdi200Tdi (1) (1) (1) (1) 300Tdi2400TD (1) (1) 200Tdi 200Tdi (1) 2400/2500TD 2400/2500TD (4) 200/300Tdi2400/2500TD300Tdi (4) (4) (1) 200Tdi (1) 300Tdi 200Tdi300Tdi2400/2500TD200/300Tdi2400/2500TD200/300Tdi (1) (8) (1) (8) (8) (8) DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Turbo assembly - new; Turbo (turbo) - 2400/2500TDWastegate (1) Tensioner - auxiliary - 300TdiTensioner Idler pulley - 200Tdi (1) Cold start unit - 2400/2500TD servo); pump (for brake Vacuum (1) (1) Miscellaneous Components - Diesel - timing belt; Tensioner Rocker assembly - complete Rocker 2400/2500TD models. (4) arm; Rocker Rocker Gear - Diesel Rocker Gear Glow plug; Glow Gasket - rocker cover; - rocker Gasket (200Tdi) head End plug - cylinder (2) Rocker shaft; Rocker Pushrod; Follower; STC653 564456 ETC4880 ETC8663 STC1570 STC1571 STC1844 STC1347 RTC6896 RTC6770 RTC4916 ERC5923 ERC8408 AEU2875 AEU2045 AEU2051 AEU2296 ERR1178 ERR1084 ERR3340 ERR5027 ERR1085 ERR1156 ERR4640 ERR5261 ERR5262 ERR5263 ERR1157 ERR3777 PRC6387 AEU2145L AEU2218L AEU2220L AEU2144L LGJ100880 (Individual gaskets) (single gasket) 1.42mm1.3mm1.4mm1.5mm (4) (1) (1) (1) 1.52mm1.62mm (4) (4) 200/300Tdi 2400TD2500TD (4) (4) 200/300Tdi200/300Tdi (1) (1) 200Tdi300Tdi (1) (1) 2400/2500TD2400/2500TD (1) (1) 2400/2500TD 2400/2500TD200Tdi (1) (1) 200Tdi300Tdi (1) (1) 2400/2500TD200Tdi300Tdi2400/2500TD (1) (1) (1) (1) 2400/2500TD200/300Tdi2400/2500TD200/300Tdi (8) (8) (8) (8) 200/300Tdi (4) 2400/2500TD200Tdi300Tdi2400/2500TD (4) (4) (4) (4) Switch - oil pressure (all models) - oil pressure Switch (1) Cylinder head - Diesel Cylinder head assembly; ‘O’ ring - oil pump (2400TD only)‘O’ ring - oil (1) Oil Filter; - oil cooler; Thermostat valve head; - cylinder Gasket Note: new oil pumps do not use ‘O’ ring. Note: new oil pumps (200Tdi) - oil pump Gasket (1) Oil pump assembly Oil pump DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION - Diesel Pump Oil REQ. QTY NO. PART - oil pressure Relief valve valve Spring - relief Seal - valve stem (200/300Tdi)Seal - valve guide; (8) Valve spring; Valve Valve - inlet; Valve - exhaust; Valve DIESEL ENGINE & COMPONENTS CLUTCH 513123 8G8730 AEU1714 AEU1714 BAU1252 ANR2186 have a groove. If a groove. have not wherever possible please quote: possible please wherever PLUS ANY COMPONENT INFORMATION. up to 1994 (VIN LA)1995 (VIN MA) onwards (1) (1) to help ensure you receive the correct component, the correct you receive to help ensure early models (to approx.1973) (1) V8 models diesel - all models (1) See note below. all models from 1973 on (1) If you are not sure which part/part number you require, part/part number you require, which not sure If you are MODEL, YEAR, CHASSIS AND/OR ENGINE NUMBER HELP US TO HELP YOU HELP US TO HELP YOU CLUTCH PIVOT PIN, CAP & CLIP CLUTCH PIVOT CLUTCH MASTER & SLAVE CYLINDER CLUTCH MASTER & SLAVE DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Repair kit - master cylinder; Filler cap - master cylinderAll models. (1) Clutch Master Cylinder Master cylinder; groove for an identification 1973 models, check Note: on pre close to the running around the base of the master cylinder, mounting flange; early models should has been replaced the master cylinder is a groove, there kit should be ordered. with the later type and the later repair 594176 576137 576137 576137 576137 576137 571163 571161 FTC2957 FTC2957 FTC2957 FRC2528 FRC2528 PHOTO COURTESY OF BMIHT COURTESY PHOTO 24 LT77 & LT77SLT77 (1) up to eng no.14L01313A up to eng no.14L01313A (1) onwards(1)eng no.14L01314A Approx. 1992 to March 1994. Approx. 1992 to March gearbox). (Fitted with LT77S 1994. All models up to March R380 (V8 only) (1) Approx.1992 up to March 1994. Approx.1992 up to March gearbox). (Fitted with LT77S eng no.35D07803A onwards(1) eng no.35D07803A up to eng no.35D07802A (1) CLUTCH KIT CLUTCH 4-sp5-sp (1) 3.5 litre (1) 2400/2500TD models (1) 200Tdi March 1994 on 1994 March (Fitted with R380 gearbox). (1) 4-sp & 5-sp. 3.9 litre ’94 onwardsMarch (Fitted with R380 gearbox). (1) DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Pivot pin; 1994. All V8 models and diesel models to March Retainer clip - pivot 1994. All models up to March (1) Clutch Release Mechanism - V8; Release fork - clutch - diesel; Release fork - clutch Cap - pivot pin (1) FTC813 FTC148 FTC814 576476 576203 576476 576203 568431 ERR719 GCK203 GCK204 GCK775 RA1092 RA1093 RA1093 RA1091 FTC2001 FTC4204 FTC4204 FTC2002 RTC4945 RTC4927 FRC3416 FRC9568 FRC6631 FRC6685 RX1386T 611323A ERR5575 URB100760 - all models- (1) 3.9 & 4.2 litre engines. 3.9 & 4.2 litre 3.9 & 4.2 litre engines. 3.9 & 4.2 litre 3.9 & 4.2 litre engines. 3.9 & 4.2 litre 1992 (VIN JA) onwards (1) up to 1991 (VIN HA) (1) up to 1991 (VIN HA) (1) 1992 (VIN JA) onwards (1) up to 1991 (VIN HA)1992 (VIN JA) onwards (1) (1) 3.5 litre3.9 litre (1) 3.5 litre (1) 3.9 litre 200/300Tdi (1) 2400/2500TD (1) 2400/2500TD (1) 200/300Tdi (1) 3.5 litre (1) 3.9 litre 2400/2500TD200/300Tdi (1) (1)

2500TD200/300Tdi4-sp (LT95) (1) (1) (1) 2400TD (1) 5-sp 5-sp 4-sp (LT95) (1) V8 (all models) (1) diesel 2500TD200/300 TdiV8 - all modelsdiesel (1) (1) (1) 2400TD (1) 5-sp 4-sp (LT95) (1) V8 (all models) (1) diesel

Clutch cover - V8; Clutch cover

Flywheel; Flywheel All models excluding early 4-sp LT77 large spline. large 4-sp LT77 early All models excluding Including V8 & diesel. bearing; Retaining clip - release Clutch plate - diesel; Clutch plate - V8; Clutch cover - diesel Clutch cover - Factory-fitted diesel engines only. Clutch kit - diesel; & clip. bearing release plate, cover, Kit includes clutch

Clutch kit - V8; Clutch bearing & clip. release plate, cover, Kit includes clutch Clutch Components Clutch DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Alignment tool - clutch (1) Release bearing - all models (1) Ring gear only; 575818 GBF103 RX1327 RX1326 NTC3401 ANR2004 ANR2039 ANR2040 STD10002 CLUTCH FLUID CLUTCH PHOTO COURTESY OF BMIHT COURTESY PHOTO 0.5 litre1 litre (1) (1) VIN KA633399 (1993 on) (1) up to VIN KA633398 (1993) (1) long pipeshort pipe (1) (1) Unipart (Dot 3) - 1 litresilicone (1) 2400/2500TD models. 200/300 Tdi models DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART All models. Clutch Fluid & brake; Fluid - clutch Pedal rubber - clutch (1) Clutch damper - diesel modelsClutch (1) 577643 NTC7573 NTC3400 NRC9019 NRC8975 NRC2211 ANR3386 ANR2039 ANR2183 90577517 25 up to VIN 112528 (1981) (1) VIN 112529 (1981) on (1) VIN KA633399 (1993) on (1) up to VIN KA633398 (1993)(1) rhd lhd - all modelsrhdlhd (1) (1) (1) 4-sp5-sp (1) all V8 and VM diesel models 1992 on) 200/300Tdi models (Nov all V8 modelsall diesel modelsV8 models (1) (1) DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Clutch Hoses to flexi-hose; Pipe - master cylinder Flexible hose; Flexible cylinder; to slave Pipe - flexi-hose 606733 514244 576723 571160 571160 576723 FTC5072 FTC5072 FTC3912 FTC2498 FTC2498 FTC3913 FRC3327 only. TKC2786P TKC2786P TKC2786P TKC2786P 1992 (Fitted with R380 gearbox). (Fitted with R380 gearbox). (Fitted with R380 gearbox). Approx. 1992 to March 1994. Approx. 1992 to March gearbox). (Fitted with LT77S Approx.1992 up to March 1994. to March Approx.1992 up gearbox). (Fitted with LT77S up to March 1994up to March 1994 onwardsMarch (1) (1) up to eng no.35D07802A onwards(1) eng no.35D07803A (1) up to eng no.14L01313A (1) 1994up to March (1) 1994up to March (1) eng no.14L01314A onwards (1) onwards eng no.14L01314A 1994 onwardsMarch (1) 1994 onwardsMarch (1) diesel March 1994 onwards 1994 March (Fitted with R380 gearbox). (1) March 1994 onwards 1994 March (Fitted with R380 gearbox). (1) 3.9 litre 4-sp & 5-sp. all V8 models (1) 200Tdi V8 models diesel models 2400/2500TD models (1) All 3.5 litre modelsAll 3.5 litre (1) 25th ANNIVERSARY MODEL (NO. 26 OF 25) CHASSIS NO. MA664120 26 OF 25) CHASSIS NO. (NO. MODEL 25th ANNIVERSARY Bleed screw - slave cylinder - slave Bleed screw All models. (1) Fixing clip - pushrod; Push rod- slave cylinder; Push rod- slave Repair kit - slave cylinderRepair kit - slave up to Suitable for petrol & diesel models (1) Slave cylinder - diesel models; cylinder Slave Slave cylinder - V8 models; cylinder Slave DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION Cylinder Slave Clutch REQ. QTY NO. PART CLUTCH ENGINE & GEARBOX MOUNTINGS for GHF202 GHF202 NTC6282 MOUNTS FX112041L FX112041L FX112041L NH606041 PHOTO COURTESY OF BMIHT COURTESY PHOTO ENGINE & GEARBOX up to 1985 (VIN BA)1986 (VIN CA) onwards (4) (4) 4-sp5-sp (4) 3-sp4-sp (4) (4) manual automatic DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART original mounts). Replacement mountings currently supplied Replacement mountings currently original mounts). suitable for are below The nuts listed threads. metric have threads). mounts (ie.metric engine the replacement 200/300Tdi models only. 200/300Tdi mounting; Nut - gearbox early fitted to gearbox mountings engine & Note: original (use nut threads had UNF Range Rovers Gearbox mounting - rear mounting Gearbox (1) STC434 STC434 STC434 GHF233 NTC5890 NTC5890 ANR2805 FX112041L NY116041L 26 up to 1985 (VIN BA)1986 (VIN CA) onwards (2) (2) up to 1994 (VIN LA)1995 (VIN MA) onwards (2) (2) 5-sp 3-sp4-sp (2) 4-sp (2) all V8 & 300Tdi (M12)all V8 (4) 2400/2500TD - fr & rr (M10) - fr 2400/2500TD (4) 200Tdi (M16) (4) DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART All models. Gearbox mounting - automatic; Nut - engine mounting; Nut - engine Gearbox mounting - manual; Gearbox mounting STC434 NTC3241 NTC7270 NTC3242 NTC9416 ANR2803 ANR2804 ANR2488 rhlh (1) (1) rhlhfrontrear (1) (1) (2)

3.9 litre - 35D08928B, 36D25155B, 37D02090B & 37D02090B 36D25155B, - 35D08928B, 3.9 litre - 40D09582B. 4.2 litre from mid 1994 onwards 2400/2500TD 200Tdi300Tdi (2) (2) up to mid 1994 (all models) (2)

Engine mounting - diesel; Engine mounting - V8; 38D27238B. All V8 models from 1970 until mid 1994 are fitted with the 1970 until mid 1994 are All V8 models from 1994 (VIN prefix mountings. From mid same type of engine a crank-driven (incorporating front cover LA), a redesigned the engine to V8 models; as a result, oil pump) is fitted affect the changes The been altered. mountings have onwards: engine numbers following Engine & Gearbox & Engine Mountings DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART RX1361 RX1362 RA1094 RA1095 RA1096 without air con (1) with air con (1) engine pre-heater (1) V8 (3.5, 3.9/4.0 & 4.2) diesel (1) engine& interior pre-heater (1) KENLOWE KIT FAN DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Kenlowe 'Hotstart' Kenlowe Kenlowe Fan electric fan kit; Kenlowe Kenlowe Engine Hotstart & Interior Pre-Heater Systems Engine The ultimate in comfort & convenience: Kenlowe and coolant pump. pre-heater Hotstart is a mains-powered Hotstart Fitted in a convenient position in the engine bay, and holds temperature to operating heats the engine rapidly and de- fuel costs extra eliminating the engine wear, it there, icing associated with cold winter mornings. in conjunction with works Interior Pre-Heater Kenlowe (as well as demisting the car's interior Hotstart, pre-heating you even turn before on the ignition, iced-up windows) making the start of your journey comfortable. safer and more 613602 614670 611612 611612 ERC675 ERR416 ERR914 ERR810 ETC9002 ETC9019 ETC9009 ETC9009 ERR4461 ERR4623 ERR3287 ERR4623 ERR2215 Y Y 27 Y DA Y DA with air con (1) non air con (1) up to VIN MA650325 (1995)(1) VIN MA650326 (1995) on (1) 2400/2500TD200 Tdi300 Tdi (1) (1) (1) With & without air con. With & without VIN MA650327 (1995) on non air conwith air con (1) (1) rhdlhd (1) (1) lhd (1) rhd (1) to VIN MA650326 (1995)to VIN MA650326 (1) V8 diesel EVER conditions etc, please refer to our latest price guide. refer please conditions etc, EVER Up to Oct 1985. 1970 to 1985 2500TD 2400TD 1986 onwards compressor belt; compressor 200Tdi300Tdi (1) (1) idler pulley belt - V8 (1) If the part you require is not listed here, please phone and is not listed here, If the part you require KENLOWE HOTSTART MORE STOCK MORE STOCK enquire. By now we might well have it. For prices, terms we might well have & By now enquire. MORE STOCK MORE STOCK DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Drive Belts Drive - V8; pump - water Drive belt Drive belt - water pump - diesel; Drive belt - water Drive belt - air conditioning; STC482 STC486 STC483 603930 ERR388 GWP317 GWP316 ETC1260 ETC1260 ETC7238 ETC6890 ETC6889 STC1610 STC4378 STC1611 STC1086 RTC4959 RTC6668 RTC4925 RTC6666 RTC6395 RTC6669 ERC2849 ERC2849 ERC2320 ERC2319 ERC1468 AEU2183 ERR2266 ERR2428 ERR4077 ERR3284 ERR1361 EAC22723 CN100308 heater return pump. water To (1) From inlet manifold. heater supply (1) Alternative climates. for warmer Suffixes A,B,C,D &E. Suffixes A,B,C,D 7-blade fan fitting to engine side of viscous unit. all other carb models side of viscous unit. fan fits to radiator (1) 7-blade fan fitted to engine side of viscous unit. 1982 to 1986 side of viscous unit. 7-blade fan fitted to radiator (1) With direct driven metal fan. With direct early vehicles - optional fan. With viscous driven, 13-blade (1) engine nos: 341,355,359E. 7-blade fan on engine side of & Suffix C,D (1) viscous unit. all other models side of viscous unit. 7-blade fan fitted to radiator (1) with 7-blade fanwith 11-blade fan (1) (1 1970 to 1982 (1) 2400TD2500TD200Tdi (1) (1) (1) 3.5 engines3.9 engines (1) early vehicles - standard (1) engine nos: 341,355 &359 (1) early vehicles (13-blade fan)(1) efi vehicles up to VIN MA650326 (1995) (1) VIN MA650327 (1995) on (1) with air con 2400/2500TD200Tdi300Tdi (1) (1) (1) by-pass hose by-pass up to VIN MA650326 (1995) (1) VIN MA650327 (1995) on (1) 2400/2500TD200 Tdicarb vehiclesefi vehicles (1) (1) (1) 300Tdi (1) non air con 2500TD200Tdi300Tdi (1) (1) (1) 2400TD (1) drain hose - 2500TDdrain (1) carb vehicles WATER PUMPS PUMPS WATER COUPLING & VISCOUS Viscous coupling - diesel; Hose clips for above pump - diesel; Hose - water (2) Gasket - water pump - diesel; - water Gasket pump to engine - V8; Hose - water Gasket - water pump - V8; - water Gasket Water Pump Fittings Water Water pump - V8 - 1986 on; Water Efi & carb vehicles, with & without air con. fitted are Note: vehicles from VIN MA650327 (1995) onwards a crank-driven incorporating front cover, with a redesigned oil pump. Water pump - V8 - 1970 to Oct 1985; pump Water Water Pump Water DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Water pump - diesel; Water Hose clips for above (2) Viscous coupling - V8; COOLING & HEATING COOLING & HEATING 575718 598871 564724 ESR185 GHC304 GHC405 GHC406 GHC507 GHC608 GHC709 GHC811 GHC913 NTC1174 NTC4622 NTC7223 NTC2736 NTC6858 NTC7298 NTC4619 NTC6734 NTC4329 NTC5632 NTC5632 NTC7297 ESR3296 ESR3297 ESR2491 ESR1818 ESR2167 ESR3297 GHC1015 GHC1217 GHC1622 RRC2711 NRC2258 up to 1994 (VIN LA)1995 (VIN MA) onwards (1) (1) with air con3.5 & 3.9 litre4.2 litre (1) (1) 1970 to 1985 (VIN BA)1986 (VIN VIN EA336625 (1) CA) to (1) non air con (1) 1988. VIN EA336626 (1988) on (1) up to 1989 (VIN FA)1990 (VIN GA) to 1994 (VIN LA)(1) 1995 (VIN MA) onwards (1) (1) 2400TD2500TD (1) (1) 200Tdi300Tdi (1) (1) 1986 onwards 3.5 litre 1970 to 1988 (VIN EA) only1989 (VIN FA) 1990 (VIN GA) onwards (1) (1) (1) 2400TD2500TD200Tdi300Tdi (1) (1) (1) (1) 1970 to 1985 3.9 & 4.2 litre DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Bottom hose - diesel; Hose - radiator to carbsHose - radiator (1) Hose clips 3/8" to 1/2"7/16" to 5/8"1/2" to 3/4"5/8" to 7/8"3/4" to 1"7/8" to 11/8"1" to 13/8" (a/r) 11/8" to 15/8" (a/r) 13/8" to 2" (a/r) 11/2" to 21/8" (a/r) 2" to 23/4" (a/r) (a/r) (a/r) (a/r) (a/r) (a/r) (a/r) Bottom hose - V8; applicable. Where tank; to expansion Hose - radiator tank hose - expansion Overflow (1) All models - if fitted. Radiator Hoses - Diesel hose - diesel; Top Radiator Hoses - V8 Hoses Radiator hose - V8; Top RA1241 RA1242 RA1243 RA1244 RA1245 RA1237 RA1238 RA1239 RA1240 RA1246 RA1247 RA1248 RA1249 28 carb models (1) non air conwith air conefi models (1) (1) (1) VIN EA351033 to VIN GA (1990) (1) VIN GA to VIN LA (1994)1995 to MA652456VIN MA652457 (1995) onwards (1) (1) (1) 1988 to VIN EA351032 (1) 1986 onwards 2400TD2500TD200Tdi300Tdi (1) (1) (1) (1) 1970 to Oct 1985 DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Hose kit - V8 - 3.9 & 4.2 litre; Radiator Hose Kits - Diesel hoses & clips. Kits include radiator Hose kit - diesel; Radiator Hose Kits - V8 & clips. hoses Kits include radiator Hose kit - V8 - 3.5 litre; SFR55 ESR63 ESR80 ESR75 ESR74 607027 575972 607026 575971 NTC7161 NTC4084 BTP1362 BTP1742 BTP1831 ESR3689 ESR3688 ESR3687 572312A ERR4686 ERR4685 PRC7925 PRC5077 NRC4448 PCD100150 BTP1823S URP1208L ARA2634B

up to 1994 (VIN LA) (1) 1995 (VIN MA) onwards (1) non air conwith air con (1) (1) up to 1992 (VIN JA) (1) 1993 (VIN KA) onwards (1)

VIN FA361897 (1989) on (1989) VIN FA361897 (1) up to VIN FA361896 (1989)up to VIN FA361896 (1) manual 1986 (VIN CA) onwards (1) 1970 to 1985 (VIN BA) automatic

1990 to 1994 (VIN LA) coolant sensor. cap & low Combined pressure 1995 (VIN MA) onwards15 psi. (1) (1) Includes intercooler. 2400TD 1986 to VIN EA336626 (1988) (1) 1970 to 1986 (VIN CA) (1) VIN EA336627 to 1989 (VIN FA)(1) 1990 (VIN GA) onwards (1) 1970 to 1985all other vehicles (1) (1) 3.9 & 4.2 litre; for ARA2404for NTC4609 (1) (1) 3.5 litre 300 Tdi (1) 2500TD200 Tdi (1) (1) all models 1970 to 1990 (VIN GA)(1)

RADIATOR & HOSES & RADIATOR Sensor - low coolant (separate)Sensor - low Petrol & diesel models, if fitted. (1)

Expansion tank - petrol & diesel; Expansion Tank Early vehicles. plug - drain Washer (1) Mounting rubber - radiator Mounting rubber - radiator All models. Filler plug - radiator; (4) Sealing washer - filler plug; Sealing washer plug - radiatorDrain (1) Reconditioned.

Radiator - V8 Radiator DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Pressure cap - petrol & diesel; Pressure Radiator/oil cooler - diesel; STC250 STC770 606923 611612 ERC675 BTR217 BTR215 BTR216 ETC9009 ETC9009 RTC6680 RTC6693 NTC2841 NTC2843 NTC2842 NTC2843 ERR4623 ERR2215 GAC2018 GAC2019 NRC2523 PHOTO COURTESY OF BMIHT COURTESY PHOTO up to VIN MA650325 (1995)(1) VIN MA650326 (1995) on (1) elbow to engineelbow (1) heater to elbow (1) heater to elbow to engineelbow (1) (1) 2400/2500TD (1) 200 Tdi300 Tdi (1) (1) V8 VIN DA302241 onwards (1) up to VIN DA302240 (1987) up to VIN DA302240 (1987) VINonwards DA302241 (1) diesel compressor belt; compressor 1 litre5 litre (1) (1) 1970 to Oct 1985 (VIN BA)1986 (VIN 1994 CA) to (1) (1) 1970 to VIN EA344071 (1988)1970 to VIN (1) VIN EA344072 to VIN JA616110(1) VIN EA344072 efi vehicles Up to Oct 1985. (1992), petrol & VM diesel. (1992), petrol & to 1994VIN JA616111(1992) (1) interior. to revised (All models) up carb vehiclesefi vehicles (1) carb vehicles (1) idler pulley belt - V8 (1) Motor & fan - all models; Motor & fan Heater Hoses Inlet hose - heater - V8; of the 2 hoses into the heater. Lower DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION - Components Heater Air Con Non REQ. QTY Matrix & seals; NO. PART Outlet hose - heater - V8; Drive belt - air conditioning; Antifreeze mix is that a minimum 50% antifreeze It is recommended round on aluminium engines, to inhibit maintained all year corrosion. Antifreeze; Upper of the two hoses into the heater. Upper of the two Air Conditioning Components Please contact our sales department for price and of air conditioning components. availability STC128 RS1456 RA1089 FTP8020 FTP8015 NTC5174 NTC2316 ESR2932 ESR2912 ESR2263 ESR3025 ESR2943 ESR2943 ESR2913 CN100708 PYC101120L PYC101120L PYC101120L PYC101120L 29 intercooler endintercooler (1) manifold end (1) 300Tdi not available separately. 300Tdi not available 200Tdi 300Tdi (2) 200Tdi (1) 2400 & 2500TD200Tdi300Tdi (1) (1) (1) 2400/2500TD2400/2500TD (1) 2400/2500TD (1) (2) 200Tdi300Tdi (1) (1) 2400/2500TD (1) 200Tdi300Tdi (1) (1) THERMOSTAT & FAN SWITCH & FAN THERMOSTAT DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Clip - hose (pipe to turbo) (2) All models. Hose - rigid pipe to turbo; All models. Intercooler; to inlet manifold; Hose - intercooler to manifold); Clip - hose (intercooler Oil Cooler - V8 Oil Cooler - Oil Cooler - V8 engine when a problem, for example are If high oil temperatures We an oil cooler. the V8 engine will benefit from towing, fitting a thermostatrecommend at the same time. into the the factory, by incorporated, Note: an oil cooler was engine. with the introduction of the 3.9 litre coolant radiator (1) Thermostat - oil coolerIntercooler - Diesel (1) Hose - intercooler to rigid pipe; Hose - intercooler to pipe)Clip - hose (intercooler (2) n/a n/a STC809 545010 602687 610387 GTR108 GTR108 ERR894 ETC4761 ETC4765 RTC4996 RTC4942 RTC6673 236022A ERR2081 ERR2803 ERR3291 ERR2429 ERR3682 PRC6317 PRC7918 PRC3505 PRC8170 PRC3359 PRC6317 AMR1712 AMR1425 90568054 C457593A non air con (1) air con (1) With & without air-con. Very early V8 models. all other models (1) non air con (1) air con - 3.5 litre -all models3.9 litre (1) (1) 2500TD200Tdi (1) (1) engine nos: 341, 355, 359 (1) 2400TD200Tdi (1) (1) 2500TD 300Tdi 200Tdi300Tdi (1) (1) 2400TD (1) efi models carb models V8 - all air con models (1) diesel - 88° (1) 82°2400TD300TdiV8 (1) (1) (1) 74°2500TD200Tdi (1) (1) (1) diesel Washer - temperature sender unit(1) - temperature Washer Sensor - temperature - 300TdiSensor - temperature (1) Temperature sender unit - diesel; Temperature Located in thermostat housing. Located at front of inlet manifold. Located behind thermostat (when fitted). - thermalGasket transmitter (1) Located in cylinder head. Located in cylinder - fan switchWasher All models. - sensor (300Tdi)Washer Thermal - early V8 transmitter (1) (1) (1) sender unit - V8; Temperature Air con models. Thermostat - Diesel; - thermostatGasket housing; Temperature Sender Temperature Thermostat - V8; DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION & Thermostat REQ. QTY NO. PART Fan switch - thermostatFan switch housing; COOLING & HEATING FUEL SYSTEM - Carburettors section section section section section section ag number ag number ag number ag number ag number ag number T T T T T T V8 Engine V8 Engine V8 Engine V8 Engine V8 Engine V8 Engine PHOTO COURTESY OF BMIHT COURTESY PHOTO 3550000F to 35542952F35542953F onwards 3881 3915 suffix A & Bsuffix C & Dsuffix Esuffix F 3318 3677 3887 3854 non-detoxed engines - non-detoxed for information on 'Detoxed' or 'Non-detoxed'. for information on 'Detoxed' or 'Non-detoxed'. for information on 'Detoxed' or 'Non-detoxed'. Please refer to the beginning of the to the beginning Please refer Engine number 26D & 27D30D of the to the beginning Please refer Engine number 4187 28D & 29D detoxed engines to the beginning of the Please refer 4186 Engine number 27D & 30D26D, FZX2006 FZX2005 Please refer to the beginning of the Please refer Engine number D & E355 suffix C, 355 suffix F 13D & 18Ddetoxed engines - to the beginning of the Please refer 3712 Engine number 341 & 359 - 3915 20D & 21D34183127F, 398 3881 17D & 19D11D,15D,16D, non-detoxed engines - of the to the beginning Please refer 3999 4104 Engine number 28D & 29Ddetoxed engines - 4185 for information 'Detoxed' or 'Non-detoxed'. on for information on 'Detoxed' or 'Non-detoxed'. for information on 'Detoxed' or 'Non-detoxed'. CARB IDENTIFICATION CARB SU HIF from 1986 onwards; Vehicles non-detoxed engines Stromberg CD175 Stromberg 1986; from 1970 to Vehicles In order to select the correct part(s) you need, this section part(s) you need, the correct to select In order engine. fitted to your type of carbs to identify the will help purposes only. It is for identification Vehicles from 1986 onwards; Vehicles DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART 610387 236022 603441 602687 602076 602236 545010 232043 603440 GTR108 GTR108 RB7322 AJM645 ETC6135 ETC4596 ETC4761 ETC4765 RTC5907 C457593 ERC2139 ERC3990 ERR2429 ERR7306 ERR7283 PRC7918 PRC3505 PRC6317 PRC6317 ADU1402 90568054 30 air connon air con (1) (1) air con (1) non air con - 3.5 litre (1) non air con (1) eng nos: 341, 355, 359 only(1) all other modelsair con (1) (1) With & without air-con. carb models (1) carb models efi models (1) efi models 3.9 litre (1) eng nos: 341, 355, 359all other models (1) (1) 74°82°88°without electric fan switch with integral switch electric fan (1) (1) (1) tin (1) compositefor tin gasketfor composite gasket (2) (1) (2) DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Gasket - thermostatGasket housing; - thermostatFan switch housing (1) - fan switchWasher (1) Washer - temperature sender unit(1) - temperature Washer Located behind thermostat fitted). (when - thermalGasket transmitter servo; - brake Non-return valve Not ABS models. (1) fitted. Where heater outlet - rear Gasket sender unit; Temperature Located at front of inlet manifold. (1) Thermostat - all models; Thermostat housing; Inlet Manifold Fittings - Fittings Manifold Inlet (Carbs) V8 & availability our sales department for price Please contact of inlet manifolds. - all models; - inlet manifold Gasket End seal - manifold gasket End seal - manifold Clamp - end seal - seal clampScrew Thermal transmitter (2) (2) (1) Washer - non-return valveWasher Heater outlet - rear (1) (1) INTRODUCTION CARBURETTORS

Edelbrock Performer. A 500cfm 4 barrel carb kit, A 500cfm 4 barrel Performer. Edelbrock Holley carb. Based on the legendary Holley the first system - Lucas L-Jetronic - uses an L-Jetronic the first system - Lucas with to coincide the second system - introduced complete with all necessary components, which is performance and economy. designed to improve a bright finish which carbs also feature Performer engine. of your enhances the appearance and are Ideal for on & off roaders Both carbs are suitable for any engine size. carburettor. The kit includes a 390cfm 4 barrel Holley The kit includes a 390cfm 4 barrel carburettor. an and electric choke, secondaries carb, with vacuum cable kit and full Offenhauser inlet manifold and choke instructions. 4 barrel carbs 4 barrel V8 kits for offer a choice of conversion we Finally, efi, all engine sizes): (carb or Range Rovers

Diesel left the factory Range Rovers The first diesel-powered in April 1986, fitted with the Italian VM 2.4 litre 2.5 the larger engine. Subsequently, turbocharged own 200 & Land Rover’s by VM unit, followed litre also been have There fitted. 300Tdi engines, were the carried out over diesel conversions numerous the parts including some factory kits. However, years, listed under Diesel Fuel System Components apply only to factory-built diesel vehicles. airflow meter, inside which is a hinged flap that inside which is a hinged flap airflow meter, of air into the deflection, the flow by measures, signal to the ECU. the voltage engine, thus varying engine in 1988 but also fitted to the ‘new’ 3.9 litre air a 'hotwire' engines - incorporates some 3.5 litre parts. no moving metering system, which contains - one of which is sensor wires two Instead, it employs the air mass as it passes over heated - to measure signal is then and into the engine. A voltage wires required to the voltage sent to the ECU proportionate as it is of the heated wire to maintain the temperature the air flow. cooled by The flap type, fitted to the first 3.5 Efi (non cat'- 1986, is similar (though not equipped) models from SD1 identical) to the system fitted to the Rover type, fitted the same time. The hotwire Vitesse from or without cat's), (with to later 3.5, 3.9 & 4.2 vehicles with few parts shares despite appearing quite similar, the flap type system. Electronic fuel injection (Efi) replaced carbs for Vogue fuel injection (Efi) replaced Electronic for all V8 4-dr models models in October 1985, and giving a substantial power 1986, November from engine. without significant changes to the increase to the Range types of Efi system fitted two are There Rover: Electronic Fuel Injection Electronic Carburettors Range Rovers fitted to are of carburettor makes Two CD175' equipment: the Zenith 'Stromberg as standard to 1986 - and the 'SU 1970 from - used exclusively period (alongside fitted for a short HIF', which was replaced 1986 until carbs were from the Stromberg) fuel injection. by the two between visual difference The most obvious a having is the dashpot; Strombergs types of carb into with the 'Zenith' name cast dashpot stubby very a much taller dashpot without it, while the SUs have any markings. For detailed information & specification of engine numbers, please refer to the 'V8 ENGINE' section on Page 12). please refer Carburettor Care & Overhaul Care Carburettor Fuel economy and performance can suffer with insufficient and with the tightening of the MOT carb maintenance, important emissions it is more exhaust regarding regulations than ever that the fuel system is maintained in good working adjusted or worn carbs can also cause Incorrectly order. oil in excessive resulting and 'bore-wash', overfuelling consumption. (with the help of a workshop It is quite straightforward manual) to service your carbs, using the service and overhaul items listed in this section. for identification are The listings for complete carburettors the correct if you have They will also show purposes only. type of carbs fitted. Part numbers, tag numbers & engine quoted to help identify the original factorynumbers are to carburettors these numbers relate specification. However, and not to subsequent new, fitted when the vehicle was replacements. ( Carb Identification - Stromberg CD175 & SU HIF. Carb Identification - Stromberg a silver tag - stamped with an have of carburettor Both makes one to the carb by is attached identification number - which screws. of the dashpot retaining the same number but with an (Note; both rh & lh carbs have the if the tag is missing, r or l suffix as appropriate). However, engine number will help you to identify the carburettors, owner. a previous by not been replaced they have providing DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART GTG116 RB7322 RB7437 RA1335 RB7254 RB7654 RB7184 RB7314 RB7438 RB7439 RB7262 RA1323 RB7278 RB7290 RB7181 RA1336 RA1337 AJM645 ERC3990 RB7262L RA1323L ERR7283 RB7254J ERR7306 RB7254S RB7254H RB7438EL RB7439EL (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (Holley) (Dual Port) (Holley/Weber) (Holley) Carb to manifold) (Holley & Weber) ( cast ironchromed (1) (1) for tin gasket for tin gasket for composite gasket (2) (2) Holley 390 (1) Weber 500Weber (1) tincomposite (1) (1) 3" deep (1) 2" deep (1) standard - 3" deepstandard - 2" deep'low-rider' bonnet clearance. For extra (1) (1) Offenhauser 360° bonnet clearance. Lowest Dual Plane. Offenhauser/JWR High Torque. Dual Plane. (1) Kit 1With 3" deep air cleaner. Kit 2 bonnet clearance. With 2" deep air cleaner for extra (1) (1) Kit 1With 3" deep air cleaner. Kit 2 bonnet clearance. With 2" deep air cleaner for extra (1) (1) Edelbrock performerEdelbrock (1) WEBER- EDELBROCK PERFORMER CARB KIT HOLLEY CARB KIT HOLLEY CARB PANCAKE AIR CLEANERS PANCAKE FOR HOLLEY OR WEBER CARBS Holley/Offenhauser conversion; 390cfm carb with auto choke Adaptor - breather pipeAdaptor - breather (1) Air cleaner kit; 14" diameter chromed ‘pancake’ type, complete with filter, type, ‘pancake’ 14" diameter chromed & Holley. suitable for Weber Replacement element - air cleaner; Air cleaner base to flame trap/breather. Weber/Edelbrock Weber/Edelbrock Performerconversion; 500cfm carb with manual choke DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Gasket - thermostatGasket housing cable kit Accelerator (1) Thermostat housing; Jets - 390 carb (pair)Overhaul kit - Holley 390 carb (1) (1) End seal - manifold gasket Holley Stud/Nut/Washer SetHolley Stud/Nut/Washer Gasket (1) Manual choke cable Manual choke Manual choke conversion kit Manual choke Inlet manifold - 4 barrel carb Inlet manifold - 4 barrel 4 Barrel Carb Components only Carburettor & Holley carbs Suitable for Weber - inlet manifold; Gasket 4 Barrel Carb 4 Barrel Kits Conversion engine sizes. Suitable for all kits for all V8 Range Rovers. Complete conversion 14" air chromed inlet manifold, carb, barrel Kits include: 4 thermostat cable kit. accelerator housing and cleaner, facet type section for details of our See also fuel pump in may be required which fuel pump, capacity electric carb kits, depending on application. 4 barrel addition to the RA1399 RA1397 RA1398 STC205 605833 606792 JS499A RS1514 LZX1505 RTC3566 RTC4774 RTC1482 RTC6072 RTC1481 ERC2042 518432A AEU1851 AEU1851 AEU1850 AEU1848 AUD4288 AUD4398 AAU7900 AAU2967 LZX1600L ERC2042L NZX8077L NZX8076L CUD2785L CUD2788L RX1222LR 31 to VIN 162496VIN 162497onwards (2) (2) " deep, fits either manual or automatic choke. deep, " 4 FZX2005 (2) 41864187 4185 (2) (2) FZX2006 (2) / 1 ‘X-stream’ air flow (lid only) air flow ‘X-stream’ pancake Replaces standard For maximum air flow. or polished. red blue, in black, K&N lid. Available or flat type) must K&N filter assembly (recessed N.B. separately. be purchased recessed type (assembly) recessed bonnet clearance. on carb for extra Sits low only. for use with manual choke N.B. flat type (assembly) 2 rhlh (1) (1) carbs: carbs: rhlh (1) (1) K&N Air Filters - 4 Barrel Carbs V8 and diesel. See page 33 for applications on standard carbs 4 barrel K&N Holley & Weber on to carb. bolts directly (14") filter assembly, Pancake filter top (lid). May also be fitted with ‘X-stream’ DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Needle guideFloat needle & seat kitFloat; (2) Piston springDamper & oil cap (2) (2) (2) Fuel trap (2) Float compensatorTemperature Throttle disc (2) Chrome dashpot cover (2) Carburettor Components (2) (2) - SU 'HIF from 1986 Engine numbers with a 'C' suffix. Seal kitMetering needle; (1) Metering needle; Needle valveDamper & oil cap dashpots to enhance the appearance your existing Fit over of your engine. (2) Fuel trap (2) (2) Jet assembly; Carburettor Components Carburettor - CD175 - Stromberg 1986 onwards Adjusting toolSpring - diaphragm kitGasket Service kit and float gasket diaphragm, Kit includes: needle valve, seals. (1) (2) (2) (2) Diaphragm (2) 605800 597770 605833 606793 606300 614361 606810 608282 605857 606792 RS1514 JS499A RTC1482 RTC1482 RTC1482 RTC4776 RTC4776 518432A AEU1848 AEU2462 AEU1850 AEU1851 AAU1489 AAU7900 AAU8231 AAU1484 AAU1484 AAU1488 AAU8229 AAU8230 ERR4383 ERR4381 ERC2042L 90608271 90608276 RTC1481A RX1222LR ERC1102A BHM1079L (1) (1) CD175 CARB & COMPONENTS (Detoxed engines) (Detoxed engines) 4104 (2) 3712, 3881 & 391533183677, 3887, 3854 & 3999 (2) (2) (2) 3318, 3677, 3887 & 38543999 & 4104 (2) (2) 37123881 (2) (2) 3915 (2) 3881 & 391533183887 & 385439994104 (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) 37123677 (2) (2) 3712 & 39153318 & 3677 (1) (1) 33183677 (BIDF) (2) (2) 3677 (BIFF)38873854 (BIEJ)3854 (BIFF)3999 (BIFC) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) 4104 (2) carbs: carbs: carbs: carbs: carbs - 3712, 3881 & 3915all other carbs (2) (2) carbs: all other carbs (2) carbs 3712, 3915carbs 3712, (2) carbs: Damper & oil cap - all modelsChrome dashpot cover (2) (2) Throttle disc; Metering needle - detoxed vehicles; Metering needle - detoxed Float (all models) - detoxed engines; compensator Temperature (2) Metering needle - non-detoxed vehicles; Metering needle - non-detoxed Needle valve; Fuel trap Fuel trap DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Insulating block; Gasket (6) Carb Mountings and SU carbs. Stromberg Fit over your existing dashpots to enhance the appearance of dashpots to enhance the appearance your existing Fit over your engine. Cold start assembly; switch Vacuum Engine nos: 341, 359 - 8.13:1 CR. Engine nos: 341, 359 - 8.13:1 Diaphragm - all models - all Diaphragm (2) 1970 to Oct 1985 1970 to Adjusting tool (1) Carburettor Components Carburettor - CD175 - Stromberg Spring - diaphragm kit; Gasket (2) FUEL SYSTEM - Carburettors FUEL SYSTEM - Electronic Fuel Injection RTC3518 ESR1057 ESR1807 DAC1861 PRC8005 PRC8007 PRC8009 PRC8172 AGU1068 NRC9996 NRC9997 AMR2016 ESR1611L AFU2913L CN100908 ERC9127A DAC1211A to 1994 (VIN LA)1995 (VIN MA) onwards (1) (1) flap type type - hotwire (1) air cleaner to a/flow meterair cleaner to a/flow (1) catalyst vehiclesredyellowwhite (1) greenblueflap type typehotwire (1) (1) (1) - meter to plenum chamber a/flow (1) (1) (1) (1) meterair cleaner to a/flow Flap type. (2) meter to chambera/flow All models. (2) non catalyst vehicles (1) Flap type only. see page 33 K&N FILTER DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Air intake hose; Air intake Power resistorPower (1) Electronic Components - Electronic Components Efi ECU - new & price Please contact our sales department for availability of new ECUs. ECU - reconditioned/re-chipped; Lucas 4CU (flap-type) or your existing can recondition We specification, or type) ECU to original 14CUX (hotwire on standard and economy, both types for power recalibrate or modified engines. for 1 year. guaranteed All ECUs are Please contact our sales department to discuss your requirements. (relay)Diode pack Red. Relay - fuel pump; Aluminium. (1) Tune resistor; Tune meter; Airflow Hose clip; 611795 ETC5598 ETC6443 ETC5772 ETC8495 ETC5771 ETC6660 ETC6214 ETC7150 RTC5907 EAC1383 ERC7809 ERC9113 ERC9117 ERR4944 AUD3577 ST606080 SS108801 ERC7536A ERC9116A ERC9112A (1) 32 INJECTORS & SENSORS INJECTORS (IAC valve) to July 1987 (1) from July 19873.5 litre31D engine nos only (1) (1) (1) engine nos. 22D & 23D (1) all other engines compression. Low all other engines (1) (1) type. hotwire 3.5 litre 3.9 & 4.2 litre (1) Low compression. Low engine nos. 22D & 23D (1) DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Gasket - potentiometerGasket Cold start injector (1) (1) Bush - throttle spindle (2) Seal - throttle spindleIdle speed screw; (2) Throttle potentiometer; Air-valve solenoidAir-valve (1) Stepper motor Pneumatic actuator (1) Airflow meter type Efi only Airflow Idler control assemblyAir con models Hose Breather (1) to plenum Flame trap to plenum air valve Hose - extra (1) C-shaped hose - servoNon return valve Cruise control. (1) (1) Plenum Chamber Components Efi systems. Meter & Hotwire Airflow for price & availability Please contact our Sales Department of plenum chambers. type key - hex Screw Plenum Chamber to Ram Housing. Throttle disc; (6) Throttle spindle; 243967 ERR722 ERR268 ETC6264 ETC6375 ETC6661 ETC8494 ETC6143 RTC5679 TKC6351 EAC1385 ERC3617 243967A C435996L ETC8496A ETC7241A ETC8496A EAC2414A EAC2415A ERC3620A EAC1284UR DRC3017HP

Y Y

Y DA Y DA

EVER

conditions etc, please refer to our latest price guide. please refer conditions etc, EVER Recommended for performance applications. Increases a demand, by to inlet manifold according fuel pressure, item. than standard greater ratio 3.9 & 4.2 (8) 3.5 (8) large (upper)large (8) small (lower) (8) standardadjustable (1) (1)

If the part you require is not listed here, please phone and is not listed here, If the part you require MORE STOCK

enquire. By now we might well have it. For prices, terms we might well have & By now enquire. MORE STOCK O-Ring - injectorClip - injector sensorFuel temperature Front of fuel rail. (1) (16) (8) Injector; Sealing washer sensor. Temp (1) Fuel Pressure RegulatorFuel Pressure (1) Please contact our sales department for price & availability of inlet manifolds. Hotwire Efi (3.9 litre) Inlet Manifold Fittings - sensorTemperature (1) Also suitable for pressure regulator. Also suitable for pressure Clamp - Efi hoses (a/r) O-Ring seal - injector; Efi hose to join fuel rails. High pressure Fuel hose - cold start injector (1) Overrun fuel cut-off switch (1) Temp sensor Temp Injector (8) Thermotime switch sensorTemperature (1) (1) Auxiliary air valve (1) Uprated fuel pump resistorUprated regulator. pressure Use in conjunction with adjustable fuel demand. extra Enables fuel pump to cope with (1) Sealing washer (1) Fuel pressure regulator; Fuel pressure Please contact our sales department for price & availability our sales department for price Please contact of inlet manifolds. Airflow Meter Meter Airflow litre) Efi (3.5 Inlet Manifold Fittings - Fittings Manifold Inlet DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Fuel hose (8cm length) (2) 568244 572535 GHF200 RB7259 STC1190 RTC6724 NTC5859 NTC5858 ESR3926 ESR3278 ESR3278 602180A AEU2152 AEU2151 AEU2291 ERR5057 ERR2028 PRC8318 PRC3901 PRC9409 PRC7020 PRC7491 NRC7135 90606261 90606262 (1) (carb type)(1) To VIN HA464553 (1991)To (1) 2400/2500TD200Tdi300Tdi (1) (1) (1) electricHorizontal or vertical, in engine bay. (1) sender type. Separate VIN HA464554 to KA642682Combined pump/sender type. (1) VIN KA642683 (1993) onwards(1) Combined pump/sender type. pump/senderseparate combined pump/sender (1) (1) mechanical (1) FUEL PUMPS FOR ALL MODELS DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART 'O'-ring - pump to block (1) Earthing braidFilter - electric pump (1) (1) Mechanical. 2400/2500TD. - pump to blockGasket 200/300Tdi. - pumpDiaphragm 2400/2500TD. (1) (1) Pipe unions for PRC3901 pump (2) Pump to timing cover. - electric pumpGasket For PRC3901 pump. Mounting bobbin - fuel pumpFor PRC3901 pump. (2) Nut - for mounting bobbin (1) (4) For PRC3901 pump. Fuel pump - carb - 1986 on In-tank type. - fuel pumpGasket Pump to tank. Fuel pump - uprated Facet competition high capacity electric pump. Complete with unions. (1) Fuel pump - efi - 1986 on; - efi fuel pump; Gasket Pump to tank. Fuel Pump a have Rovers V8 range steering, non power Early, and driven fuel pump bolted to the timing cover mechanical a lobe on the camshaft spacer. by an electric fuel pump (due steering equipped cars have Power the fuel pump had pump where to the location of the p.a.s. horizontally mounted - up to vehicle been), either previously suffix B - or vertically mounted - suffix C onwards. is From 1986, the fuel pump for both carb and Efi vehicles not are the two fitted inside the fuel tank. However, type not is a high pressure as the Efi pump interchangeable, suitable for carb vehicles. Up to approximately 1991, the in-tank fuel pump is separate the pump and From 1991 onwards, from the fuel level sender. combined. sender unit are with an engine-driven, equipped Diesel vehicles are fuel pump. mechanical Fuel pump - carb - 1970-1986 In engine bay. pump - mechanical Gasket (1) Locking ring - pump/senderLocking - fuel pumpSuppressor (1) Fuel pump - diesel; (1) 564258 605191 RB7432 RX1346 RX1347 RX1348 RX1349 RB7296 RA1063 RA1060 1435K&N GFE7004 GFE1124 GFE7004 RB7432Z RTC5888 RTC4683 NTC1435 ESR1445 ESR1049 ESR1445 RB7432C ERR1471 ERR3381 ERR4689 BAU5090L RB7432PCB RB7432PCR RB7432LOW NTC ESR1049K&N ESR1445K&N (1) (1) 33 (1988 on) (to 1988) (For re-oiling element): (For re-oiling hotwire type hotwire flap type 200Tdi300Tdi (1) (1) blackred (1) (1) 2400 & 2500TD (1) 1 fl oz sachet (a/r) carb vehicles elbows) to intake (Clamp & SU. Stromberg efi vehicles - meter. Filter clamps to air flow Replaces air box assy. (2) 250ml bottle400ml aerosol (a/r) (a/r) Located on rear of cylinder block. of cylinder Located on rear onlyAustralia cover. Located on left hand rocker (1) original (1) short type - fi original sizeshort type - coated powder (1) (1) chromed diesel vehicles to 1994 (VIN LA)1995 (VIN MA) onwards2400/2500TD (1) (1) (1) 2400/2500TD200Tdi300Tdi (1) Australiaall except onlyAustralia (1) (1) (2) (2) 200Tdi300Tdi (1) (1) all except Australiaall except (1) Element oil Cleaning fluid (1 litre)For cleaning filter element. (a/r) K&N Air Filter carb filters see page 31. For 4-barrel Air filter - K&N; and in air flow an improvement K&N offer superior filtration, elements. Plus, they many times longer life than standard can be cleaned and re-used. and efi petrol models, as well carburettor for both Available the original air they replace as diesel-engine Range Rovers, to no alterations and require box and paper element intake engine (with standard the fuel system on a standard exhaust). in both competition and off-road proven K&N Filters are environments. DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Seal - air filterAir filter - Efi; Air filter - diesel; (4) Engine breather - 200/300TdiEngine breather - diesel; Hose - breather (1) Air Filter - Standard Air filter - carburettor; Except Australia. Engine Breather System Breather Engine trap; Breather/flame fitted. (flat top), where cover Right hand rocker Breather grommetBreather (pair) (1) O’ ring seal - flame trap filter; Breather (1) STC807 577356 566426 ERR459 ETC8847 ETC8412 RTC4919 RTC6659 RTC6702 RTC6702 NTC3084 NTC1054 NTC4842 NTC6723 NTC7198 NTC3083 NTC1461 NTC1460 NTC7830 NTC7189 NTC3690 AEU3031 ERR4419 ERR3339 NRC8388 NRC2191 NRC9094 NRC9095 ADU9955 ANR5328 ANR5327 ANR1860 ANR3592 ANR3606 AEU2098E 3.5 (1) 3.93.53.9 & 4.2 (1) (1) (1) automaticrhd (3.5 & 3.9)lhd (1) (1) rhd (3.9 & 4.2)lhd (1) automaticmanual (1) (1) 4-sp manual5-sp manual onlyAustralia (1) (1) (1) rhdlhdrhdlhdto VIN KA628559 (1993)VIN KA628560 onwards (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) rhd (1) lhd (1) up to VIN FA (1989) up to VIN FA from VIN GA (1990) onwards lhd - rhd - 2400/2500TD2400TD2500TD (1) (1) (1) 2400/2500TD2500TD200Tdi (4) 300Tdi (1) (1) (1) 200/300Tdi2400TD (4) (1) up to VIN FA (1989) up to VIN FA VIN GA (1990) onwards rhd lhd - all models (1) 200/300Tdi (1) Stromberg carbs Stromberg SU carbs - rhd & lhd (1) 2400/2500TD200Tdi300Tdi (4) (4) (4) K&N FILTERS FORK&N FILTERS ALL VEHICLES Accelerator cable - V8 Efi; Accelerator Accelerator cable - V8 carburettor; Accelerator Accelerator & Choke Control Gasket - injector pump; Gasket Solenoid - fuel shut-off; Components - Diesel - Components plug; Glow DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION System Fuel REQ. QTY NO. PART assembly; Injector pump Accelerator Cable - 2400/2500TD; Accelerator Cable - 200 Tdi; Accelerator Switch - cut-off; Switch Choke cable - V8; Choke Injector assembly; FUEL SYSTEM FUEL SYSTEMS 598820 608419 RTC1333 RTC5638 TKC3976 NTC5418 NTC5916 NTC2912 . From NRC9483 RTC1333 Converts to later type hinged cap. hinged cap suffix 'B' onwards. Vehicle (1) capfiller neck (1) (1) early vehicles: use conversion kit: 2-Door4-Door (1) (1) 1991 onwards1970 to 1987 1987 to 1991 (1) 1991 onwards (1) (1) 1970 to 1986; 1987 to 1991 DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Fuel Filler Cap Filler cap; fitted with a Early vehicles (1970 up to vehicle suffix A) are is no longer available. fuel filler cap which locking screw-on, For these vehicles, use conversion kit vehicle suffix B up to 1986, the fuel filler cap is a hinged, For the 1987 vehicle cap. locking painted aluminium black screw-off cap is a non-locking the fuel filler onwards, range cover. body-coloured cap concealed behind a plastic, Seal - filler cap; NTC6872 ESR1223 PRC4510 PRC8822 PRC8823 PRC7129 ARA1502 ARA1501 ARA1502 ARA1501 34 to VIN KA642683 (1993) (1) VIN KA642684 on (1) side mounted sendertop mounted sender (1) (1) 1970 to 19861986 onwards (1) side mounted (1) top of tank (1) With separate sender. With separate DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Locking ring; Locking Seal - side mounted sender (1) Vehicles with separate fuel pump & sender. with separate Vehicles See ‘Fuel pump’ for combined sender/pump. Sender unit - petrol; Seal - sender unit ringLocking Sender unit - diesel; (1) (1) Fuel Level Sender Unit JS660L STC612 575601 606207 ESR460 ESR259 GFE7001 RTC5938 NTC2017 NTC4553 NTC6741 NTC2017 ESR2585 ESR2584 ESR4065 AEU2147 AEU1147 NRC9786 90577508 multi-vent breather (1) single vent breather (1) VIN HA464554 to KA638156 (1) VIN KA638157 (1993) onwards(1) (Jan 1991 to 1993). Moulded plastic tank with combined pump & sender. Separate in-tank fuel pump & sender. Separate up to 1990 (VIN GA)

to VIN GA464553 (1990)VIN HA464554 to KA638350 (1) (1) (1990 to 1993). VIN KA638351 (1993) onwards(1) non heated (1) Screw-on connector type. Screw-on heated (1) Push-on connector type. 1991 (VIN HA) onwards (1) 1970-1986 (carb) (1) 1986 onwards (carb & Efi) 1986 onwards outerinner (1) (1) to approx' 1986 (1) approx' 1986 onwardsapprox' 1986 (1) to 1990 (VIN GA) (1)

PHOTO COURTESY OF BMIHT COURTESY PHOTO Fuel tank - diesel;

Fuel tank - petrol; Fuel Tank Fuel filter element & seal - diesel vehicles; Fuel filter element & seal All models. 'O'-ring - pipe to filterModels from 1992 onwards. (2) All models. bolt (all models); retaining Seal - bowl

Fuel filter assembly- carb vehicles; assembly- Fuel filter Fuel Filter Fuel DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Switch - heaterSwitch (1) Element & seal - filterElement & seal (1) Fuel filter - Efi vehicles; DESCRIPTION QTY REQ. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY REQ. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY REQ. PART NO. EXHAUST STAINLESS STEEL EXHAUSTS - A GREAT INVESTMENT. ALSO AVAILABLE IN MILD STEEL.

STAINLESS STEEL Mild & Stainless Steel EXHAUSTS HOW TO IDENTIFY MILD OR STAINLESS STEEL EXHAUSTS Lifetime USING THE PRICE GUIDE If you require a FULL standard system, then the part number (beginning RA) Guarantee in the Price Guide will have an MS suffix (for Mild Steel) or SS (for Stainless The exhaust system is guaranteed for the lifetime of the vehicle whilst the vehicle remains in Steel). the ownership of the original purchaser of the exhaust. The guarantee is not transferable. In the If you need only a part system or single component, refer to the rare event of a claim, we will replace or repair, free accompanying table, where the part numbers are shown separately. of charge, any part of a system that should fail in service due to defective materials or Sports Systems are only available in Stainless Steel. workmanship. It should be noted that it is quite normal for discolouration to occur on external surfaces after a few months of use. This can be removed with wire THE BENEFITS OF wool if required and will not affect the guarantee. The purchaser undertakes to ensure that all engine and exhaust mountings, brackets, clamps, STAINLESS STEEL etc, are checked for condition at least once a year Stainless Steel exhausts may cost a little bit more than a mild steel equivalent, but the small and replaced if necessary. Our guarantee does not additional outlay is far out weighed by the advantages of a lifetime’s trouble free motoring. extend to cover failure due to mis-use, neglect, If you are planning to keep your vehicle for any length of time, it is a first class investment. incorrect installation or failure of a related component. • Tough, Reliable, Long Lasting. • Designed to outlast vehicle lifetime. The warranty covers the • Quiet operation. • Cost effective. exhaust system only. Our • Vehicle Re-sale value enhanced. prices are kept low for DIY As well as systems for Classic cars, Rimmer Bros have been supplying Stainless Steel exhausts installation, so our liability to owners of 4x4 vehicles the world over for many years, and due to customer demand, we can cannot extend to cover now supply stainless steel exhaust for most popular cars. garage labour, recovery, hire car or any other consequential or At our prices why fit mild steel? associated costs. The warranties Phone for a copy of our are in addition to, and do not affect your statutory consumer Stainless Steel Exhaust rights. Catalogue today. For any claim, we will need reference to our original sales invoice. Acceptance of Tel: 01522 568000 goods is deemed to be an acceptance of these terms. Our stainless steel exhaust systems are guaranteed for as This guarantee does not apply to catalysts. long as you own the vehicle.

35 EXHAUST - SPORTS CLASSIC APPEAL. RANGE ROVER FOR INCREASED FOR INCREASED Sports exhaust manifold fitting kit Sports exhaust POWER, TORQUE, POWER, LOOKS, AND DRIVER LOOKS, AND Kit includes: 16 studs, nuts, washers. (Used to replace original bolts to enable easier installation of manifolds). Manifold Fitting Kit EF1001 heat es air DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART recommend fitting one of our 4 barrel carb kits (see fitting one of our 4 barrel recommend our Fuel Section). efi vehicles will need no standard Similarly, a modifications to the injection system when fitting If further modifications are Sports System and K&N. of camshaft, as a change such being considered, we heads or a bigger engine, Performance cylinder the ecu to provide a remapped strongly recommend ecu to your existing can remap We fuelling. correct giving exactly, requirements suit your engine’s and & torque power more crisper throttle response, (see our Fuel Section). better fuel efficiency. (for tight fold. Being to contact up to 1000 RX1383 RX1382 RA1014 RA1028 RA1069 RA1080 36 (1 Req) (2 Req) RANGE ROVER RANGE manual (1) automatic (1) 3.5 litre 3.5 litre (1) Not suitable for 3.5 litre manual with optional oil cooler. Not suitable for 3.5 litre 3.9 litre (LSE)4.2 litre (1) particularly in large capacity V8s (3.9, 4.2 or even particularly in large Performance versions), fit our Big Valve 4.6 litre ported and gas- These heads are heads. cylinder optimum to help the engine achieve flowed to heads, refer (For Performance cylinder efficiency. our V8 Engine Section). your fuel system: all this extra don’t forget Finally, worn out or will be lost if your carbs are efficiency The your injection system is not up to scratch! original carbs should be adequate for an otherwise unmodified 3.5 engine fitted with a Sports System set up). correctly they are and K&N filters (provided For the same vehicle fitted with modified cylinder we would however, heads or a bigger engine, Note: Catalyst equipped vehicles (1992/3 on). Note: Catalyst equipped vehicles the Our sports system could be used to replace prior system on UK cars registered catalyst exhaust of legislation, to August 1995 (subject to any change could emissions limits MOT Current please enquire). non cat equipped vehicles to pass an MOT allow up the engine is set up and tuned correctly) (providing Please specify when date. to this registration as manifolds with lamda sensor holes will ordering (Our system part number carries a ‘WS’ be required. suffix). Sports exhaust - V8; Sports exhaust DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART SPORTS EXHAUST SYSTEM EXHAUST SPORTS - 2”x50’ ROLL Thermo-Tec Insulating Wrap Insulating Wrap Thermo-Tec gives safety with performance. gives ENHANCEMENTS FOR SPORTS EXHAUST SPORTS ENHANCEMENTS FOR EXHAUST INSULATION WRAP

Our Sports Exhaust Systems are designed to give an Our Sports Exhaust Systems are on an otherwise & torque in power increase this is by they achieve The way unmodified vehicle. efficiently. out’ more helping the engine to ‘breathe just as well (or even better) on they work Naturally, modified engines, since most modifications are more the engine breathe designed to make efficiently. Fitting K&N air filters at the same time as our Sports in’ more System will help the engine to ‘breathe air standard the restrictive removing efficiently - by (For K&N filters, filter - yielding even better results. see our Fuel Section). gain maximum benefit from our Sports System, To Suitable for all Classic V8 models (pre Aug’ 95 - see Suitable for all Classic V8 models (pre our stainless steel Sports Exhausts note below), single bore, comprise tubular manifolds and large to pipe systems with sport silencers. Designed Sports Systems improve and torque, power increase as well. The sound is the look of your Range Rover inside the car at V8 but comfortably refined pure cruising speeds. system includes fitting instructions, gaskets Each special mountings and fittings to assemble system applicable. mountings where utilising existing - manifold fitting kit and separately Also available - see panels. ‘Thermotec’ insulation wrap exhaust - Stainless Steel - V8 Models Sports Exhaust System STAINLESS STEEL STAINLESS THERMO-TEC INSULATION WRAP Tubular manifolds, by design, produce a vast amount of heat in the engine compartment. This increases the possibility of amount of heat in the engine compartment. This increases design, produce a vast manifolds, by Tubular (if any combustible material comes in effectively and promotes a higher risk of fire electrical/ignition components not working burns on the engine! of severe when working with the manifold), not to mention the likelihood the keeps all these risk factors. Thermo-Tec you can overcome insulating wrap your tubular manifold with Thermo-Tec By wrapping increas which (scavenging) this induces negative pressure higher velocity, a much gases have within the manifold so the exhaust noise. under bonnet exhaust It also reduces in better performance resulting & economy. flow, intake Notes: Technical - comes in rolls 2” wide x 50ft long and moulds to the contours of the mani proven & rally is race - which heat wrap Thermo-Tec withstands temperatures oil or water, it is unaffected by a silica based fabric (it does not contain asbestos or carcinogens), up to 70%. by under bonnet temperatures degrees celsius and reduces Retaining Kit Snap-Strap profile with a narrow stainless steel straps the insulation. These are to retain that you use Snap-Straps strongly recommend We spots) that you cut to length and fasten with snap type heads. Alternatively and use hose clips! you can skin your knuckles STEEL THERMO-TEC SNAP-STRAP KIT STAINLESS DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART DESCRIPTION QTY REQ. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY REQ. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY REQ. PART NO. EXHAUST - STANDARD

FITTING *RANGE ROVER FITTING KITS include adequate gaskets, KITS sealing rings, ‘U’ bolts, support straps, nuts/bolts to ‘assemble’ the exhaust system utilising original hanger points. Mounting brackets or special support components are not included. QUICKFINDER SYSTEM SHOWN IS A STANDARD Gaskets & Fittings RANGE ROVER 1982-86 (RA1004) Standard Exhaust IN STAINLESS STEEL See also ‘Fitting Kits’ for full or part systems. Bolt - exh manifold to cyl head (V8)(16) GHF165 Full system - diesel; Lockwasher - manifold bolts (V8)(4) 90613659 Full System - Not including fittings. Manifold stud kit - V8 (1) EF1001 Replaces exhaust manifold bolts with studs (which fit Standard - Mild & Stainless Steel 2400TD (April 1986 to Oct 1989) permanently into cyl heads) and brass nuts. (Up to VIN FA399772). See also: ‘Part Systems’ for catalyst equipped vehicles. Stud - exh manifold to cyl head (diesel); mild or stainless steel (1) RA1017 2400/2500Tdi (8) RTC6719 HOW TO IDENTIFY MILD OR STAINLESS STEEL EXHAUSTS fitting kit (1) RA1017FK 200Tdi USING THE PRICE GUIDE If you require a FULL standard system, then the part 2500TD (Oct 1989 onwards) M10x25mm (5) TE110051 number (beginning RA) in the Price Guide will have an MS (VIN GA onwards). M8x25mm (2) TE108051 suffix (for Mild Steel) or SS (for Stainless Steel). mild or stainless steel (1) RA1016 M10x35mm (2) TE110071 If you need only a single component, refer to ‘Individual fitting kit (1) RA1016FK system components’ where the part numbers are shown 300Tdi separately. 200Tdi (from Nov 1992 to March 1994) M8x25mm (2) TE108051 Non-catalyst. M10x35mm (7) TE110071 Full system - V8 - 3.5 litre; mild or stainless steel (1) RA1067 Nut - exhaust manifold to cylinder head; Not including fittings. fitting kit (1) RA1067FK 2400/2500Tdi (8) FN108041 1970 to 1977 Single pipe/single tailpipe system. 300Tdi (from March 1994) 200/300TDi May be replaced by early twin pipe system. engine nos: 17L, 18L, 19L & 20L (including cat) M8 (2) FN108041 mild or stainless steel (1) RA1015 mild or stainless steel (1) RA1085 M10 (7) ERR597 fitting kit (1) RA1015FK fitting kit (1) RA1085FK Gasket - exhaust manifold to head; 1977 to 1982 engine nos: 21L & 22L (EGR) - including cat. V8 Early twin pipe system with oblique-cut tailpipes. mild or stainless steel (1) RA1087 up to 1991 (VIN HA) (8) AJM692 mild or stainless steel (1) RA1003 1992 (VIN JA) onwards fitting kit (1) RA1003FK fitting kit (1) RA1087FK twin-port type (4) ERR6733 1982 to 1986 2400/2500TD (4) RTC4893 Twin pipe system with rolled-end twin tailpipes. 200Tdi (in/exh) (1) ERR1208 mild or stainless steel (1) RA1004 300Tdi (in/exh) (1) ERR3785 fitting kit (1) RA1014FK Part System (Exc catalyst) Gasket - manifold to downpipe; 1986 onwards V8 (2) ETC4524 carb engines Standard - Mild & Stainless Steel Twin downpipe non-cat or cat-equipped vehicles. (Non catalyst). Single pipe system/twin tailpipes. 2400TD (manifold to turbo) (1) RTC5004 Listed below are part systems for catalyst - equipped mild or stainless steel (1) RA1019 vehicles. 2500TD fitting kit (1) RA1019FK Catalysts are normally quite durable, so it is unlikely that you manifold to turbo (1) RTC5004 efi engines need to replace the full system including catalysts. An MOT turbo to pipe (1) RTC4894 (Non catalyst). Twin downpipes/twin tailpipes. emissions failure or a rattle (usually noticeable when hot at tickover - in ‘D’ or on take-up) will usually indicate the need 200Tdi mild or stainless steel (1) RA1005 to replace the catalysts and perhaps the full system. manifold to turbo (1) ETC7514 fitting kit (1) RA1005FK turbo to pipe (1) ETC7513 Part system - V8 - 3.9 litre (up to 1991); 300Tdi (turbo to pipe) Full system - V8 - 3.9 litre (1990-92); (Up to VIN HA) Not including fittings. non-cat (1) ETC7513 (Up to VIN HA) Not including fittings. All models - cat back cat-equipped (1) ETC7513 manual models mild steel (1) ESR1053 Stud - manifold to downpipe; non-catalyst stainless steel (1) RA1081 V8 mild or stainless steel (1) RA1029 fitting kit (1) EK1042 carb (6) 252623 fitting kit (1) RA1029FK efi (6) ERR551 Part system - V8 - 3.9 litre (1992 onwards); 2400TD (to turbo) (4) STC3127 catalyst-equipped (including cat) (VIN JA onwards) Not including fittings. mild or stainless steel (1) RA1073 2500TD (to turbo) (4) RTC6717 All models - cat back 200Tdi (to turbo) (4) ERR551 fitting kit (1) RA1073FK mild steel (1) ESR1053 automatic models Nut - manifold to downpipe; stainless steel (1) RA1082 V8 non-catalyst fitting kit (1) EK1042 mild or stainless steel (1) RA1018 carb (6) NH108141 efi fitting kit (1) RA1018FK Part system - V8 - 4.2 litre (LSE); Automatic - cat back up to 1992 (VIN JA) (6) NTC1966 catalyst-equipped (including cat) 1993 (VIN KA) on (6) ESR2033 mild steel (1) ESR1053 mild or stainless steel (1) RA1072 2400/2500TD fitting kit (1) RA1072FK stainless steel (1) RA1082 manifold to turbo (4) NH108141 fitting kit (1) EK1042 turbo to pipe (3) NTC1966 Full system - V8 - 3.9 litre (1992 onwards); 200Tdi (VIN JA onwards). Not including fittings. Part system - Diesel - 300tdi (March ‘94 on); manifold to turbo (4) ETC7184 manual models (including cat) Engine nos. 17L/18L/19L/20L turbo to downpipe (3) ERR597 mild or stainless steel (1) RA1077 All models - cat back 300Tdi fitting kit (1) RA1077FK mild steel (1) ESR2380 non-cat (3) ERR597 automatic models (including cat) stainless steel (1) LR1112 cat-equipped (3) ESR2034 mild or stainless steel (1) RA1076 fitting kit (1) EK1005 Olive - downpipe to silencer (a/r) EG47 fitting kit (1) RA1076FK Engine nos. 21L/22L Lamda Sensor (2) ERR6729 All models - cat back Rubber hanger - silencer/tailpipe; Full system - V8 - 4.2 litre (LSE); mild steel (1) ESR2312 V8 (a/r) NTC5582 Automatic only (including cat). 2400TD (a/r) NTC3650 stainless steel (1) LR1113 mild or stainless steel (1) RA1083 2500TD (a/r) NTC5582 fitting kit (1) RA1083FK fitting kit (1) EK1005 Exhaust jointing compound (a/r) GCH112

37 EXHAUST - STANDARD (NOT OE) (NOT OE) (NOT OE) (NOT OE) (NOT OE) (NOT OE) (NOT OE) ESR3060P ESR3063P ESR3063P ESR3063P ESR3063P ESR3495P ESR3495P (OE) (OE) (OE) (OE) (OE) V8 DOWNPIPE/CATALYST - ORIGINAL ASSEMBLY AVAILABLE ALSO EQUIPMENT. AS AFTERMARKET REFER TO REPLACEMENT. LISTINGS THIS PAGE. DON’T FORGET WE ALSO SELL - IN FULL SYSTEMS CATALYSTS SEE OPPOSITE OE) ( (OE) STC790 - ESR560 - ESR102 RA1081 NTC7321NTC7320 LR197 LR199 NTC7321NTC7320 LR197 LR199 ESR2423 - ESR1053 RA1082 ESR1053 RA1081 ESR1053 RA1082 ESR3060 ESR3063 ESR3063 ESR3059 ESR3059 ESR3495 ESR3495 ESR2380 LR1112 ESR2312 LR1113 ERR1295ERR4530ESR1887ESR1855 LR230 - RA1086 - Up to VIN HA Up to VIN HA VIN JA on (From turbo) up to engine no 14L037468A engine no 14L037469A on manual - non cat auto - non cat 108"(LSE) non cat - auto & manual Africa & S. Australia manual manual auto auto Downpipe Downpipe Downpipe/catalyst Downpipe/catalyst Downpipe/catalyst Downpipe/catalyst Silencer/tailpipe section Silencer/ tailpipe section Intermediate pipe Silencer/tailpipe section Downpipe/cat assy Downpipe/cat Downpipe assy - Downpipe assy - Centre/rear Centre/rear assy Centre/rear Down pipe assy - manual Down pipe assy - auto Down assy - manual & auto Centre/rear assy - Downpipe/cat assy - man & auto Centre/rear assy - Downpipe/cat assy - man & auto Centre/rear Nov 1992 to March 1994 (Non catalyst) 1992 to March Nov March 1994 onwards (Catalyst & EGR) 1994 onwards March Engine nos: 21L/22L March 1994 onwards (Catalyst) 1994 onwards March Engine nos: 17L/18L/19L/20L 1992 on (Catalyst) 1992-1995 LSE (Catalyst) 1990 to 1992 (Non cat) 1990 to 1992 (Catalyst) DESCRIPTION MILD STEEL S/STEEL System components - Diesel - 200TDi System components - Diesel - 300TDi System components - Diesel - 300TDi DESCRIPTION MILD STEEL S/STEEL System components - V8 - 3.9 - 4.2 litre System components - V8 - 3.9 - 4.2 litre only Certain markets 1992 on (Non cat) System components - V8 - 4.2 litre System components - V8 - 4.2 litre System components - V8 - 3.9 litre: System components - 38 594973594779 LR42 LR43 NTC1864NTC1863NTC4061NTC1322 LR79 LR80 LR76 LR77 NTC2802NTC3226NTC4061NTC1322 LR74 LR75 LR76 LR77 NRC9836 LR78 NRC4220NRC6629NRC7184NRC1973NRC7185 LR40 LR69 LR70 LR48 LR68 NRC9836 LR78 NRC4220NRC4219NRC4218 LR40 LR39 NRC4220 LR41 NRC4219NRC4218NRC1973NRC4563 LR40 LR39 LR41 LR48 LR49 NTC1481NTC1483NTC1484NTC2960 LR100 LR101 LR102 LR103 NTC7395NTC7362 LR106 RA1084 VIN GA Up to VIN FA399772 (From turbo) Intermediate pipe silencer Centre & resonator Tailpipe Front section Silencer tailpipe section Downpipe Downpipe

Down pipe - Lh Down Y-pipe silencer Centre & silencer Tailpipe Down pipe - Rh Down Down pipe - Lh Down Y-pipe silencer Centre & silencer Tailpipe pipe - Rh Down pipe - Lh Down Y-pipe silencer Centre & silencer Tailpipe Down pipe - Rh Down Down pipe - Lh Down Y-pipe silencer Centre & resonator Tailpipe pipe - Rh Down pipe - Lh Down Y-pipe silencer Centre & silencer Tailpipe Down pipe - Rh Down October 1989 onwards October 1989 onwards April 1986 to Oct 1989

1977 to 1982 1970 to 1977 Twin downpipes/twin tailpipes. downpipes/twin Twin Single pipe/twin tailpipes system. Late twin pipe/rolled end tailpipe system. Early twinpipe/oblique cut tailpipe system. Single pipe/single tailpipe system. 1986 to 1990 - carb 1986 to 1990 - efi (non catalyst) 1982 to 1986 DESCRIPTION MILD STEEL S/STEEL System components - Diesel - 2500TD System components - Diesel - 2400TD Standard - Mild & Stainless Steel This section lists individual exhaust components in both mild steel are parts if you and stainless steel. Use it to select the appropriate the whole system. not replacing Individual System Components - Diesel System components - V8 - 3.5 litre: System components - DESCRIPTION MILD STEEL S/STEEL if you are not replacing the whole system. not replacing are if you steel. Use it to select the appropriate parts the appropriate steel. Use it to select components in both mild steel and stainless components in both This section lists individual exhaust This section lists individual Components - V8 Components Steel - Mild & Stainless Standard Individual System System Individual CDU51 232042 GGL614 GGL190 GGL175 GGL505 FRC5674 FRC5674 22A1613 PRC2911 BAU1074 BAU1074 20W/50 (4.5 pints) 2.6 litres ATFATFATF (3.9 pints) 2.2 litres (4.7 pints) 2.7 litres (15 pints) 8.5 litres (5 sp) () (5 speed) (4 speed) LT95 4spLT95 4spLT95 (1) (1) R380 5sp (1) Located in top of gearbox. 5spLT77/LT77S Located in lever housing. R380 5sp extension. Located in rear (1) (1) LUBRICANTS & CAPACITIES LT77& LT77S R380 3sp auto 4sp auto (ZF) Gearbox Transfer ATFLT95LT230R/T WarnerBorg (16 pints) 9.1 litres ATF EP90 20W/50 (5.5 pints) 3.1 litres (4.9 pints) 2.8 litres pints) (4.2 litres 2.4 Main Gearbox LT95 Lubricant Capacity DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Locknut - switch (LT77/LT77S) - switch Locknut (1) Mountings See ‘Engine & Gearbox Mountings’ section. Clutch Housing/Operation section. See ‘Clutch’ Vacuum Actuator - Diff Vacuum Lock - LT95 actuatorVacuum - actuatorWasher Speedo Cable Gearbox’ section. See ‘Transfer (1) (1) Gear Oil Unipart (20w/50) 1 litreUnipart (EP90) 0.5 litre 0.5 litreUnipart (ATF) (A/R) 5 litresUnipart (ATF) (A/R) (A/R) (A/R) Reverse Light Switch Reverse Light light; - reverse Switch - switch; Washer 606754 571059 RA1260 RA1256 RA1257 RA1250 RA1259 RA1258 RA1251 RA1252 RA1253 RA1254 RA1255 FTC2383 RTC6797 FRC2365 UKC1060 UKC1060 90622240 39 1-piece lever. lever spring, nut & washer, Inc: gear lever retaining and pins,lever housing gaskets roll pin, 2 x lower plunger & spring 1986 onwards2-piece lever. lever Inc: Spherical nylon bush, oil seals, gaskets, lever pins and plungers & springs. springs, 2 x lower (1) 1983 to 1986 (1) 1983 to gearbox no.0132346D(1) from gearbox no.0132347D up to gearbox suffix F gearbox suffixes F & G (1) gearbox suffix H (1) (1) Inc: gear lever retainer & seal, grub screw, upper & & seal, grubInc: gear lever retainer screw, screws. gaiters and retainer lower (5-sp) LT77 R380 (5-sp)2-piece lever. pins, spherical bush and oil Inc: lever springs, lower seals. (1) Rear of . Rear of transfer (5-sp) & LT77S LT77 R380 (5-sp) (1) (1) Suffix J (1992 onwards) R380 5-sp(1994 onwards) (1) LT95 (4-sp)LT95 (1) LT95 (4-sp)LT95 (1) LT77 5-sp; LT77 (5-sp) & LT77S LT77 (1) LT95 4-spLT95 (1) LT77S 5-spLT77S (1) (4-sp)LT95 (1) R380 (5-sp) (1) LT95 (4-sp)LT95 (5-sp) & LT77S LT77 (1) (1) DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Gearlever housing kits contain parts which are prone to prone are Gearlever housing kits contain parts which gear selection. in vague resulting wear, Gearlever housing kit; Gasket set - manual gearbox; Gasket Gearlever Housing Kit Gaskets & Oil Seals Service Kits Service to kits include the parts normally required gearbox - (main box) bearings, a high-mileage recondition gears, oil seals & gaskets,and rings, oil pump synchro oil seal. box) rear (transfer Service kit; Oil seal - rear; Oil seal - front; .. Y .. Y ...... SS STC280 SS RA1098 RA1099 RA1100 RA1101 FRC6197 FRC8572 TT TT II II QUICKL QUICKL KK KK ...... SS SS TT TT II II KK KK ...... INTRODUCTION SS SS TT TT diesel modelsdiesel models (1) (1) V8 modelsV8 models (1) (1) V8 modelsdiesel models (1) (1) II II THE EASY WAY TO ORDER AND GET TO THE EASY WAY LT77S 5-sp (Dec 1991 to Apr 1994) LT77S Less transfer box. Less transfer Less transfer box. Less transfer LT77 5-sp (1983 to Nov 1991) 5-sp (1983 to Nov LT77 box. Less transfer LT95 (4-sp)LT95 box. Includes transfer (1) R380 5-sp (Mar 1994 onwards) GEARBOX IDENTIFICATION GEARBOX KK KK To identify the type of gearbox/transfer box identify the type of gearbox/transfer To to the serial refer Range Rover, fitted to your number stamped on the unit itself: 4 speed. Only one type of 4-speed manual gearbox is box. transfer unit - with integral fitted - the LT95 5 speed. in 1983, is the The 5-sp gearbox, introduced unit, with a serial number which begins LT77 is 52A.(The serial number of 5-sp boxes stamped on the main body of the unit, on the side. The number begins with right-hand lower to the engine according the identification prefix, serial number and the actual by type, followed G or H). E, F, a suffix letter; either D, finally, of diesel engines in April With the introduction 5-sp begin 1986, serial numbers for the LT77 53A for V8 and 54A for diesel. replaced 5-sp was In December 1991, the LT77 for still 53A Gearbox numbers are the LT77S. by V8 and 54A for VM diesel, but with the addition of 55A for Tdi engines. 1994 by in March replaced 5-sp was The LT77S identification the R380 5-sp box. As before, numbers begin 53A and 55A for V8 and Tdi a suffix 'J'. but now with respectively, transfer separate have All 5-sp gearboxes boxes. We supply fully reconditioned manual fully reconditioned supply We stock. from boxes and transfer gearboxes of gearbox also includes a range This section commonly comprising the most Service Kits, rings, bearings, oil - synchro needed parts gearbox a straightforward - for seals & gaskets overhaul. component single every listing avoided have We because gearboxes, associated with manual which DIY gearbox is a point beyond there and is no longer cost-effective, repair reconditioned with an off-the-shelf replacement Also, since be cheaper. probably unit would and fairly complex, large are gearboxes run. simpler in the long prove may replacement is an item which you if there Nevertheless, our that is not listed, please contact require sales department. THE RIGHT PARTS YOU NEED YOU THE RIGHT PARTS Please refer to Price Guide or contact us for latest Please refer units. on new and reconditioned availability Part Number Suffixes: New (N), Factory Recon (E), Aftermarket Recon (R). Manual Gearbox Units Gearbox assembly; DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART MANUAL GEARBOX AUTOMATIC GEARBOX RTC5282 RTC6683 RTC6089 RTC4937 FRC6866 13H2424 BTR1955 AEU2435 AEU2436 wherever possible please quote: possible please wherever PLUS ANY COMPONENT INFORMATION. to help ensure you receive the correct component, the correct you receive to help ensure 4-sp (2) 3-sp3-sp4-sp (1) (1) (1) If you are not sure which part/part number you require, part/part number you require, which not sure If you are MODEL, YEAR, CHASSIS AND/OR ENGINE NUMBER HELP US TO HELP YOU HELP US TO HELP YOU DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Miscellaneous Gaiter - selector lever (3-sp)Underneath floor. Label - selector lever (3-sp) (1) lever position. Showing Bezel - selector lever (4-sp) (1) lever position. Showing Illumination film - bezel (4-sp) (1) Bulb- selector label illumination; (1) switch; Inhibitor/reverse - 3-sp - inhibitor switch Gasket (1) Mountings See ‘Engine & Gearbox Mountings’ section. FTC566 GGL614 GGL190 GGL175 GGL505 RTC4854 RTC4937 FRC5942 FRC7337 NTC1867 NTC6166 ESR1703 ESR3228 AEU2435 NRC8268 AMR4948 40 ATF (15 pints) 8.5 litres 20W/50 (4.5 pints) 2.6 litres ATFATF (3.9 pints) 2.2 litres (4.7 pints) 2.7 litres (5 sp) (Chrysler) - VIN 147005 onwards (1) to 19921993 onwards (1) (1) (5 speed) (4 speed) 3.9 & 4.2 litre - 3.9 & 4.2 litre 3.5 litre (1) Tdi (1) 3-sp4-sp (1) (1) 3-sp - up to VIN 147004 (1) 3-sp4-sp - (1) 4-sp (1) LUBRICANTS & CAPACITIES 4sp auto (ZF) Gearbox Transfer ATFLT95LT230R/T WarnerBorg (16 pints) 9.1 litres ATF EP90 20W/50 (5.5 pints) 3.1 litres (4.9 pints) 2.8 litres pints) (4.2 litres 2.4 LT77& LT77S R380 3sp auto Main Gearbox LT95 Lubricant Capacity DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Kickdown cable - 4-spKickdown (1) Switch - oil temperatureSwitch (1) Unipart (20w/50) 1 litreUnipart (EP90) 0.5 litre 0.5 litreUnipart (ATF) (A/R) 5 litresUnipart (ATF) (A/R) (A/R) (A/R) For gearbox oil cooler. All 3-sp & 4-sp models. For gearbox oil cooler. light; - inhibitor/reverse Switch Speedo Cable Gearbox’ section. See ‘Transfer Gearbox Oil Cables Cable - gear selector; Oil Cooler Oil cooler - gearbox; FTC255 FTC651 603340 610736 594087 FTC4388 FTC3099 FTC2871 FTC2756 RTC5100 RTC4653 RTC2891 RTC5102 RTC4650 RTC4268 FRC5005 FRC7851 FRC9203 FRC9205 FRC9207 FRC9209 FRC9211 FRC5783 FRC5981 FRC5003 FRC5006 FRC7075 FRC7022 FRC7707 AEU2307 AEU2448 SS607061 INTRODUCTION 4.2 litreTdi (1) (1) 3.5 litre3.9 litre (1) (1)

SERIAL NUMBER LOCATION SERIAL NUMBER 3-sp4-sp (1) (1) 1.25mm (A/R) 1.45mm1.65mm1.85mm2.05mm (A/R) (A/R) (A/R) (A/R) 3-sp (1) 4-sp (1) 4-sp 3-sp (1) rear shaftrear (1) front shaft (1) 3-sp models4-sp models (1) (1) 3-sp models4-sp models (1) (1) 3-sp4-sp (1) (1)

The ZF 4sp gearbox has a plate bearing the serial number The ZF 4sp gearbox has a plate gearbox casing, left hand side of the to the lower attached visible from beneath the vehicle. Automatic transmission was introduced as an introduced was transmission Automatic in August 1982. Range Rover option for the the 3-speed Chrysler box fitted was The first auto used until unit. This gearbox was A727 Torqueflite with the ZF replaced when it was September 1985, until the box. The ZF box remained 4HP22 4-speed production. Range Rover end of Classic Oil strainer; Inside gearbox sump. 4-sp ZF units. Oil seal - output shaft - 3-sp (1) Gasket set - gearbox (4-sp)Gasket Includes full set of gearbox oil seals & gaskets. (1) Oil seals - 4-sp; Gaskets & Oil Seals 4-sp models. Bolt - ring gear to driveplate (10) Spacer - driveplate to crankshaft; All models. - ring gear boltWasher (10) Ring gear - 3-sp & 4-sp (1) Bolt - driveplate to crankshaft3-sp & 4-sp. (6) Driveplate assembly - 4-spIncludes ring gear. (1) Driveplate - 3-spLess ring gear. (1) Drive Plate Spigot aligner; Please refer to Price Guide or contact us for latest to Price Guide Please refer units. on new and reconditioned availability Part Number Suffixes: New (N), Factory Recon (E), Aftermarket Recon (R). Torque Converter Torque converter; Torque

Gearbox assembly; to Price Guide or contact us for latest Please refer units. on new and reconditioned availability Part Number Suffixes: New (N), Factory Recon (E), Aftermarket (R). Recon Automatic Gearbox Units Automatic Gearbox DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Gasket - gearbox sump; Gasket Selective shim - torque converter height; converter Selective shim - torque Seal - lower bellhousing (4-sp)Seal - lower (1) bellhousing plate - lower Gasket (1) 606754 571175 571957 GGL614 GGL190 GGL175 GGL505 RTC3890 FRC5656 FRC7043 FRC7043 PRC2911 BAU1074 90622240 NT110041 Y Y PHOTO COURTESY OF BMIHT COURTESY PHOTO 20W/50 (4.5 pints) 2.6 litres ATFATFATF (3.9 pints) 2.2 litres (4.7 pints) 2.7 litres (15 pints) 8.5 litres Y DA Y DA (5 sp) (Chrysler) (5 speed) (4 speed) EVER conditions etc, please refer to our latest price guide. please refer conditions etc, EVER 4-sp manual boxesLT230 (1) (1) 4-sp manual (1) all other models (1) Gearbox gasket set. Gearbox gasket LT230R/LT230T4-sp manual (1) 4-sp manual (1) (1) all other models (1) If the part you require is not listed here, please phone and is not listed here, If the part you require LUBRICANTS & CAPACITIES LT77& LT77S R380 3sp auto 4sp auto (ZF) Gearbox Transfer ATFLT95LT230R/T WarnerBorg (16 pints) 9.1 litres ATF EP90 20W/50 (5.5 pints) 3.1 litres (4.9 pints) 2.8 litres (4.2 pints) 2.4 litres Main Gearbox LT95 Lubricant Capacity MORE STOCK enquire. By now we might well have it. For prices, terms we might well have & By now enquire. MORE STOCK DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Locknut - warning switch - warning Locknut (1) Diff Lock Selector - 4-sp man control valve Vacuum (1) engagement knob. Diff lock actuator - diff lockVacuum 4-sp manual. warning; - diff lock Switch (1) models. LT230 Gear Oil Unipart (20w/50) 1 litre (A/R) Gaskets & Oil Seals Set; Gasket Unipart (EP90) 0.5 litre 0.5 litreUnipart (ATF) 5 litresUnipart (ATF) (A/R) (A/R) (A/R) Oil seal - front flange; flange; Oil seal - rear RA1102 RA1103 RA1107 RA1104 RA1105 RA1106 FTC5207 RTC6041 RTC6060 FRC9966 FRC7569 REPLACEMENT DRIVE CHAIN - BORG WARNER 41 for manual (27D)for auto (26D) (1) (1) Manual & auto vehicles. up to 1986 for manual (15D)for auto (14D) (1) (1) 1986 onwards (28D)1986 onwards (1) 4-sp manualLT230RLT230T (1) (1) (1) Borg WarnerBorg (1) LT230T LT230R (manual & auto) Warner Borg (1) DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Centre Differential differential; Centre Chain - Borg Warner WarnerChain - Borg Replacement drive chain. (1) Please refer to Price Guide or contact us for latest to Price Guide Please refer units. on new and reconditioned availability Part Number Suffixes: New (N), Factory Recon (E), Aftermarket Recon (R). Transfer Gearbox Units Transfer box; Transfer These vehicles are are These vehicles . LT230T transfer boxes boxes transfer LT230T LT230 transfer boxes fitted boxes transfer LT230 Vehicles fitted with the BW Vehicles arner . 4-sp auto vehicles with the 4-sp auto vehicles . . g W LT230R transfer boxes fitted to boxes transfer LT230R LT230T transfer boxes fitted to boxes transfer LT230T T230T arner . T230T T230R. GEAR RATIOS g W INTRODUCTION All 4-sp manual vehicles have an have All 4-sp manual vehicles T230T T230R. UNIT IDENTIFICATION 14D (Auto)15D (Manual)26D (Auto)27D (Manual)28D (Man & auto) 1.192:1 1.003:1 1.222:1 1.192:1 1.003:1 LT230R LT230R LT230T (Man & auto) Warner Borg 1.206:1 5-sp vehicles have a serial number (located a serial have 5-sp vehicles box) face of the transfer lower on the rear which begins 15D. 5-sp/L LT230T transfer box have a serial no. box have transfer LT230T beginning 28D. 4-sp Auto/Bor 5-sp vehicles have a serial number beginning a serial number beginning have 5-sp vehicles 27D or 28D. 5-sp/Bor 4-sp. 1983 to approx. 1984 models are fitted with fitted are 1984 models 1983 to approx. fitted are to Oct 1988 models 1984 (approx.) fitted with a models are Oct 1988 onwards the LT230R fitted with either 3-sp autos are fitted with the 4-sp autos to Sept 1988 are Oct 1988 onwards from 4-sp auto vehicles easily identified by the transfer gear lever gear lever the transfer easily identified by & aft which has a simple fore inside the car, plane instead of the H-gate of earlier vehicles. integral transfer box. transfer integral 5-sp/L fitted to 3-sp autos have a serial no. fitted to 3-sp autos have beginning 26D. 4-sp Auto/L to 3-sp auto vehicles have a serial no. have to 3-sp auto vehicles beginning 14D. 3-sp Auto/L transfer box are easily identified from the easily identified from are box transfer which has inside the car, gear lever transfer & aft plane instead of the H-gate a simple fore of earlier vehicles. 3-sp Auto/L Identification of the transfer box fitted to your Identification of the transfer fairly straightforward: is Range Rover Land Rover’s LT230R unit, which is gear-driven unit, LT230R Land Rover’s diff- a manually selectable and incorporates lock. similar to the unit, LT230T with Land Rover’s but with taper bearings on the LT230R of the previously intermediate shaft instead bearings. used needle roller box, transfer chain-driven Warner Borg lock. a viscous differential incorporating transfer separate have Automatic models also as follows: boxes, boxes. transfer or LT230T box. transfer LT230T chain-driven Warner with the Borg fitted are box. transfer This section includes fully reconditioned as the components as well gearboxes, transfer box, such as the associated with the transfer speedo cable. Also included is the parking of the on the rear since this operates brake, wheels, as is than the rear rather box transfer conventional. only listed a have As with the main gearbox, we limited selection of internal components, as as cost-effective is rarely because repair unit. with a recon replacement The 4-sp gearbox, fitted to all manual Range all manual fitted to gearbox, The 4-sp box has a transfer 1970 to 1983, from Rovers the gearbox assembly with which is integral it. from inseparable and is, therefore, in July gearbox, introduced The 5-sp manual box as follows: transfer separate 1983, has a The high-gear ratios of the transfer boxes are boxes of the transfer The high-gear ratios as follows: DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART TRANSFER GEARBOX TRANSFER GEARBOX 589063 RA1110 RA1111 RA1112 RA1113 STC1528 STC1528 NTC6125 NTC9400 NTC6125 PRC4475 NRC5088 NRC5089 NRC8096 ADU2888L Y Y Y DA Y DA BRAKE SHOE SET - HANDBRAKE up to 1994 (VIN LA)from 1995 (VIN MA) onwards(1) (1) rhdlhd 36D22144A no. up to eng. (1) 36D22145A onwards(1) no. eng. (1) (1) manualautomatic (1) (1) EVER conditions etc, please refer to our latest price guide. please refer conditions etc, EVER VIN 100782 to 1986 (VIN CA) (1) 1986 onwards (1) diesel models - 1986 (VIN CA) to 1988 (VIN EA)(1) 1970 up to VIN 100782 (1) 1982 to 1986 - lhd - auto1982 to 1986 up to VIN CA265468 - 1986 (VIN CA) (1) EA)(1) VIN CA265469 to 1988 (VIN V8 models - 1970 to 1986 All models. Manual & auto. onwards1989 (VIN FA) All models. (1) If the part you require is not listed here, please phone and is not listed here, If the part you require MORE STOCK enquire. By now we might well have it. For prices, terms we might well have & By now enquire. MORE STOCK DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Handbrake Warning Switch warning; - handbrake Switch Handbrake cable - 1982 to 1988 (VIN EA); cable - 1982 Handbrake cable - 1989 (VINHandbrake onwards; FA) Kits Handbrake Lever commonly linkage parts which Kits contain the handbrake Contents operation. leading to poor handbrake wear, (see typically include: clevis pins, split pins, nuts & washers of the vehicle. to the year according illustration), lever kit; Handbrake Handbrake Cable Handbrake prior rhd Range Rovers not used on were cables Handbrake to 1986 (VIN CA). fitted with were automatic transmission Lhd vehicles with from 1982 onwards. cables handbrake STC244 STC965 STC244 STC963 STC245 886021 606737 RA1261 RA1108 RA1109 STC1532 STC1527 STC2880 STC2990 STC1525 STC1534 FRC3502 FRC2872 AEU2734 AEU2735 90576624 SA108201 & TRANSDUCER SPEEDO CABLES CABLES SPEEDO 42 horizontal shoesvertical shoes (1) (1) horizontally mounted shoes (1) vertically mounted shoesShoes left & right. Approx. 1992 onwards. (1) Shoes top & bottom. Up to approx. 1992. Borg Warner (vertical shoes) Warner Borg (1) 4-sp manual (kit)LT230R/LT230T - Warner Borg (1) (1) 4-sp manualall other models (2) (2) 4-sp manual (1) 4-sp manual (1) 4-sp manual (1) 4-sp manualLT230R/LT230T - Warner Borg (1) (1) all other models (1) all other models to approx.1992(1) With horizontally mounted brake shoes. With horizontally mounted brake 1992 (approx.) onwards shoes. Petrol & diesel, with vertically mounted brake (1) DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Expander - brake shoesExpander - brake (1) Adjuster - brake shoes; Adjuster - brake Service kit - for adjuster STC244(1) Retaining kit - expander (1) 4-sp manual models. - drum retaining; Screw Retaining kit - brake shoes; Retaining kit - brake shoes. with horizontal & B.W. Applicable only to LT230 Service kit - expander drum; Brake (1) - handbrake; Backplate Parking/Hand Brake Parking/Hand shoe set (Pair); Brake drumSealing plug - brake (1) 579164 571975 579165 528747 571665 579166 NKC105 FRC3383 FRC3311 FRC3313 FRC3313 FRC3311 FRC9339 FRC3310 FRC3313 PRC6278 PRC4352 PRC6017 PRC6018 PRC5568 PRC6320 PRC7949 PRC7949 PRC6018 PRC3965 PRC5564 PRC5565 AMR3386 AMR3386 YBE100540 red (23 teeth)red (1) green (21 teeth) (23 teeth)red (1) green (21 teeth) (23 teeth)black (1) (1) (1) black (23 teeth)black (1) blue (20 teeth) (23 teeth)red (1) (1) 3.9 V8 & 2500TD4.2 V8 & Tdi - rhdTdi - lhd (1) (1) (1) 3.5 V8 & 2400TD (1) auto (1) manrhd (1) (1) lhd (1)

Borg Warner Borg LT230T 4-sp manual (1) 1992 (VIN JA) to 19941995 (VIN MA) onwards (1) (1) 1970 to 1984 instruments. with circular Vehicles 1985 onwards instruments. with rectangular Vehicles (1) LT230R (1) Fitted to transfer box. Fitted to transfer transducer to instrumentstransducer (1) 1989 to 1991 (1) gearbox to transducer - gearbox to transducer lhd - manual & autoNot fitted after 1992. (1) rhd - manual & auto (1) instrument end - all models (1) rhd - man & autolhd (1) gearbox end 4-sp manualall other models (1) (1)

Speedo cable - 1989 onwards - electronic; Speedo cable - 1989 onwards Oil seal - gear housing; All models. Driven gear - speedo; box. Fitted into transfer Between cable & speedo Angle drive adaptor; Electronic speedo. Vehicles with rectangular instruments. with rectangular Vehicles Vehicles with rectangular instruments. with rectangular Vehicles Speedo cable - 1970 to 1984; instruments. with circular Vehicles Gear Speedo Cable/Driven DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART O-ring seal - gear housing (1) Transducer - speedo; - Transducer Speedo cable - 1985 onwards - 2-piece; Speedo cable - 1985 onwards Speedo cable - 1985 onwards - 1-piece; Speedo cable - 1985 onwards 234532 549229 606652 606653 TN3209 FTC4043 STC2794 509045P NV112041L PHOTO COURTESY OF BMIHT COURTESY PHOTO for universal jointfor universal joint (8) (8) for rubber couplingfor rubber coupling (8) (8) angled type typestraight (1) (2) DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Rubber coupling kit - 1995 on (1) Vehicles to 1985. Vehicles - front (splined)Yoke from 1970 to 1985 only. Vehicles (1) VIN MA onwards. Bolt - propshaft; Nut - propshaft bolt; Flange - propshaft (2) Grease nipple - universal joint; Grease 571973 FTC3910 FTC3705 RTC3458 RTC3346 RTC4587 FRC8389 FRC8387 43 With rubber coupling instead of universal joint. With rubber coupling instead of universal joint. from VIN MA647645 (1995) (1) up to VIN LA647644 (1994) (1) 1970 to 1985 (VIN BA)1995 (VIN MA) onwards (1) (1) 1986 to 1994 (VIN CA to LA) (1) long wheelbase Except long wheelbase models long wheelbase models (2) 1970 to 1985 (VIN BA)1986 (VIN CA) onwards (2) (2) standard wheelbase standard PROPSHAFT, UJ & GAITER PROPSHAFT, DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Universal joint - rear propshaft; Universal joint - rear Rear Propshaft Rear propshaft; .. Y .. Y ...... 8407L SS SS FTC122 STC666 600656 601790 276483 549229 TN3209 RTC3346 RTC4587 FRC9542 FRC8386 FRC8641 FRC8641 509045P TT TT GHC10416 II II QUICKL QUICKL KK KK ...... SS SS TT TT II II KK KK ...... wherever possible please quote: wherever SS SS TT PLUS ANY COMPONENT INFORMATION. TT 3.9 & 4.2 litre V83.9 & 4.2 litre (1) all models GermanExcept Swiss & catalyst models. Swiss & German (with cat) (1) V8 & diesel3.5 litre (1) (1) with manual gearboxwith manual with auto gearbox (1) (1) II II to help ensure you receive the correct component, the correct you receive to help ensure THE EASY WAY TO ORDER AND GET TO THE EASY WAY Oct 1988 onwards; With Borg Warner transfer box. transfer Warner With Borg With LT230 transfer box. transfer With LT230 1986 (VIN CA) to Sept 1988 1970-1985 (VIN BA) 1970-1985 (VIN BA) (2) 1986 (VIN CA) onwards (2) If you are not sure which part/part number you require, part/part number you require, which not sure If you are KK MODEL, YEAR, CHASSIS AND/OR ENGINE NUMBER KK HELP US TO HELP YOU HELP US TO HELP YOU THE RIGHT PARTS YOU NEED YOU THE RIGHT PARTS Nut - propshaft boltFlange - propshaft (8) (2) Vehicles to 1985. Vehicles - front (splined)Yoke from 1970 to 1985 only. Vehicles Shaft - front (splined) from 1970 to 1985 only. Vehicles (1) (1) Clip for gaiterBolt - propshaft (2) (8) All models. Gaiter - front propshaftAll models. (1) Front propshaft; DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION Propshaft Front REQ. QTY NO. PART Universal joint - front propshaft; Grease nipple - universal jointGrease (2) PROPSHAFT FRONT AXLE FTC254 STC579 606662 606663 606665 571822 RTC5840 RTC5842 RTC6754 RTC6755 RTC5843 RTC6811 RTC5841 Halfshaft & C.V. joint assembly - Halfshaft & C.V. joint assembly - Halfshaft & C.V. for relevant axle nos.). For later ABS vehicles, axle for relevant axle nos.). For later ABS vehicles, for relevant with separate C.V. joints C.V. with separate (2) rhlhrhlh (1) (1) (1) (1) for later separately approx. 1992. Not available To vehicles. rhlh (1) (1) non-ABS vehicles VIN JA624516 (1992) EA305590 (1988) to VIN early ABS vehicles 1970 to VIN EA305589 (1988) (2) VIN EA305590 to JA624516 (‘92)(2) ABS-equipped vehicles1990 onwards. (2) 1970 to VIN EA305589 (1988) VIN EA305589 1970 to Suffix A. DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Halfshaft only - non ABS; only - non Halfshaft Thrust sleeve - C.V jointThrust sleeve - C.V joints. C.V. Non-ABS vehicles with separate joint - C.V. Circlip Non-ABS & ABS-equipped vehicles with combined C.V. joint/driveshaft assemblies. (2) (1) Note: halfshafts are available separately only for early ABS- only for early separately available Note: halfshafts are equipped vehicles (see ABS vehicles use complete assemblies. - Front Joint C.V. - non ABS; joint C.V. joint/driveshaft is not C.V Note: the later type of combined but only as a complete halfshaft separately, available joint assembly). (See Halfshaft & C.V. assembly. joint/driveshaft). (C.V. for early ABS- separately only available joints are Note: C.V. equipped vehicles (see ABS vehicles use complete assemblies. joint; Spacer - C.V. Note: the later design of halfshaft, with combined C.V combined of halfshaft, with later design Note: the complete assembly. as a available is only joint/driveshaft, Halfshaft only - ABS vehicles; Halfshaft only C.V. joint - ABS vehicles (early)C.V. (2) later FTC862 FTC863 FTC862 FTC863 571895 571896 FTC3146 FTC3147 FTC3146 FTC3147 FRC9518 FRC9519 44 lh (1) rh (1) rhlh (1) (1) : Some vehicles - including Non-ABS vehicles from : Some vehicles - including Non-ABS rhlh (1) (1) rhlh (1) (1) with combined outer hub/driveshaft rhlhrhlh (1) (1) (1) (1) with combined C.V. joint/driveshaft with combined C.V. DIFFERENTIAL & BEARINGS 1970 to VIN EA305589 (1988) 1970 to VIN above axle nos onwards above VIN (VIN JA) EA305590 (1988) to 1992 1993 (VIN KA) onwards 1990 (VIN GA) to the following axle nos: 1990 (VIN GA) to the following 49L11363C (rhd V8) 48L05146C, 53L02087C (rhd diesel) 52L00424C, 57L05188B (rhd/lhd air suspension) 56L03430B, Note ABS from 1990 - feature 1992 and vehicles fitted with on design of halfshaft assembly to that used a different of halfshaft assembly earlier vehicles. This later type joint and driveshaft with a combined C.V. features arrangement instead of the previous outer hub, separate combined outer hub/driveshaft joint and C.V. of separate as the driving member) assembly. (also known removing be identified by These vehicles can most easily to see whether it the outer hub (driving member) a driveshaft. An outer hub (driving member) incorporates indicates the that is splined but with no driveshaft above. halfshaft design, as described Suffix A axles. Suffix B axles. DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART From 1990 (VIN GA) onwards. with a combined C.V. fitted Note: ABS vehicles are includes sensor joint The C.V. joint/driveshaft assembly. teeth for the ABS. Halfshaft - Front Halfshaft ABS; - non joint assembly & C.V. Halfshaft Halfshaft & C.V. joint assembly - ABS vehicles; Halfshaft & C.V. .. Y .. Y ...... 7316 41045 SS 539707 539706 SS FTC2175 FTC2750 FTC1709 FTC2750 FTC3272 RTC2726 FRC4586 FRC8220 515845A TT TT II II QUICKL QUICKL KK KK ...... SS SS TT TT II II KK KK ...... It is rare for a Range Rover to for a Range Rover . It is rare INTRODUCTION .. .. SERIAL NUMBER

IMPORTANT - ABS IMPORTANT SS SS

TT

in situ TT diff case with filler plug (1) diff case without filler plug (1) outer (1) inner (1) up to axle suffix Gaxle suffix H onwards (2) (2)

II II

THE EASY WAY TO ORDER AND GET TO THE EASY WAY

1970 to VIN JA623614 (1992) JA623615 to KA637567 (1993)(1) KA637568 onwards (1) pinion 1970 to June 1985July 1985 onwards (1) (1) differential

KK KK ABS was introduced in 1990 (VIN GA), introduced ABS was necessitating some changes to the front to simplify halfshafts and C.V joints. In order divided the have we this complicated area, categories: non-ABS parts into two relevant and ABS-equipped vehicles. vehicles It is important to bear this in mind when parts, due to the safety-critical nature ordering components. of ABS-related The final drive ratio for all models is 3.54:1. for all ratio The final drive The serial number of the front axle is stamped on The serial number of the front or top of the axle casing, on the left the front in line with the axle breather). hand side (roughly code, Serial numbers comprise a 3-figure the serial by identifying the axle type, followed number and then a suffix letter (A, B or C).

The Range Rover’s front axle is an extremely axle is an front Rover’s The Range a one- axle design, comprising rugged beam cast steel tube with a separate piece steel housing. differential such as parts of the axle, All of the component halfshafts and C.V. assembly, the differential with the and replaced be removed joints, can axle axle and for a complete replacement require listing full axle avoided have we this reason should require if you assemblies. Nevertheless, contact our sales a complete unit, please & availability department for price and VIN number to quote the year (remembering of along with the serial number vehicle, of your the axle). is not assembly of the differential overhaul D.I.Y. tools and viable, due to the specialist really list complete differential so we skills required, assemblies. THE RIGHT PARTS YOU NEED YOU THE RIGHT PARTS All models. Bearing - differential; Please refer to Price Guide or contact us for latest Please refer units. on new and reconditioned availability Part Number Suffixes: New (N), Factory Recon (E), Aftermarket Recon (R). to fit to axle. Complete & ready Note: on vehicles up to 1992 (VIN JA623679), please check casing is fitted with a to see whether the original differential accordingly. filler plug and order Breather - axle casingBreather pipeBreather assembly - front; Differential (1) (1) Please enquire for price & availability of complete axle & availability for price Please enquire assemblies. Front Axle/Differential Axle assembly - front DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Oil seal - diff pinion; Gasket - diff housing coverGasket (1) FTC859 FTC942 FTC942 576841 217353 571761 571752 GGL190 RA1262 RA1263 RA1264 FTC4785 FTC1457 FTC3179 FTC3179 STC3435 RTC3429 RTC3508 RTC3511 FRC8222 FRC5927 FRC5926 FRC8227 early vehicles - 8mm thick (2) later vehicles - 12mm thick (2) 1970 to June 1985 (2) July 1985 onwards (2) July 1985 onwards (2) 1970 to June 1985 1970 to June 19851970 to June (2) July 1985 to VIN JA624516July 1985 to (2) for alloy wheelsfor alloy (10) (1992). onwardsVIN JA624517 onwards1990 (VIN GA) (2) for steel wheels (2) head a larger wheels have Note: wheelstuds for alloy or a groove with either a triangle on marked and are the end of the stud. (10) non-ABS vehicles ABS-equipped vehicles (2) non-ABS up to VIN JA624516 (2) (1992). non-ABS VIN JA624517 on(1992). (2) ABS-equipped vehicles (2) LUBRICANTS & CAPACITIES Oil type (front & rear)Differential Swivel housing EP90 Oil capacity (front & rear)Differential (3 pints) 1.7 litres EP90 or STC3435 DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Hub seal - outer (2) Bearing only - hubHub seal - inner; (4) Non-ABS only. Outer hub/driveshaftNon-ABS vehicles up to VIN JA624516 (1992). Outer hub (without driveshaft)Non-ABS vehicles from VIN JA624517 & ABS-equipped (2) vehicles from 1990 onwards. - outer hubGasket (2) Gear Oil (2) EP90 gear oil -Unipart 0.5 litre (A/R) For use instead of EP90 in swivel housings. Comes in pre- dispenser sachet. measured Once-only application - no need to top-up. Wheel bearing kit (per wheel); Wheel bearing kit (per inner & outer hub seals, Comprises: 2 x wheel bearings, hub gasket. and outer washer lock Non-ABS only. washer; Lock Hub nut. Swivel grease (sachet) (2) Hub & Driveshaft - Front & Driveshaft Hub non-ABS; assembly - wheelstud Hub & Hub & wheelstud assembly - ABS vehicles; Hub & wheelstud Wheelstud; Spacer - July 1985 onwards (2) FTC57 FTC56 FTC56 FTC56 FTC858 FTC124 FTC861 FTC840 STC226 606666 593788 571821 571751 593610 for notes FTC3154 FTC3648 FTC1374 FTC1376 FTC3154 FTC3648 FTC3647 FTC3648 FTC5268 FTC1616 FTC1617 FRC2310 FRC2894 FRC8026 FRC2883 FRC2884 FRC2885 FRC2886 FRC2310 45 Halfshaft & C.V. joint assembly Halfshaft & C.V. (1988) Axle suffix A. VIN EA305590 to VIN JA624516(2) (1992) See on how to identify 1992 vehicles. on how VIN KA624756 (1993) onwards(2) 1990 to VIN JA624755 (1992) (2) 1970 to Jun 1985 (2) 1970 to June 1985July 1985 to VIN EA305589 (2) (2) July 1985 onwards (2) 0.003” (a/r) 0.005”0.010”0.030” (a/r) (a/r) (a/r) up to VIN JA624755 (1992)VIN KA624756 (1993) onwards(2) (2) 1970 to June 1985July 1985 onwards (2) (2) rh (1) lh (1) DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Stub axle - stub axleThrust washer Mud shield - stub axle (2) - ABS-equipped vehicles 1990 onwards (2) Stub axle; (2) Bush - stub axle - 1970 to 1992 (2) - stub axle to swivel housing; Gasket - Non-ABS vehicles VIN JA624517 onwards - stub axle to swivel housing(2) Gasket Thrust washer swivel pinBush - upper (2) (2) Front Stub Axle - - Non-ABS vehicles up to VIN JA624516 (1992) Stub axle; - stub axle - 1992 on(2) Thrust washer ABS-equipped vehicles - vehicles ABS-equipped onwards 1990 roller bearingTaper upperSwivel pin - For ABS sensor. (4) swivel pinSeal - upper For ABS sensor. lowerSwivel pin - (2) Shim - upper swivel pin; (2) (2) Bearing - stub axle (2) Oil seal - stub axle; Mud shield - stub axle; Gasket - lower swivel pin - lower Gasket (2) Damper - lower swivel pin; Damper - lower Gasket - stub axle to swivel housing(2) Gasket Thrust washer - stub axle - 1992 on(2) - stub axle - 1992 Thrust washer FTC125 606666 606666 571718 571889 571756 571819 571743 571744 571745 571746 571815 576608 571766 571890 571815 576608 FTC3401 FTC3646 FTC5105 FTC2882 FTC1620 FTC1621 FTC1620 FTC1621 FRC7065 FRC2894 FRC2883 FRC2884 FRC2885 FRC2886 12.5mm thick. 1990 (approx.) onwards9mm thick. all ABS vehicles. Inc. (2) 7 bolt fixing. 7 bolt fixing. 6 bolt fixing. July 1985 onwards (2) 1990 (VIN GA) onwards (2) 1970 to approx. 1990 (2) 1970 to June 19851970 to June (2) 6 bolt fixing. July 1985 onwards7 bolt fixing. (2) ABS vehicles upper (2) lower (2) upper (2) external (large) 1970 to June 1985 (2) lower0.005”0.010”0.030” (2) (a/r) (a/r) (a/r) internal (small) (2) 0.003”rh (a/r) (1) non-ABS lh (1) 0.003”0.005”0.010”0.030” (a/r) (a/r) (a/r) (a/r) lh (1) rh (1) Taper roller bearingTaper (4) Non-ABS vehicles - Non-ABS vehicles VIN JA624517 onwards Swivel pin; Non-ABS vehicles - Non-ABS vehicles up to VIN JA624516 (1992) roller bearingTaper Swivel pin; (4) Swivel Housing (Steering Swivel) - Front of swivel housings. & availability for price Please enquire Gasket - chrome swivel; - chrome Gasket Oil seal - chrome swivel; Oil seal - chrome Shim - upper swivel pin; swivel pin - lower Gasket washerLock swivel pin; Damper - lower (2) (4) Railko bush - chrome swivel bush - chrome Railko ABS-equipped vehicles only. (2) Front ball; Chrome swivel DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION Ball - Swivel Chrome REQ. QTY NO. PART Shim - upper swivel pin; Gasket - lower swivel pin - lower Gasket washerLock swivel pin; Damper - lower (2) (4) FRONT AXLE REAR AXLE FTC950 FTC870 FTC871 FTC942 217353 571752 549473 549473 571752 GGL190 RA1264 FTC3188 FTC5268 FTC3650 FTC1378 FTC3179 FTC4785 FTC4785 FTC3187 FTC3186 FTC3270 FTC3271 FTC5414 RTC3429 FRC8227 FRC5926 rhrhlhrhlh (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) lh (1) Unipart - 0.5 litre (1) axle no. 35S16959B (coil spring) & 35S16959B axle no. 37S00316A (air suspension) on(2) 1970 - 19921992 onwards (2) (2) up to axle no. 35S16958B (coil spring) & up to axle no. 37S00315A (air suspension) (2) 1990 to 1991 (VIN HA) (2) 1992 (VIN JA) onwards (2) ABS-equipped vehicles (2) 1990 up to 1992 (VIN JA) 1993 (VIN KA) B up to axle suffix axle suffix B onwards LUBRICANTS & CAPACITIES Oil type (front & rear)Differential EP90 Oil capacity (front & rear)Differential (3 pints) 1.7 litres Seal - track spacerSeal - track (2) Oil seal - stub axle - stub axleGasket Mudshield - stub axle (includes studs)Hub - rear Wheel stud - rear (2) (2) (2) (2) (10) - outer hubGasket - outer hubCirclip (2) (2) EP90 gear oil; Circlip - halfshaftCirclip (2) head and can be identified by a larger have Studs for alloys slot marking on the end. either a triangle or having Wheel bearing kit (per wheel); Comprises: 2 x wheel bearings, inner & outer hub seals, and outer hub gasket. washer lock Not early vehicles. - hub nut; washer Lock If fitted. hub - inner & outer(4) Bearing - rear Gear Oil Halfshaft & Stub Axle - Halfshaft & Rear - ABS Vehicles - ABS-equipped vehicles; Halfshaft - rear 1990 onwards. Fitted only up to end of 1992 (VIN JA). - 1990 (VINStub axle - rear GA); Seal - hub - inner; Gasket - halfshaft to hubGasket Hub cap (2) (2) FTC950 FTC942 FTC942 576841 217353 593681 571882 571883 571751 593610 571752 549473 571752 RA1262 RA1263 FTC4785 FTC4785 FTC3179 FTC3187 FTC3186 FTC3270 FTC3271 FTC5414 FTC3188 FTC5268 FTC3648 FTC3650 FTC3648 FTC1378 FTC1457 FTC1457 RTC3429 RTC3508 RTC3511 FRC5926 FRC8222 FRC8222 FRC8227 FRC8005 FRC8005 FRC2310 FRC5927 46 inner (2) 8mm thickinnerouter (2) outer (2) (2) (2) 12mm thick (2) rhlhrh (1) (1) (1) lhrhlh (1) (1) (1) Not fitted from VIN JA624517 (1992). 1970 to June 1985July 1985 onwards (2) (2) for steel wheels wheelsfor alloy (10) (10) 1992 (VIN JA) onwards 1970 - 19921992 onwards (2) (2) 1970 to June 1985 (inner) July 1985 to 1991 (VIN HA) July 1985 to 1990 (VIN GA)1991 (VINonly HA) (2) (2) 1970 to June 19851992 (VIN JA) up to JA624516 (2) (2) 1970 up to VIN JA624516 (1992) VIN 36S00594B (1992) to axle no. JA624517 VIN JA624517 (1992) onwards(2) axle no. 36S00595B onwards axle no. 1970 to June 1985VIN JA624517 (1992) onwards(2) (2) 1970 to June 19851986 to VIN JA624516 (1992) (2) (2) 1970 to June 19851990 (VIN GA) to 1991 (VIN HA)(2) 1992 (VIN JA) to JA624516 (2) VIN JA624517 (1992) onwards(2) (2) July 1985 to VIN JA624516 (2) July 1985 to 1986VIN JA624517 (1992) onwards(2) (2) July 1985 to 1989 (VIN FA) (2) Studs for alloys have a larger head and can be identi- a larger have Studs for alloys on the either a triangle or slot marking having fied by end. non-ABS vehicles DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Wheel stud - rear; Bearing only - rear hubBearing only - rear (4) Seal - track spacerSeal - track Not early vehicles. - hub nut; washer Lock (2) If fitted. Wheel bearing kit (per wheel); Comprises: 2 x wheel bearings, inner & outer hub seals, and outer hub gasket. washer lock Inner & outer. Seal - hub; - outer hubGasket - outer hubCirclip (2) (2) Fitted up to VIN(1992). JA624516 Stub axle - rear; Halfshaft & Stub & Stub Halfshaft - - Rear Axle Vehicles Non ABS - non ABS vehicles; Halfshaft - rear Gasket - halfshaft to hubGasket Hub cap (1990 onwards) (2) (2) Oil seal - stub axle - stub axle; Gasket (2) Mudshield - stub axle; (includes studs); Hub - rear . It is 7316 41045 515845 515599 539707 539706 FTC2176 FTC1709 FTC2750 FTC3272 FTC3723 RTC2726 FRC4586 FRC8220 in situ Y Y Y DA Y DA

INTRODUCTION

SERIAL NUMBER

IMPORTANT - ABS IMPORTANT

inner (1) outer (1)

up to axle suffix Eaxle suffix F onwards (2) (2)

EVER

conditions etc, please refer to our latest price guide. please refer conditions etc,

EVER 1970 to VIN JA623614 (1992) (1) JA623615 to KA637567 (1993)(1) KA637568 to 1994 (VIN LA)1995 (VIN MA) (1) onwards (1) pinion 1970 to June 1985July 1985 onwards (1) (1) differential

If the part you require is not listed here, please phone and is not listed here, If the part you require MORE STOCK

enquire. By now we might well have it. For prices, terms we might well have & By now enquire. MORE STOCK ABS was introduced in 1990 (VINintroduced ABS was GA), axle. In necessitating some changes to the rear divided have we the differences, to clarify order categories: non-ABS into two parts the relevant and ABS-equipped vehicles. vehicles It is important to bear this in mind when parts due to the safety-critical nature ordering components. of ABS-related The final drive ratio for all models is 3.54:1. for all ratio The final drive The serial number of the rear axle is stamped axle rear The serial number of the or top of the axle casing, on the left on the rear in line with the axle hand side (roughly breather). code, Serial numbers comprise a 3-figure the serial by identifying the axle type, followed number and then a suffix letter (A, B, C etc.). The Range Rover’s rear axle is an extremely axle is an rear Rover’s The Range a one- axle design, comprising rugged beam cast steel tube with a separate piece steel housing. differential such as parts of the axle, All of the component and halfshafts, can be assembly, the differential with the axle replaced and removed rare for a Range Rover to require a complete to require for a Range Rover rare have we reason axle and for this replacement listing full axle assemblies. avoided a complete should require if you Nevertheless, sales department for axle, please contact our to quote the (remembering price & availability along with vehicle, and VIN number of your year axle). the serial number of the is assembly of the differential overhaul D.I.Y. tools and viable, due to the specialist not really list complete differential so we skills required, assemblies. All models. Bearing - differential; Breather pipeBreather plug - drain Washer assembly - rear; Differential (1) (1) Please refer to Price Guide or contact us for latest Please refer units. on new and reconditioned availability Part Number Suffixes: New (N), Factory Recon (E), Aftermarket Recon (R). to fit to axle. Complete & ready Breather - axle casingBreather (1) Axle assembly - rear of complete axle & availability for price Please enquire assemblies. Rear Axle/Differential Oil seal - diff pinion; Gasket - diff housing coverGasket (1) DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART 575501 575580 552819 NTC6836 NTC6828 NTC1888 NRC9729 ANR3410 575580PY 552819PY NY608041 NY114041 BH608261 BH114167 BH608241 BH114167 NTC6828PY & TURRET ANR3410PY on p51. Y Y FRONT FRONT SHOCK Y DA Y DA Suspension Packages polyurethanestandardpolyurethane (2) (2) (2) standard (2) EVER conditions etc, please refer to our latest price guide. please refer conditions etc, EVER 1970 to 1985 (VIN BA) (1) standardpolyurethanestandard (2) (2) (4) 1986 (VIN CA) onwards (1) 1986 (VIN CA) onwards 1970 to 1985 (VIN BA) (1) polyurethane (4) 1970 to 1985 (VIN BA) 1986 (VIN CA) onwards1970 to 1985 (VIN BA) (1) 1986 (VIN CA) onwards (1) 1970 to 1985 (VIN BA) (1) 1986 (VIN CA) onwards (2) (2) PANHARD ROD & BUSHES PANHARD If the part you require is not listed here, please phone and is not listed here, If the part you require MORE STOCK enquire. By now we might well have it. For prices, terms we might well have & By now enquire. MORE STOCK DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Anti-roll Bar - Front Note: anti-roll bar components described in this section are for vehicles with factory-fitted bars only. anti-roll Anti-roll bar kits for vehicles prior to 1990, and also kits for vehicles with factory-fittedimprovement anti-roll listed in bars, are Anti-roll bar (1) Panhard Rod rod; Panhard Bush - anti-roll bar Link/balljoint assemblyBush - link assembly; (2) Bolt - panhard rod to link; Bolt - panhard Bush - panhard rod; Bush - panhard rod to axle; Bolt - panhard rod bolts; Nut - panhard 572315 572068 572315 NTC6085 NTC8477 NTC8477 NTC8476 NTC2694 NTC7331 NTC6860 NTC6781 NTC6860 NRC4306 NRC2119 NRC2119 NRC4305 NRC9700 NRC4096 NRC4514 ANR4188 572068PY NY116051 NY610041 NY120041 BX116221 BX116201 NTC6860PY NTC6781PY NTC6860PY NRC4514PY 47 - lh side (1) - lh side (1) rhd (2) rh sidelh sidelhd - rh side (1) (1) rhdlhd - rh side (1) (1) (2) up to VIN HA477607 (1991) lhd VIN HA477608 onwards rhd (2) standard (4) standard (4) polyurethanestandardpolyurethane (4) standardpolyurethane (4) (4) standard (4) polyurethane (4) (4) polyurethane (4) (2) VEHICLES WITH COIL SPRING SUSPENSION SUSPENSION SPRING COIL WITH VEHICLES all models except CSKall models except CSK only (2) (2) 1986 onwards (2) diesel models 1970 to 1985 (VIN BA)1986 to 1990 (VIN GA) (2) (2) 1970 to 1985 (VIN BA) (2) V8 models Vehicles without anti-roll bars. Vehicles 1991 (VIN HA) onwards with anti-roll bars only. Vehicles (2) 1970 to 1990 (VIN GA) (VIN1986 onwards CA) 1991 (VIN HA) to VIN LA645532 (1994) VIN LA645533 (1994) onwards 1970 to 1985 (VIN BA) longshort (2) (2) RADIUS ARM & BUSHES DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Bump stop rubber; Nut - radius armNut - radius bolt (4) Bush - radius armBush - radius to axle; Radius arm; arm;Nut - radius rubber or polyurethane. standard in either Available Spring seat - lowerRadius Arm - Front (2) Standard Spring - Front Spring - Standard page. to separate Springs/Kits refer For Uprated - standard; Road spring Bush - radius armBush - radius to chassis; armBolt - radius to axle; STC207 STC305 500746 552818 572087 STC2829 STC2829 RTC4582 552818P NTC4571 NRC4365 NRC6372 NH605041 INTRODUCTION up to VIN KA638829 (1993) (2) VIN KA638830 onwards (2) outerinner (8) (8) CSK onlystandardpolyurethane (2) (8) (8) all except CSK all except 1970 to 1985 (VIN BA) (2) 1986 (VIN CA) onwards (2) This section is divided in two: the first part the first in two: is divided This section suspension with conventional vehicles covering with and the second, vehicles (ie. coil springs) (ECAS). air suspension controlled electronically 1992 in October introduced was Air suspension SE and Vogue on Vogue equipment as standard range of the vehicle the rest LSE models; suspension the conventional retained arrangement. is the CSK, a special Also mentioned in the text as a in 1990 edition 2-door model introduced bar anti-roll for the ‘new’ promotion bars, it featured as anti-roll suspension. As well with its 200 dampers and ABS, to go uprated bhp 3.9 Efi engine. in this bar components described Note: anti-roll anti- with factory-fitted for vehicles section are bars only. roll prior to 1990, and bar kits for vehicles Anti-roll with factory- kits for vehicles also improvement listed in Suspension bars, are fitted anti-roll on p52. Packages Washer - shock absorber; - shock Washer absorberNut - shock absorber - shock Turret (4) (2) Bush - shock absorber; Bush - shock POLYURETHANE BUSHES POLYURETHANE a popular alternative bushes are to the Polyurethane rubber items due to their benefits: superior standard (up to 5 times expectancy life increased performance, to oil and grease as long as rubber), resistance contamination and ease of fitting. as an alternative to available bushes are Polyurethane listed, most individual suspension bushes and are item. Complete after the standard available, where in the Suspension Packages also available kits are section. DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Locknut - retaining ring - retaining Locknut (8) Retaining ring - turret (2) All models. Top & bottom. Top (1990 onwards). Includes washers, bushes & nuts. Includes washers, (1990 onwards). Shock absorber - non anti-roll bar vehicles; Shock nuts. bushes & Includes washers, Standard Shock Absorber - Front page. to separate Shock Absorbers/Kits refer For Uprated Shock absorber - vehicles with anti-roll bars; Shock FRONT SUSPENSION - Coil Spring FRONT SUSPENSION - Air NTC9812 NTC9825 NTC9826 ANR4353 ANR3757 ANR3754 and not exclusive to Front and not exclusive Per Vehicle Per up to VIN MA654292 (1995) (1) VIN MA654293 onwards (1) DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Suspension. Air Supply Components are Items listed here CompressorAir drier assembly block Valve Reservoir; switchPressure (1) is switch Thereafter, Note: up to VIN MA654292 only. (1) block. into valve incorporated (2) (1) 552819 NTC6837 NTC6828 NTC1888 552819PY NTC6828PY on p51. 48 Suspension Packages standardpolyurethanestandardpolyurethane (2) (2) (4) (4) DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Anti-roll barBush - anti-roll bar Link/balljoint assemblyBush - link assembly; (1) (2) Anti-roll Bar - Front Note: anti-roll bar components described in this section are for vehicles with factory-fitted anti-roll bars only. Anti-roll bar kits for vehicles prior to 1990, and also factory-fitted kits for vehicles with improvement anti-roll listed in bars, are .. Y .. Y ...... VEHICLES WITH AIR SUSPENSION SUSPENSION AIR WITH VEHICLES SS SS STC2830 NTC4571 NTC9830 NTC6781 NTC6860 NTC9819 NTC6085 NRC9729 NRC4514 ANR1721 ANR1895 ANR1724 ANR1725 ANR3410 ANR3480 ANR2420 ANR1853 ANR4188 TT TT 552818PY NY120041 NY114041 NY116051 BX116221 BX116201 BH114167 II II NTC6781PY NTC6860PY QUICKL NRC4514PY ANR3410PY QUICKL KK KK ...... Y Y SS SS TT TT II II KK KK Y DA Y DA ......

..

..

SS SS

TT TT standardpolyurethanepolyurethane (4) (4) (4) standard (4) II

II EVER

conditions etc, please refer to our latest price guide. please refer conditions etc,

EVER THE EASY WAY TO ORDER AND GET TO THE EASY WAY polyurethanerhlh (8) (1) (1) standard (8) standardpolyurethane (2) (2) up to VIN LA645532 (1994)VIN LA645533 onwards (2) (2) up to VIN LA645532 (1994) VIN LA645533 onwards up to 1994 (VIN LA)1995 (VIN MA) onwards (2) (2) polyurethane (4) standard (4) short (2) long (2)

If the part you require is not listed here, please phone and is not listed here, If the part you require

KK MORE STOCK

enquire. By now we might well have it. For prices, terms we might well have & By now enquire. KK

MORE STOCK THE RIGHT PARTS YOU NEED YOU THE RIGHT PARTS Washer - shock absorber - shock Washer (4) Nut - shock absorberNut - shock mounting; absorber - shock Turret (4)

Panhard rodPanhard (1) Panhard Rod Bush - panhard rod; Bush - panhard

Radius arm; armNut - radius armBush - radius to axle; (2) Radius Arm - Front

Air spring (2) Air Spring - Front Air Spring - Bump stop rubber; Sensor assembly - air suspension(2) Top & bottom. Top Shock absorberShock (2) For Uprated Shock Absorbers/Kits refer to separate page. to separate refer Shock Absorbers/Kits For Uprated Absorber - Front Absorber Standard Shock Standard absorber; Bush - shock DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Nut - panhard rod boltNut - panhard (2) Bolt - panhard rodBolt - panhard (2) Bush - radius armBush - radius to chassis; Nut - radius armNut - radius boltBump stop rubber (4) (2) Bolt - radius armBolt - radius to axle; STC618 577853 577703 552819 572180 572134 575882 592444 572338 RTC3519 NTC4618 NTC1773 NTC8328 NTC7394 NTC1888 NTC9027 NTC1772 NRC4163 NRC6561 ANR1799 ANR4344 ANR4189 90575877 90577704 90577704 STC618PY STC618PY STC618PY 552819PY NY612041 NY610041 NY120041 NY610041 BH612321 BH610321 WA120001 - 20mm dia hole NTC1773PY NTC7394PY NTC1772PY on p51. 5/8" dia hole Suspension Packages Suspension Packages standard (each)standard (pair)polyurethane (pair)standard (1) (2) (each)standard (1) (2) polyurethane (pair)polyurethane (pair)polyurethane (1) (1) 1970 to 1985 (inc VIN BA)1986 (VIN CA onwards) (2) (2) standard (2) toplarge (1) (1) standardpolyurethane (1) (2) 1970 to 1985 (inc VIN BA) - polyurethanestandard (2) (4) bottomsmallsmall (1) (1) (1) polyurethane (4) large (1) 1986 to 1991 (VIN CA to HA477205) 1992 on (VIN HA 477206 on) 1970 to 1985 (5/8" ID) (4) 1986 on (20mm)standard (2) polyurethane (2) (2) 1986 on (20mm ID)1970 to 1985 (5/8") (2) (2) REAR RADIUS ARM & BUSHES DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Note: anti-roll bar components described in this section are for vehicles with factory-fitted bars only. anti-roll Anti-roll bar kits for vehicles prior to 1990, and also kits for vehicles with factory-fittedimprovement anti-roll listed in bars, are Anti-roll bar (1) Nut - balljoint (1) Bottom Link (Radius Arm) arm);Bottom link (radius Anti-roll Bar - Rear Bush - anti-roll bar mounting Self Levelling Unit Self Levelling unitSelf-levelling & bottomBalljoint - top Gaiter; (2) (1) Clip - bottom gaiter; Seal - bottom Link Balljoint - Top (A-Frame) of top link assembly. for price & availability Please enquire (1) Balljoint - all modelsRubber boot - balljointBush - top link; (1) Bolt - top link to chassis (1) Nut - top link bolt (2) (2) Mounting rubber - link to chassis; Link/balljoint assemblyBush - link assembly; (2) Clip - top gaiter; Washer - link to chassis Washer Bush - link to axle; Bolt - link to axleNut - link to axleBump stop rubber (2) (2) (2) Nut - Link to chassis STC208 500746 572204 552819 552818 NTC3285 STC3941 STC3939 STC3939 STC2831 NTC4571 NTC6106 NRC2119 NRC4305 NRC2119 NRC8113 NRC8113 NRC8113 NRC2119 NRC2119 NRC4305 ANR3520 ANR3520 NRC5603 NRC5602 NRC4365 NRC5593 NRC9700 ANR3519 ANR2938 552819PY 552818PY PS110281 NRC5593PY 49 - lh side (1) lh side (1) rh side (1) V8rh side (2) (1) diesel - rh side (1) lh side (1) rh side (1) lh side (1) outerinner (2) (2) lhd rhd (2) standardpolyurethanestandardpolyurethane (4) (4) (2) (2) rhd - V8 & diesellhd (2) rhd - V8 & diesellhd - V8 & diesel (2) lhd - V8 & diesel rhd - V8 & diesel (2) VEHICLES WITH COIL SPRING SUSPENSION SUSPENSION SPRING COIL WITH VEHICLES inner (4) outer (4) 1970 to VIN GA417084VIN GA417085 onwards (2) 1970 to 1985 VIN GA417085 onwards polyurethane (4) standard (4) 1990 VIN GA417085 on (2) 1990 to VIN KA638829 (1993) (2) (1994)(2) VIN KA638830 to VIN LA VIN MA (1995) onwards1970 to VIN GA417084 (1990) (2) With split pin retainer. & nut retainer. With washer 1970 to VIN GA417084 (1990) (2) 1986 to 1990 (VIN GA) 1991 (VIN HA) to 1994 (VIN LA) 1995 (VIN MA) onwards DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Washer - bottom bush (all models); - bottom Washer absorberNut - shock (2) Washer - top bush; - top Washer Split pin - top bush retaining (2) Later models. Standard Road Spring - Rear page. to separate Springs/Kits refer For Uprated Road spring - standard; 1970 to VIN GA417084 (1990) Complete with washers, bushes & nuts. Complete with washers, All models. Standard Shock Standard - Rear Absorber page. to separate refer Shock Absorbers/Kits For Uprated - non anti-roll bar vehicles; absorber Shock bushes & nuts. Complete with washers, Bottom bush -shock absorber; Bottom bush -shock Shock absorber - vehicles with anti-roll bars; Shock absorber; - shock bush Top Retainer - spring (2) Spring seat - lowerIsolator/spring seat - top (2) (2) .. Y .. Y ...... SS SS TT TT II II QUICKL QUICKL KK KK ...... SS SS TT TT II II KK KK ...... INTRODUCTION .. .. SS SS TT TT II II THE EASY WAY TO ORDER AND GET TO THE EASY WAY SELF-LEVELLING UNIT & BALLJOINTS KK This section is divided in two: the first part the first in two: is divided This section suspension with conventional vehicles covering with and the second, vehicles (ie. coil springs) (ECAS). air suspension controlled electronically 1992 in October introduced was Air suspension SE and Vogue on Vogue equipment as standard range of the vehicle the rest LSE models; suspension the conventional retained arrangement. is the CSK, a special Also mentioned in the text as a in 1990 edition 2-door model introduced bar anti-roll for the ‘new’ promotion bars, it featured as anti-roll suspension. As well with its 200 dampers and ABS, to go uprated bhp 3.9 Efi engine. in this bar components described Note: anti-roll anti- with factory-fitted for vehicles section are bars only. roll prior to 1990, and bar kits for vehicles Anti-roll with factory- kits for vehicles also improvement listed in Suspension bars, are fitted anti-roll on p52. Packages KK THE RIGHT PARTS YOU NEED YOU THE RIGHT PARTS POLYURETHANE BUSHES POLYURETHANE a popular alternative bushes are to the Polyurethane rubber items due to their benefits: superior standard (up to 5 times expectancy life increased performance, to oil and grease as long as rubber), resistance contamination and ease of fitting. as an alternative to available bushes are Polyurethane listed, most individual suspension bushes and are item. Complete after the standard available, where in the Suspension Packages also available kits are section. DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART REAR SUSPENSION- Coil Spring REAR SUSPENSION - Air 552819 NTC7394 NTC1888 NTC9812 NTC9825 NTC9826 ANR4344 ANR4353 ANR3757 ANR3754 552819PY NTC7394PY on p51. Suspension Packages Suspension Packages standardpolyurethanestandardpolyurethane (2) (2) (4) (4) up to VIN MA654292 (1995) (1) VIN MA654293 onwards (1) DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Anti-roll Bar - Rear Anti-roll this section are bar components described in Note: anti-roll factory-fittedfor vehicles with anti-roll bars only. and also for vehicles prior to 1990, Anti-roll bar kits vehicles with factory-fitted kits for improvement anti-roll listed in bars, are Anti-roll barBush - anti-roll bar mounting Link/balljoint assemblyBush - link assembly; (1) (2) Air Supply Components to Rear and not exclusive Per Vehicle are Items listed here Suspension. CompressorAir drier assembly block Valve Reservoir; switchPressure (1) is switch Thereafter, Note: up to VIN MA654292 only. (1) block. into valve incorporated (2) (1) STC618 572338 NTC1772 NTC4618 NTC9831 NTC9027 NTC1773 ANR1799 NY120041 NY610041 NY612041 BH610321 BH612321 WA120001 NTC1772PY NTC9027PY NTC1773PY 50 standardpolyurethane (2) (2) standardpolyurethane (2) (2) single vehicle set - standard (1) standard (2) polyurethane (1) For polyurethane kits refer to Suspension Packages. kits refer For polyurethane DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Nut - link to chassisBush - link to axle; Bolt - link to axle (2) Nut - link to axle (2) (2) Washer - link to chassis - link Washer (2) Nut - balljointRubber boot - balljoint (1) (1) Bottom Link (Radius Arm) Bottom link - air suspensionMounting rubber - link to chassis; (2) Balljoint - Top Link - Top Balljoint (A-Frame) of top link assembly. & availability for price Please enquire modelsBalljoint - all Bush - top link; (1) Bolt - top link to chassisNut - top link bolt (2) (2) VEHICLES WITH AIR SUSPENSION SUSPENSION AIR WITH VEHICLES 575882 577703 592444 STC2831 RTC3519 NTC9820 NTC9845 NTC4571 NRC4163 NRC6561 NRC5593 ANR4189 ANR1721 ANR1895 90575877 90577704 90577704 NRC5593PY

topbottom (1) (1) standard (2) polyurethane (2) large (1) small (1) small (1) large (1)

Balljoint - top & bottomGaiter; (2)

Self-levelling unit (1) Self Levelling Unit

Air spring (2) Air Spring - Rear Air Spring - Bump stop rubberLevel sensor (2) (2) Top bush - shock absorber - shock bush Top Shock absorberShock bushes & nuts. Complete with washers, (2) For Uprated Shock Absorbers/Kits refer to separate page. to separate refer Shock Absorbers/Kits For Uprated Standard Shock Standard - Rear Absorber DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Clip - top gaiter; Bottom bush (4) WasherNut (2) (2) Clip - bottom gaiter; Seal - bottom (1) KIT BOLT KIT BOLT POLY BUSH POLY -- RA1157 RA1158 RA1159 RA1160 ------to VIN HA477607 (1991) VIN HA477608 onwards to VIN HA477607 (1991) VIN HA477608 onwards STANDARD BUSH KIT STANDARD V8 Diesel Diesel V8 Diesel Diesel e e, RA1147 RA1148 RA1149 RA1150 RA1142 RA1143 RA1144 RA1151 RA1152 RA1145 RA1146 RA1153 RA1154 RA1155 RA1156 RA1114 RA1115RA1116 - RA1117 RA1128 RA1129RA1118 RA1119 RA1130 - - RA1131RA1120 RA1121 RA1132 - RA1133RA1122 RA1123 - - RA1134 - RA1135RA1124 RA1125 - RA1136 - - RA1137RA1126 RA1138 RA1127 - RA1139 - - - RA1140 RA1141 51 Classic (red) Comfort (blue) Classic (red) Year/chassis numberYear/chassis RHD LHD RHD LHD RHD LHD From VIN HA471544 to VIN LA 1995 onwards From VIN MA Year/chassis numberYear/chassis 1970 to 1985 VIN BA To 1986 to 1990 From VIN CA to VIN GA417084 1990 only RHD GA450646 From VIN GA417085 to VIN 1990 to 1991 LHDFrom VIN GA450647 to VIN HA 1991 only RHDFrom VIN HA464554 to VIN HA471543 1991 to 1994 LHD RHD LHD Non Anti-roll Bar Vehicles Non Anti-roll 1993 to 1994 From VIN KA638830 to VIN LA 1995 onwards From VIN MA Anti-roll Bar Vehicles Vehicles Bar Anti-roll CSK model From 1990 1990 only VIN GA 1991 to 1993 From VIN HA to VIN KA638829 Kits include 2 front and 2 rear 2 rear and 2 front Kits include and shock absorbers standard springs. 4 road STANDARD STANDARD ABSORBER SHOCK & SPRING KITS RA1173 RA1274RA1174 RA1275RA1175 RA1177 RA1274 RA1275 RA1274 RA1275 RA1177 RA1177 RA1170 RA1178 RA1179RA1171 RA1176 RA1172 RA1274 RA1275 RA1274 RA1275 RA1177 RA1177 - - Order Kit No.Order Kit No Order Kit No Order Standard BushesStandard Bush Kits Poly Bolt Kits STANDARD & POLYBUSH STANDARD RA1271 RA1272 RA1272 RA1269 RA1269 RA1273 RA1273 RA1268 RA1268 RA1269 RA1269 RA1265 RA1266 RA1266 RA1267 RA1267 RHD & LHD RHD & LHD RHD & LHD RHD & LHD - Direct replacement of original bushes. Kits contain complete vehicle sets of standard suspension sets of standard of original bushes. Kits contain complete vehicle replacement - Direct Polybush suspension bushes are available in two types, Classic (red) and Comfort (blue), both equally types, Classic (red) in two available Polybush suspension bushes are

contain all the nuts & bolts necessary the suspension bushes when renewing SUSPENSION BUSH & BOLT KITS SUSPENSION BUSH & BOLT

1995 onwards From VIN MA 1993 to 1994 From VIN KA638830 to VIN LA CSK model From 1990 1990 to 1993 From VIN GA to VIN KA638829 Anti-roll Bar Vehicles Vehicles Bar Anti-roll Non Anti-roll Bar Vehicles Non Anti-roll Year/chassis numberYear/chassis V8 Diesel 1991 onwards From VIN HA471544 From VIN GA417085 to VIN GA450646 1990 to 1991 From VIN GA450647 to VIN HA471543 1986 to 1990 From VIN CA to VIN GA417084 1990 only Year/chassis numberYear/chassis 1970 to 1985 V8 VIN BA To Diesel Kits include 2 front and 2 rear Kits include 2 front shock absorbers. standard ABSORBER KITS ABSORBER SHOCK STANDARD Bush Kit F 1994 (VIN LA645533) onwards. 1994 (VIN LA645533) onwards. KITS FOR AIR SUSPENSION VEHICLES Bush Kit E 1990 (VIN GA) to 1994 VIN LA644532. 1986 (VIN CA) to 1989 (VIN FA). 1990 (VIN GA) to 1994 VIN LA645532. KITS FOR COIL SPRING VEHICLES Bush Kit A 1970 to 1985 (VIN BA). Bush Kit B Bush Kit C Bush Kit D bottom link-to-chassis. Also included: top and bottom shock absorber bushes, front and rear. absorber bushes, Also included: top and bottom shock bottom link-to-chassis. KITS - POLYBUSH designed to combine the smoothness and comfort bushes, giving a firmer positive handling; Comfort bushes are ride and more of the factory-fitted rubber bushes with the long life and easy-fit of the Polybush Classic. will which simple to fit replacements bushes), they are absorber & A-frame shock Supplied as full vehicle sets (excluding - singularly (black) also available bushes are Polyurethane outperform and outlast the original rubber bushes many times over. to individual listings on appropriate page(s). refer may be press no special tools, a hydraulic hand, requiring Note: Although Polybush suspension bushes can be DIY fitted by the old rubber bushes. needed to remove KITS BOLT suitable for 1970 to 1995 Range Rovers (not Series 2 Range Rover - see rear of catalogue). Classic are the original polyurethan of catalogue). Classic are - see rear (not Series 2 Range Rover suitable for 1970 to 1995 Range Rovers STANDARD BUSHSTANDARD KITS bottom link-to-axl rod. Rear: top link-to-chassis, arm-to-chassis, panhard radius arm-to-axle, bushes, including: Front: radius SUSPENSION PACKAGES SUSPENSION PACKAGES CAR CAR CAR set (4) set (4) set (4) RA1383 RA1384 RA1387 RA1388 RA1385 RA1386 STC788UR REAR ANTI-ROLL BAR KIT (pair) (pair) set (4) FRONT REAR CAR RA1350R RA1351R RA1349R Bilstein Uprated Steering Damper or in conjunction with uprated Used on its own steering dampers suspension and bush kits, uprated of the steering. the ‘feel’ and accuracy improve steering damper; Uprated Uprated Springs Uprated Coil spring vehicles only Raised Ride Height 30mm) height 394mm (raised 195lb, Front: rate 40mm) height 445mm (raised 295lb, Rear: rate De Carbon uprated Shock Absorbers uprated De Carbon Springs & uprated only Coil spring vehicles Height Springs Ride with Standard height 413mm height 368mm Rear: 195lb, Front: 195lb, Springs with Raised Ride Height 30mm) height 394mm (raised Front: 195lb, 40mm) height 445mm (raised Rear: 295lb, Bilstein uprated Shock Absorbers Bilstein uprated Springs & uprated Coil spring vehicles only Ride Height Springs with Standard height 413mm height 368mm Rear: 195lb, Front: 195lb, with Raised Ride Height Springs 30mm) 394mm (raised height Front: 195lb, 40mm) 445mm (raised height Rear: 295lb, Koni uprated Shock Absorbers uprated Koni Springs & uprated Coil spring vehicles only Ride Height Springs with Standard height 413mm Rear: 195lb, height 368mm Front: 195lb, Springs with Raised Ride Height 30mm) height 394mm (raised Front: 195lb, 40mm) height 445mm (raised Rear: 295lb, FRONT ANTI-ROLL BAR KIT RA1352 RA1353 SPRING KITS (pair) (pair) set (4) FRONT REAR CAR RA1350 RA1351 RA1349 52 (Coil spring vehicles only.) bon r a front rear e C BILSTEIN BILSTEIN d Anti-roll bar kits Anti-roll bars factoryAnti-roll bars were fitted on certain models from 1991. Fitting anti-roll bars and roll during the amount of pitch decreases controlling suspension travel. corneringhard by anti-roll bars will limit axle articuilation However, For for the same reason. when off-roading, vehicles used mostly on road, anti-roll bars will steering and braking; transform the handling, particularly when used in conjunction with our shock bush kits, uprated polyurethane steering absorbers, stiffer springs and uprated damper. not suitable as replacement Note: these kits are for factory fitted items. Uprated Springs Uprated Coil spring vehicles only Ride Height Standard height 368mm 195lb, Front: rate height 413mm 195lb, Rear: rate UPRATED UPRATED & ABSORBER SHOCK SPRING KITS ONLY VEHICLES COIL SPRING UPRATED UPRATED COIL SPRING VEHICLES ONLY OIL-FILLED ADJUSTABLE HEAVY DUTY GAS HEAVY NON-ADJUSTABLE BILSTEIN (pair) (pair) set (4) (pair) (pair) set (4) (pair) (pair) set (4) FRONT REAR CAR FRONT REAR CAR FRONT REAR CAR RA1345D RA1346D RA1344D RA1345B RA1346B RA1344B RA1347B RA1348B RA1355B RA1345K RA1346K RA1344K RA1347K RA1348K RA1355K bon r a

extended periods. extended fitting one of our RCT engines). (for example, also anti-roll bar kits, below). e C

HEAVY DUTY GAS HEAVY NON-ADJUSTABLE Shock Absorbers Coil Spring only Vehicles De Carbon uprated Air Spring Vehicles Vehicles Vehicles Shock Absorbers Coil Spring Bilstein uprated Air Spring Vehicles Coil Spring Vehicles Koni uprated Koni Shock Absorbers

ALL MODELS ABSORBER KITS SHOCK UPRATED d We stock uprated shock absorbers by Bilstein, De Carbon and absorbers by shock uprated stock We non-adjustable gas duty, heavy are Koni. Bilstein and De Carbon superior damping abilities and absorbers offering vastly shock to original equipment. life compared extended absorbers offer similar benefits, plus they are Koni shock whilst fitted to the vehicle. adjustable for damping rate springs at the same the vehicle’s changing recommend We ride springs of standard from uprated can choose You time. for normal ride height - recommended road use - or raised are 40mm higher), which height (front 30mm. rear ground clearance and extra towing for heavy recommended when off-roading. just about everyOur kits show combination to suit your you money too! - and they save requirements 1. handling. to impove You wish 2. carry or trailers large loads for tow heavy regularly You 3. the performance improved Rover of your Range You have 4. (see excessively, floats and wallows You find the vehicle 5. use the vehicle off-road. You regularly The standard shock absorbers and springs fitted to Range Rover springs fitted absorbers and shock The standard between ride comfort, -effective compromise a cost are load carrying ability. handling, and towing if any of suspension components uprated fitting recommend We to you: applies the following & Springs Uprated Shock Absorbers Shock Uprated RA1390 NRC7415 NRC8254 RA1390K NRC7415K RTC9563AA ANR2391MUE ANR5307MNH NR5307MNHK ANR5307MNHT ANR5307MNHKT each set of 20 set of 20 in stainless steel set of 4 nuts set of 4 +16 standard grey (each) (each) black Wheel Nuts (standard) Wheel & tyre set (4) Wheel & tyre Wheel & tyre (each) Wheel & tyre Wheel Nuts (locking) Wheel only (each) Wheel set (4) A Cap (with logo) Wheel Centre FREESTYLE DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Nuts & Centres Silver, less centre & nuts (7Jx16). less centre Silver, & balanced. 205R16 tyre Wrangler Fitted with a Goodyear can also be fitted at Note: optional 235/70R16 tyre additional cost. ‘Freestyle’ Wheel (5 spoke) Alloy Land Rover & nuts (7Jx16). less centre Silver, style. as ‘Tornado’ Also known ‘Freestyle’ Tyre & Wheel (5 spoke) Alloy Land Rover RA1390 STC8126 NRC7415 NRC8254 RA1390K STC8126T STC8126K NRC7415K STC8126KT RTC9563AA ANR2391MUE ALLOY WHEEL 53 each set of 20 set of 20 in stainless steel set of 4 nuts set of 4 +16 standard grey (each) (each) black Wheel Nuts (standard) Wheel set (4) (each) Wheel & tyre Wheel only (each) set (4) Wheel & tyre Wheel Nuts (locking) Cap (with logo) Wheel Centre SPORTS Nuts & Centres Silver, less centre & nuts (7Jx16). less centre Silver, & balanced. 205R16 tyre Wrangler Fitted with a Goodyear can also be fitted at Note: optional 235/70R16 tyre additional cost. ‘Sports’ Wheel (5 spoke) Alloy Land Rover & nuts (7Jx16) less centre Silver, ‘Sports’ Tyre & Wheel (5 spoke) Alloy Land Rover & WHEEL-TYRE PACKAGES DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART 576841 FRC5926 (if required) for Alloy wheels (each)for Alloy (20) for Steel wheels (each) (20) for Steel wheels (each) INTRODUCTION We offer the superb range of genuine superb range offer the We Wheels to enhance Alloy Land Rover Rover. classic Range your & upgrade x-ray are they M25 Alloy Made from safety maximum to ensure checked designed and are with performance specifically for the and developed of mind ensuring peace Range Rover in all situations. combined will find that our You offer great packages wheel/tyre for money - and convenience. valve carriage also Special low-cost sets. applies for wheel/tyre Range to your When fitting alloys for the first time, check that Rover suitable for the wheel studs are looking for a slot or a by alloys triangle marking on the end of the have in this way stud. Studs marked the head, necessary for a larger wheels. Similarly, fitting of alloy wheelnuts suitable require alloys and can not be fitted using nuts from steel wheels. Wheel stud DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART ROAD WHEELS ROAD WHEELS RA1390 NTC1346 NRC7415 NRC8254 RA1390K NTC1346T NTC1346K NRC7415K NTC1346KT RTC9563AA ANR2391MUE each set of 20 set of 20 in stainless steel set of 4 nuts set of 4 +16 standard grey (each) (each) black Wheel & tyre (each) Wheel & tyre set (4) Wheel & tyre Wheel Nuts (standard) Wheel only (each) Wheel set (4) Wheel Nuts (locking) Cap (with logo) Wheel Centre DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART VOGUE Nuts & Centres Grey, less centre & nuts (7Jx16). & nuts less centre Grey, & balanced. 205R16 tyre Wrangler Fitted with a Goodyear cost. colour coded at extra Also available can also be fitted at Note: optional 235/70R16 tyre additional cost. ‘Vogue’ Wheel (3 spoke) Alloy Land Rover & nuts (7Jx16). less centre Grey, cost. coded at extra colour Also available ‘Vogue’ Tyre & Wheel (3 spoke) Alloy Land Rover RA1390 NRC7415 NRC8254 RA1390K NRC7415K RTC9563AA ANR2391MUE ANR1406MNH ANR1406MNHT ANR1406MNHK ANR1406MNHKT 54 each set of 20 set of 20 in stainless steel set of 4 +16 standard nuts set of 4 +16 standard set of 4 grey (each) black (each) black Wheel Nuts (standard) Wheel & tyre (each) Wheel & tyre set (4) Wheel & tyre Wheel only (each) Wheel set (4) Wheel Nuts (locking) Cap (with logo) Wheel Centre CYCLONE LSE CYCLONE Nuts & Centres ‘Cyclone LSE’ Tyre & Wheel (5 spoke) Alloy Land Rover Silver sparkle, less centre & nuts (7Jx16). less centre Silver sparkle, & balanced. 205R16 tyre Wrangler Fitted with a Goodyear As fitted to later LSE models. can also be fitted at Note: optional 235/70R16 tyre additional cost. ‘Cyclone LSE’ Wheel (5 spoke) Alloy Land Rover & nuts (7Jx16). less centre Silver sparkle, As fitted to later LSE models. DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART ALLOY WHEEL RA1390 RTC9526 NRC7415 NRC8254 RA1390K RTC9526T RTC9526K NRC7415K RTC9526KT RTC9563AA ANR2391MUE & WHEEL-TYRE PACKAGES each set of 20 set of 20 in stainless steel black (each) black grey (each) set of 4 nuts set of 4 +16 standard Wheel Nuts (standard) Wheel Centre Cap (with logo) Wheel Centre Wheel Nuts (locking) Wheel & tyre (each) Wheel & tyre Wheel & tyre set (4) Wheel & tyre Wheel only (each) Wheel set (4) STYLED LSE STYLED Nuts & Centres Silver, less centre & nuts (7Jx16). less centre Silver, & balanced. 205R16 tyre Wrangler Fitted with a Goodyear As fitted to early LSE & CSK models. cost. colour coded at extra Also available can also be fitted at Note: optional 235/70R16 tyre additional cost. Silver, less centre & nuts (7Jx16). less centre Silver, As fitted to early LSE & CSK models. cost. extra colour coded at Also available ‘Styled LSE’ Wheel (5 spoke) Alloy Land Rover Land Rover Alloy Wheel (5 spoke) & Tyre & Wheel (5 spoke) Alloy Land Rover ‘Styled LSE’ DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART DESCRIPTION QTY REQ. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY REQ. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY REQ. PART NO. ODWHEELS ROAD STEEL WHEEL & WHEEL - TYRE PACKAGES STEEL

TRIPLE SPORT ‘Steel’ Land Rover Alloy Wheel Grey, less nuts (7Jx16). Spare Wheel fitment. Ideal for off-roading! Wheel only (each) NTC5193PM 18" WHEELS FOR YOUR CLASSIC? Wheel set (4) NTC5193PMK Using our wheel hub PCD adaptor kit, it is possible to fit ‘Series 2 Range Rover’ 18x8J wheels to your classic. Easily fitted (to ABS axles only - 1989 on) by bolting to existing hubs using existing alloy wheel nuts. A further set of ‘Classic’ alloy wheel nuts is required to fit the wheels to the adaptors. It should be noted that the wheels will ‘fill the arches’ flush with the bodywork. Please refer to the ‘Series 2 Range Rover’ section at the rear of the catalogue for details of wheel styles and packages available. TRIPLE SPORT MONDIAL HURRICANE

‘Steel’ Land Rover Alloy Wheel & Tyre Wheel Hub Adaptor Kit RA1389 Grey, less nuts (7Jx16). Set of 4 adaptors including instructions. Fitted with a Goodyear Wrangler 205R16 tyre & balanced. Please refer to page 54 for additional alloy wheel nuts Wheel & tyre (each) NTC5193PMT required when fitting adaptors Wheel & tyre set (4) NTC5193PMKT TOOLS

Wheel Nuts (steel wheels) MUDFLAPS Wheel Nuts (standard) each NTC7396 set of 20 NTC7396K Mudflap Kit Wheel Nuts (locking) Includes a pair of mudflaps & fittings set of 4 RA1391 Front RTC9562 Hydraulic Jack ANR4489 set of 4 +16 standard nuts RA1391K Rear RA1434 Handle for jack NTC6856 Mudflap only (each) (Front or rear) MXC5587 Wheel Brace NTC7829 Wheel Chock (each) ANR4960 TYRES Tyre Pump 523638A Original tyre sizes on the Classic are 205R16 for both steel and alloy wheels. A popular alternative is to fit 235/70R16 (wider section) which increases the vehicle track by some 60mm and thereby improves handling. These tyres should only be fitted in vehicle sets to the tubeless alloy wheels (and not steel wheels). The rolling radius of 235/70R16 is the same as the original tyre and so will not affect gearing, speedo etc. No modifications are required. We can offer various makes of tyre depending upon availability. Tyre size 205R 16 205R 16 Autoglym ‘Clean Wheels’ RX1322 size 235/70 R 16 235/70 R 16 500ml. Alloy wheel cleaning solution. Please call or refer to price guide for manufacturer options and prices. Autoglym ‘Tyre dressing’ RX1368 Makes tyres look like new!

55 DESCRIPTION QTY REQ. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY REQ. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY REQ. PART NO.

Brake Discs Uprated Brake Kits BRAKES INTRODUCTION Brake disc - front; Range Rovers are equipped with disc brakes all solid For improving the braking ability of your Range round. Front discs are 298.17mm (11.75”) 1970 to 1985 (VIN BA) (2) 571762 Rover when performance and/or handling diameter (solid discs up to October 1989, 1986 (VIN CA) to 1989 (2) FRC7329 improvements have been carried out, we have the vented from then onwards) and rears are vented (1990 onwards) (2) FTC902 following Uprated Brake Kits available: 290.0mm (11.42”) diameter. Rear discs on all Brake disc - rear; models are solid. 1970 to 1985 (VIN BA) (2) 571912 ABS was fitted to Vogue SE models from 1990 1986 (VIN CA) onwards (2) FTC1381 onwards as standard, and was available as an With & without ABS. option on other models. UPRATED BRAKES We have 3 kits available for uprating the Range Rover’s braking system, depending on the year of the vehicle and whether just the front, or the front & rear, are to be improved. All of the kits contain grooved (handed) discs - ventilated at the front and solid at the rear - and carbon/kevlar brake pads. To complement our uprated brake kits, but also suitable for standard brakes, we stock stainless steel braided brake hoses, which improve brake Brake Pads line pressure and brake pedal feel. Brake pads - front (Axle set) (4 pads); 1970 to 1990 (1) STC2956 For solid discs, for use with split pin type retaining pins. KIT 1 IMPORTANT 1990 onwards (1) STC8571 Uprated Front Brake Kit RA1357 For vented discs, for use with solid pin type Converts solid front discs to ventilated. Imperial & Metric threads - 1970 to 1989 retaining pins. (up to Oct 1989-3.5V8 & 2.4TD). The threads in the brake system of early (1970 Brake pads - rear - all models (1) STC8570 Includes brand new, ventilated 4-pot calipers, ventilated, to approx. 1984) Range Rovers are imperial uprated EBC turbo groove front discs (handed with curved (UNF). In 1984, calipers were changed to metric Retaining kit - brake pads; grooves & dimples), a set of EBC Kevlar (green stuff) pads threads. Although similar in appearance, the Includes pins & anti-rattle springs. (fast road) and pad retaining kit. two threads cannot be mixed; therefore, it is front important to identify the type fitted to your 1970 to 1990 (solid discs) (1) RA1396 vehicle before ordering replacement parts: Split-pin type retaining pins. Imperial threads. Front axle suffixes A,B,C,D 1990 onwards (vented discs) (1) STC8575 & E and rear axle to suffix C, use imperial Solid type retaining pins. threads. (1970 to approx. 1984). rear- all models (1) STC8574 Metric threads. Front axle suffix F and rear Shim - anti-squeal (rear); axle suffix D (approx. 1984) onwards use metric threads. In addition, metric threads are marked lh outer & rh inner (2) 591628 with the letter M on one of the flats at the base rh outer & lh inner (2) 591629 of the threads. Finally, with the introduction of metric threads, a new Lockheed master cylinder was fitted, incorporating an integral Brake Calipers PDWA & warning switch. Brake caliper - front - for solid discs; Imperial & Metric threads - 1990 onwards 1970 to 1984 (to front axle suffix E) KIT 2 With the introduction of vented front discs from With imperial threads. Uprated Front Brake Kit RA1358 VIN GA (October 1989), imperial threads were rh (1) 606681 Suitable for vehicles with existing ventilated front discs again used in the brake calipers. In 1994, these lh (1) 606682 (Oct 1989 on - 3.9V8 & 2.5TD). were changed to metric. Includes ventilated, uprated EBC turbo groove front discs Change points for front calipers are as follows: 1984 to 1990 (front axle suffix F onwards) (handed with curved grooves & dimples), and a set of EBC Imperial calipers up to (front axle number) With metric threads. Kevlar (green stuff) pads (fast road). 46L11839C 47L11587C 48L05146C rh (1) AEU1718 49L11363C 50L00996C 51L07997C lh (1) AEU1719 54L00056B 55L00497B 56L03429B Brake caliper - front - for vented discs; 57L05188B. 3.9 V8 & 2500TD onwards. See IMPORTANT notes. Metric calipers from (front axle number) 1990 to 1994 46L11840C, 47L11588C, 48L05147C, rh (1) RTC6776 49L11364C, 50L00997C, 51L07998C, 54L00057B, 55L00498B, 56L03430B lh (1) RTC6777 57L05189B. 1995 onwards (See IMPORTANT notes) rh (1) STC1282 Change points for rear calipers are as follows: Imperial calipers up to (rear axle number) lh (1) STC1283 36S00594B & 34S16421C Brake caliper - rear (with & without ABS); Metric calipers from (rear axle number) 1970 to 1984 (to rear axle suffix C) 36S00595B & 34S16422C. Imperial threads. rh (1) 606694 lh (1) 606695 1984 (rear axle suffix D) - March 1993 Metric threads. rh (1) RTC5889 KIT 3 lh (1) RTC5890 Uprated Rear Brake Kit RA1359 April 1994 onwards (See IMPORTANT notes). Suitable for all vehicles. Includes solid, uprated EBC turbo groove rear discs (curved rh (1) STC1264 grooves & dimples), and a set of EBC Kevlar (green stuff) lh (1) STC1265 pads (fast road). Piston - brake caliper; front (8) 606683A rear (4) 606696 SERVICE ITEMS Seal kit - caliper piston; EBC Turbo groove brake discs - uprated. front (4) AEU1547 front (ventilated) - pair RA1394 rear (2) 8G8587 rear (solid) - pair RA1395 Bleed nipple - caliper; front EBC Kevlar (green stuff) pads - fast road. Pads will also fit standard discs but we recommend fitting imperial (1970 to 1984) (6) 606684 with EBC turbo groove discs for maximum benefit. Note: metric (1984 onwards) (6) RTC1526 front pads suitable only for ventilated (1990 on) discs. rear front - set RA1392 imperial (1970 to 1984) (2) 606684 rear - set RA1393

56 section. STC90 STC886 STC885 STC885 STC845 134529 575818 GBF103 GBF901 RX1327 RX1326 FTC1374 FTC1376 FTC1379 STC1866 STC1864 STC1865 STC1181 STC1221 RTC6498 RTC6743 RTC6742 NTC9787 NTC9753 NTC9753 PRC8531 PRC9603 PRC9603 PRC7498 ANR2941 AMR2010 NTC6868L Transfer Gearbox Transfer rhlh (1) (1) rhlh (1) (1) 0.5 litre1 litre (1) (1) 1992 (VIN JA) onwards (1) 1990 to 1991 (VIN HA) (2) 1990 to 1991 (VIN HA) 1992 (VIN JA) onwards front - part of C.V. joint - see Front Axle. front - part of C.V. rear wheelbase vehiclesstandard (1) (2) long wheelbase vehicles (1) non-ABS vehiclesABS vehiclesmanualautomatic (1) (1) (1) (1) 1990 to 1991 (VIN HA)1992 (VIN JA) onwards (1) (1) Unipart DOT 3 (1 litre)Unipart DOT (1) silicone warning lamp relaywarning (1) 1992 (VIN VIN JA) to KA632718(1) 1993 (VIN KA632719) onwards(1) relayvalve pump relayhydraulic (1) (1) harness. Inc. 1990 to 1991 (VIN HA) (1) COPPER BRAKE PIPE KIT DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Accumulator pump; Vacuum (1) Fuse - hydraulic pump relay (MAXI)(1) pump relay Fuse - hydraulic Sensor - ABS - front; Sensor - ABS - rear; Seal - sensor (front only)Exciter ring - ABS; (2) - ABS vehicles; valve reducing Pressure Bush - sensor (front & rear) (4) Electronic Traction Control introduced in October control (ETC) was Electronic traction in conjunction 1992 on ABS-equipped vehicles. ETC works applying brake wheels only - by with the ABS - on the rear drive to transferring to the spinning wheel, thereby pressure the opposite wheel. blockValve Handbrake Components, see For Handbrake Miscellaneous (1) Stop lamp switch; Pedal rubber - brake; ABS Components Booster; replacing (3-off) when ABS relays the replace Note: always pump. the vacuum valve reducing Pressure (1) Brake Fluid Brake fluid; Brake Brake cleaner - aerosolBrake (1) Electronic control unitRelay - ABS; (1) 598973 RA1378 RA1379 RA1380 RA1381 RA1382 NTC3458 NTC3458 NTC7670 NTC8099 NTC9547 NTC9546 NTC9545 NTC9548 GHF1192 625521A NRC2209 NRC4401 ANR2956 ANR2957 ANR2958 ANR2955 598973AQ GBH328AQ GBH328AQ - CAR SET NTC7670AQ NRC2209AQ NRC4401AQ CYLINDER BRAKE MASTER MASTER BRAKE AEROQUIP HOSES 57 (5 hoses) (to HA) ABS (6 hoses) (to HA) non ABS (5 hoses) (JA) onwards, non ABS (5 hoses) (JA) onwards, ABS (6 hoses) (JA) onwards, standardstainless steel braided (1) standardstainless steel braided (2) (1) (2) lhrhlhrhlh (1) rhlh (1) rh (1) lh (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) non-ABS with ABS standardstainless steel braided (1) (1) standardstainless steel braided (4) standardstainless steel braided (4) standard (4) stainless steel braided (4) (4) (4) primary secondary primary secondary 1970-1984 1984-1991 1984-1991 1992 1992 1984 onwards 1970 to 1984 1970 to 1984 1984 to 1991 (VIN HA) 1992 (VIN JA) onwards 1992 (VIN JA) to 1994 (VIN LA) 1995 (VIN MA) onwards doublesingle (A/R) (A/R) Aeroquip brake hoses Aeroquip brake with these stainless hoses Replace those rubber flexible pedal pressure. hoses for firmersteel braided brake DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Brake hose - rear; Brake Flexible jumper hose. Flexible Brake Hoses (ie rubber) type or as standard available hoses are Brake a hoses have Stainless braided type. stainless steel braided fluid the brake increases which smaller internal diameter, improves In addition, the stainless outer braiding pressure. the hose from bulging. preventing pedal feel by hose - front (ABS & non-ABS vehicles); Brake jumper hose. Flexible Brake pipe clip; pipe Brake STC780 607394 577878 589219 565550 599443 RA1195 RA1196 RA1193 RA1194 NTC4991 STC1763 STC1286 RTC1526 RTC3658 RTC5907 RTC3657 RTC5834 RTC5636 NTC8096 NTC8098 NTC8097 NTC3291 NTC3291 NTC4242 NTC7862 NTC3291 NTC4242 NTC9753 606030A AEU1715 AEU1021 AEU1940 AEU1894 PRC2583 NRC5352 NRC5352 ANR3194 NTC6868L NTC6868L 90577882 lhrh (1) (1) rh (1) to VIN LA647644 (1994) (1) VIN MA647645 (1995) on (1) . early - 2-door only (1) With rear pressure reducing valve. reducing pressure With rear 2- & 4-door valve. reducing pressure Without rear (1) metric (1984 onwards)metric (2) primary (2) secondary (2) vertically mounted switch (1) horizontally mounted switch(1) secondary primary rhd (670mm)lhd (1) rhd (670mm)lhd (1150mm) (1) (1) 1970 to 1984 (imperial thread) 1984 to 1986 (metric thread) (1) 1987 (VIN DA) onwards1970 to 1984 (imperial) (1) 1995 (VIN MA647645) on (1) 1984 to 1987 (VIN DA301157)1984 to 1987 (1) switch. integral with warning Metric - Lockheed, 1987 to 1994 to LA647644) (VIN DA301158 switch. integral without warning Girling, (1) Imperial. early vehicles (imperial thread) 1987 (VIN DA301158) on (1) 1970 to 19841984 to 1987 (VIN DA301157) (1) (1) 1970 to 1984 (1) 1984 to 1991 (metric) 1970 to 19841984 to VIN DA301157 (1987) (1) 1987 (VIN on DA301158) (1) (1) 1987 (VIN DA) onwards (1) 1984 to 1985 (metric thread) (1) 1986 (VIN CA) only (1) 1984 to 19911992 onwards (1) (1) carb vehicles (670mm)efi vehicles (1) diesel vehicles 1970 to 1984 (1) standard wheelbase vehiclesstandard (1) long wheelbase vehicles (1) Brake pipe - caliper to flexible hose; pipe - caliper to flexible Brake Copper Brake pipe kit - non-ABS only; Brake Brake Pipes pipe kits (non-ABS our copper brake listed below have We pipes contain a full vehicle set of rigid brake only), which (rigid) standard are (including caliper pipes). Also listed below replacement. caliper pipes as these commonly require or ABS any individual pipes not listed below, If you require pipes, please contact our sales department. brake Early vehicles only. Where fitted. Where - non-ABS; valve reducing Pressure Servo vehicles); (non-ABS Fitted in master cylinder body. Fitted in master cylinder Brake Hydraulics Brake (non ABS); Master cylinder DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Seal kit - master cylinder; Non-return valve - inlet manifoldNon-return valve (1) loss indication - vacuum Switch (1) Servo (1970-1984) Repair Kit - servo; hose Vacuum (1) - servo;Non-return valve Warning switch - pressure failure(1) - pressure switch Warning Pressure reducing valve - ABS vehicles; valve reducing Pressure Pressure reducing valve - rear valve reducing Pressure (1) BRAKES STEERING 610020 592307 601444 601449 GGL175 GGL505 ERC675 ERR810 ETC9081 ETC5689 ETC9080 ETC9101 RTC3058 RTC3962 NTC1791 NTC8289 NTC8289 NTC8288 ERR3287 ERR4461 ERR4623 NRC9550 ABU7142 ANR1998 ANR2003 ANR2157 QVB101110 COUPLING STEERING SHAFT & POWER STEERING PUMP POWER non air conwith air con (1) (1) up to engine 11A33463 (1) with oil level labelup to VIN KA629041 (1993) (1) VIN KA629042 (1993) on (1) (1) early - with dipstick in capearly - with dipstick (1) 5 litre (1) 0.5 litre (1) 200 series pump (1) belt for p.a.s. With separate 1995 onwards With serpentine drivebelt. 30 series pump (1) 200 series. engine 11A33464 onwards (1) 1970 to 1994 (1) 300Tdi (1) 2400TD2500TD200Tdi (1) (1) (1) 2400 TD 1986 to 1994 (VIN LA) 1973 to 1985 (1) plastic type early - with dipstickwith oil level label (1) (1) metal type early - with dipstick (1) with oil level label (1) Unipart ATF 1995 (VIN MA) onwards (1) 2500 TD200Tdi300 TdiV8 (1) (1) (1) Carb & efi. diesel DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Power steering pump - diesel; Power Power Steering Pump Power Steering steering pump - V8; Power Filter - fluid reservoir (metal type); Reservoir - steering fluid; Seal - reservoir cap; Hoses - power steering - see table over page steering - see table over Hoses - power fluid; PAS Seal kit - pas pump (30 series) (1) Drive belt - steering pump; 575728 594947 594946 592779 ARM & NTC8478 STC3295 STC3295 STC2800 NTC8478 NTC3486 AEU2761 NRC7704 NRC7704 NRC7387 ANR3171 ANR2994 NC112041 NT614041L BALLJOINT KIT STEERING DROP 58 VIN AA105756 onwards (1) up to VIN AA105755 (1980) (1) 1970 to 1983 (1) Complete with upper flexible coupling. Complete with upper flexible coupling. Complete with upper flexible 1995 (VIN MA) onwards (1) rhd (1) See Drop Arm (above) for VIN change dates. See Drop Arm for VIN change (above) 1983 onwards (1) lhd (1) up to VIN AA101677 (1979) (1) VIN AA101678 to 1994 (VIN LA) (1) manual steering manual steering power steeringpower 1970 to 1994 (VIN LA) (1) Lower only. Lower power steering power 1970 to 1984 only. Lower 1992 (VIN JA) to 1994 (VIN LA)(1) only. Lower 1995 (VIN MA) onwards (2) (1) Rhd & lhd. 1984 to 1991 (VIN HA) (1) 1995 (VIN MA) onwards (1) DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART 1984 to 1994 (VIN LA). steering shaft; Universal joint - lower steering. Manual & power as Note: from 1984, upper universal joint is only available part of steering shaft assembly. Steering Shaft & Coupling steering shaft; Lower Nut - drop armBalljoint - drop arm; (1) Nut - balljoint bar - steering box; Tie (1) coupling - upperFlexible (1) . STC892 RTC308 NTC8478 STC2847 STC1044 STC1045 STC1137 STC1138 STC2846 STC2845 RTC6398 RTC6399 NTC9236 NTC9235 NTC8224 NTC8223 STC8382E STC8381E STC8384E STC8383E NY607041 BX112201 BH607401 NRC8514K NRC8515K INTRODUCTION rhdlhd (1) (1) rhd (1) lhdrhdlhdlhd (1) (1) (1) (1) rhd (1) Steering Box Identification Adwest heavyweightAdwest lightweight (1) (1) Adwest (1) VIN JA621324 (1992) on (1) 1983 to VIN JA621351 (1992)(1) VIN JA621352 (1992) on (1) 1983 to VIN JA621323 (1992)(1) 1970 to VIN AA135736 (1983)(1) VIN AA135737 (1983) on (1) 1970 to VIN AA132294 (1983)(1) VIN AA132295 (1983) on (1) rhd (1) lhd (1) new recon new recon

early (18.2:1 ratio) steering boxes are no longer boxes are steering early (18.2:1 ratio) manual steering (4) power steering power steeringpower (4) lhd rhd rhd Gemmer & Burman - individual seals only - please contact our sales department. lhd 1970 onwards 1973 to Aug 1985 - Adwest heavyweight Aug 1986 onwards - Adwest lightweight Aug 1986 onwards manual steering

Power Steering Power either Adwest lightweight or steering boxes are Power Adwest heavyweight. securing the top four screws Adwest lightweight have three. have and Adwest heavyweight cover Manual Steering four screws manual steering boxes have Early (18.2:1 ratio) a is by adjustment plate; backlash securing the top cover & locknut. screw square-headed top a cast alloy either have Later manual steering boxes & a slotted screw adjustment being by backlash cover, screws, two by secured or a steel plate top cover, locknut, - under screws three by with a further plate - secured to give backlash added or subtracted shims are which adjustment. no longer boxes are steering Note: early (18.2:1 ratio) Instead, fit the later type steering box, along with available. NTC8478. no. steering shaft, part lower The Range Rover’s steering is of the worm and is of the worm steering Rover’s The Range only as type, available steering box roller to 1973. In 1973, 1970 from manual steering and as an option introduced steering was power vehicle for the 1980 fitted as standard was late 1979). (introduced onwards range of 18.2:1, steering ratio had a Early vehicles and, at parking speed heavy which was The changed to 20.55:1. was consequently, is 17.5:1. steering ratio power Nut - steering box to chassis (4) Assembly includes balljoint. Drop arm - steering box - manual; Assembly includes balljoint. Manual steering. Note: Steering box - manual steering; Steering Box available. Instead, fit the later type steering box(listed available. steering shaft, part no. along with lower below), Bolt - steering box to chassis; Drop arm - steering box - pas; Steering box - power steering; Steering box - power Seal kit - steering box; DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART 568858 FTC1499 RTC6825 FRC9693 568858PY NTC9429 NTC8862 NTC8866 NTC9429 ANR2116 Low pressure Low NTC9430 NTC3292 NTC3293 NTC8865 ANR1887 Reservoir to steering box to steering Reservoir V8diesel (1) (1) VIN MA652714 (1995) on up to VIN MA652713 (1995) (1) polyurethane (4) rubber (4) NTC6790 DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Harmonic fitted); damper (where Bush - damper mounting STC786 Pump to steering box Pump to steering NTC6733 NTC6732 ANR3131 ANR2116 STC786UR UPRATED STEERING DAMPER (BILSTEIN) STC786UR STANDARD STANDARD 59 STC786 NTC4245 NTC5494 NTC6070 624160 NRC5988 624158 594795 624159 NTC4245 NTC7952 Rhd Lhd Rhd Lhd Rhd Lhd Pump to Reservoir High pressure STEERING DAMPER NTC7476 NTC7477 standard (Bilstein)uprated (1) (1) POWER STEERING HOSES STEERING POWER DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Steering damper The parts listed apply to all models unless otherwise shown. Steering damper; Including bushes. 214649 577898 214649 577898 NRC145 RTC1799 RTC5869 RTC5870 RTC5869 RTC5869 NTC9607 NTC8390 NRC1823 NRC4700 NRC3226 NRC1824 Up to VIN KA624841 LA) 1994 (VIN VIN KA624842 - To 30 series pump to VIN GA440929200 series pump - Up GA440930 on200 series pump - VIN NTC2814 NTC2597 - NTC1370 NTC1368 NTC2600 NTC1371 NTC1369 NTC7953 From eng. 11A33464 - To VIN GA (1990) 11A33464 - To From eng. NTC6877From VIN GA (1990) onwards NTC3086 Up to 1994 (VIN LA) Up to eng. 95A09901 Up to eng. 95A09902 From eng. Up to eng. 11A33463Up to eng. NTC3085 NTC3087 NTC3088 1995 (VIN MA) on 1995 (VIN MA) onwards 1995 (VIN MA) onwards 1992 onwards 1973 to 1985 1986 onwards Lh threadRh thread (1) (1) VIN JA018175 (1992) onwards Rh thread. 1970 to VIN JA018174 (1992) (1) VIN JA018175 (1992) onwards(1) VIN JA018175 (1992) onwards(1) 1970 to VIN JA018174 (1992) (1) 1970 to VIN JA018174 (1992) (1) 200/300TDi 2500TD 2400TD V8 Cross rod tube only - drag link; Cross rod tube only - drag onlyCross rod end (eye) link; Balljoint only -drag (1) Drag Link link assembly; Drag Including balljoints. Adjusting shaft only - track rodAdjusting shaft only - track (1) rod end onlyTrack rod end only - track Dust cover (2) rod endClamp only - track (3) (2) Comprising tube, adjusting shaft and track rod ends. adjusting shaft and track Comprising tube, rod only - track Tube (1) Track Rod Track to all models. apply The parts listed below rod assemblyTrack (1) DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Dust cover only- balljointDust cover Clamp only- balljoint (1) (2) STEERING STEERING DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART 60 DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART STC932 579254 390299 575289 RTC774 STC1435 RTC3982 NTC6126 NTC8445 NTC4610 NTC1033 NTC7821 51K4001 PRC3408 PRC8907 NRC8279 NRC3222 NRC4559 NRC6288 NRC4491 NRC5807 ANR3653 ANR3654 MTC7996 MTC7997 MWC1232 MWC1233 NTC9940LNF NTC9945LNF NTC9946LNF NTC9948LNF NTC9949LNF MWC5340RUN NTC5689RUN NTC5456RUN NTC5460RUN QRB10006LNF MWC1233RUN QTN100260LNF wherever possible please quote: possible please wherever with electric mirrors (1) without electric mirrors (1)

PLUS ANY COMPONENT INFORMATION. 1987 to 1988 (VIN EA)1988 (VIN to 1994 (VIN FA) LA)(1) (1) 1995 (VIN - see rh side. MA) onwards 1995 (VIN MA) onwardsNacelle set (rh & lh). (1) Up to VIN BA147027 (2-dr), BA147005 (4-dr manual) & BA147009 (4-dr auto). 1985 to 1986 with airbagwith cruise control & airbag(1) (1) leatherwith cruise control (1) (1) leatherwith cruise controlCSK onlynon-leather (1) (1) (1) (1) 1987 to 1988 (VIN EA) (1) 1988 to 1994 (VIN LA) (1) 1970 to 1986 (1) non-cruise control, non-airbag(1) with cruise control or airbag(1) 1985 onwards (1) up to 1985 (1) trimmed - grey leather (1) vinyl (1) untrimmed (1) 1970 to 1985 (1)

to help ensure you receive the correct component, the correct you receive to help ensure right hand side 1995 onwards left hand side 1970 to 1986 (2) 1992 (VIN JA) onwards (1) 1987 onwards (2) Up to VIN BA147027 (2-dr), BA147005 (4-dr manual) & BA147009 (4-dr auto). 1985 to 1991 (VIN HA) (1) upper 1995 (VIN MA) onwards(Except Japan). (1) 1985 to 1991 (VIN HA)1992 (VIN JA) to 1994 (VIN LA)(1) (Except Japan). (1) Up to VIN BA147027 (2-dr), BA147005 (4-dr manual) & BA147009 (4-dr auto). 1995 onwards (horn push)1995 onwards (1) 1970 to 1985 (1) 2-spoke1995 (VIN MA) onwards (1) 1970 to 1985 (1) 1970 to 1986 (VIN CA)1987 (VIN DA) to 1994 (VIN LA)(1) (1) 4-spoke 2-spoke - up to 1994 - up to 2-spoke 4-spoke lower If you are not sure which part/part number you require, part/part number you require, which not sure If you are

MODEL, YEAR, CHASSIS AND/OR ENGINE NUMBER

HELP US TO HELP YOU HELP US TO HELP YOU Shear bolt - ignition lock; Nacelle - steering column; Ignition switch only; Ignition switch Upper bearing - steering column (1) 1970 to 1986. bearing - steering columnLower (1) & switch; Ignition lock Steering column; Centre finisher - steering wheel; Centre

Steering wheel; Steering Wheel Wheel Steering & Column DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART STC233 STC233 613602 614794 ERR416 ERR914 ETC9002 ETC9019 ETC7469 ERR2073 ERR2678 ERR3287 PRC7084 YLE10113 RTC5681E RTC5681E PRC7084E YLE10113R ALTERNATOR PHOTO COURTESY OF BMIHT COURTESY PHOTO lhd (1) A127, 65 amp (1) lhdrhd (1) (1) A133, 80 amp (1) rhd (1) A127, 65 amp (1) with air conup to 1992 (VIN JA)1993 (VIN KA) onwards (1) (1) (1) A133, 80 amp (1) non air con (1) reconrecon (1) (1) newnew (1) (1) 2500TD - recon 2500TD 2400TD 2500TD - new V8 - Efi (1986 on) V8 - carb 200Tdi300Tdi (1) (1) 200Tdi - A127 300Tdi - A127 DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Alternator - diesel Con’t; Drive belt - alternator; Drive STC234 STC233 STC234 STC234 STC233 STC1753 STC1753 RTC5680 RTC5250 AMR3107 AMR3107 YLE10099 YLE10100 YLE10099 YLE10100 RTC5250E RTC5680E RTC5681E 61 Right hand fixing. A133, 80 ampLeft hand fixing. (1) Right hand fixing. A133, 80 ampLeft hand fixing. (1) A127, 100 amp (1) A127, 100 amp (1) A127, 85 amp (1) A127, 85 amp (1) A127, 65 amp (1) A127, 65 amp (1) right hand fixingleft hand fixing (1) (1) right hand fixingleft hand fixing (1) (1) 1995 (VIN MA) onwards (1) 1995 (VIN MA) onwards (1) 1993 (VIN KA) to 1994 (VIN LA) 1993 (VIN KA) to 1994 (VIN LA) up to 1992 (VIN JA) right hand fixingleft hand fixing (1) (1) up to 1992 (VIN JA) A133, 65 amp (1) A133, 65 amp (1) A127, 65 amp A127, 65 amp V8 - efi - recon V8 - carb - new V8 - efi - new 2400TD - recon 2400TD - new DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Alternator - petrol Con’t; Alternator - petrol Alternator - diesel STC1242 STC1245 RTC5228 RTC6061 RTC5750 RTC5049 ERR6087 ERR5009 PRC5669 RTC5218E RTC5086E RTC5087E RTC5680E RTC5681E RTC5085E Left hand fixing. with air conRight hand fixing. (1) right hand fixing (1) non air con (1) left hand fixing (1) small type - M78R (1) large type - 3M100large (1) A127, 65 amp Left hand fixing. 18 ACR, 40 ampLeft hand fixing. 25 ACR, 60 amp (1) 3.9 & 4.2 litre above nos. on(1) above 3.9 & 4.2 litre all 3.5 litre. Also, 3.9 up to engine no. no. 3.9 up to engine Also, all 3.5 litre. 19508A (9.35:1 cr) & 25791A (8.13:1 cr), 03276A and 4.2 up to engine no. all 3.5 litre. Also, 3.9 up to engine no. no. 3.9 up to engine Also, all 3.5 litre. 19508A (9.35:1 cr) & 25791A (8.13:1 cr), 03276A(1) 4.2 up to engine no. 3.9 & 4.2 litre above nos. on(1) above 3.9 & 4.2 litre 17 ACR, 36 amp (1) SMALL TYPE MOTOR STARTER V8 2400TD & 2500TD200Tdi & 300Tdi (1) (1) 2400TD & 2500TDV8 (1) 200Tdi & 300Tdi (1) V8 - carb - recon Starter motor; Engine Electrics - Major Units DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Solenoid - starter motor; Alternator - petrol ELECTRICAL SYSTEM ELECTRICAL SYSTEM GAT140 608194 608266 608266 573038 605217 603446 RB7473 RB7471 RB7470 RB7472 RB7475 RB7476 RB7469 STC1212 STC1184 STC1856 RTC3201 RTC3201 RTC3198 RTC5090 RTC5090 RTC3198 RTC3472 RTC6623 RTC6630 RTC3618 RTC3188 RTC6551 RTC5089 RTC5628 134176A GHT182S GCS2117 GSP4376 GSP4362 GSP4362 GSP4382 GSP6462 PRC6141 PRC6144 PRC6574 GDC117P GRA117P ADU7242L ERC1353A 9.35:1cr engines8.13:1cr engines (1) (1) up to Oct 1985 - allOct 1985 onwards (1) detoxedMallory distributor (1) (1) non-detoxed (1) 3.5 litre with 35DM83.5 litre with 35DLM83.5 litre 3.9 (all) & 4.2 litre (1) (1) (1) 1970 to 19779.35:1cr non catalyst (8) (8) 1978 onwards8.13:1cr & catalyst engines (8) (8) 1970 to Sept 19771970 to Sept Oct 1977 onwards (1) (1) original coilMoroso chrome (1) (1) 3.5 litre3.9 litre (1) (1) For Mallory distributor. interchangeable. coils are Note: Lucas & Bosch Including 3.9 & 4.2 litre. 2-pin3-pin (1) (1) LucasBosch (1) (1) electronic distributors points type distributors efi engines carb engines (1) Mallory (1) original (1) Oct 1977 onwardsMallory (1) (2) 1970 to Sept 1977 (1) 3.5 litre 3.9 litre 4.2 litre (8) electronic ignition typeelectronic ignition Mallory (1) (1) points type 3-pin amplifierpoints ignition (1) for Moroso coil (1) performance (silicone) (1) remote - Lucas 35DM8remote (1) 2-pin amplifier originaloriginal (1) (1) early - 8.5 & 8.25:1cr engines (1) originalMallory (1) (1) With oil pump drive tooth on distributor shaft. late - all models Sept 1977 on(1) With slot for oil pump drive. Underneath ignition coil. integral - Lucas 35DLM8 - late 3.9 & 4.2remote from distributor & amplifier module away Kit relocates engine heat. Suitable for all lucas 35 DLM8 distributors. (1) electronic ignition DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Vacuum advance unit - distributor; advance Vacuum Pick-up & baseplate - electronic distributor; Pick-up Condenser; Points; Capacitor - electronic ignition (1) Spark plug - V8; Spark plug spanner (1) Rotor arm; Coil; Amplifier module - electronic ignition; Link lead - amplifier to coil; - points distributor; Ballast resistor Spark PlugsPlug Leads - Plug lead set - V8; Sealing ring - distributor shaftAll distributors. (1) Drive gear - distributor shaft; Distributor Components Distributor cap - V8 Distributor RB7270 RB7458 RB7459 RB7270P 62 be fitted to early engines, but due be fitted to early can STANDARD DISTRIBUTOR, CAP, ROTOR CAP, DISTRIBUTOR, STANDARD ignition kit (1) early - 8.5 & 8.25:1cr engines (1) distributor shaft. With oil pump drive tooth on late - all models Oct 1977 on (1) With slot in distributor shaft for oil pump drive. ARM, AMPLIFIER & PICK UP/BASEPLATE LUMENTITION KIT Mallory distributor; dual point V8, suitable for early and Replacement distributor for the Complete with adjustable late model applications. advance. and vacuum mechanical Lumenition kitIncludes all parts and instructions necessary to convert Lucas 35D8 points type distributors to breakerless electronic ignition. Benefits include better starting/ performance/ maintenance and improved reduced reliability, if so desired). (Distributor can also be converted back mpg. Lumenition performance (1) kit but also offers constant maximum spark As above - supplied range at coil through the whole rev energy coil. resistance complete with low DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART DISTRIBUTOR COMPATIBILITY. DISTRIBUTOR an shaft incorporates the distributor 1970 and 1977, Between of slot on the end engages in a which drive tooth, oil pump drive the oil pump October 1977, pump shaft. From the oil shaft, which the oil pump the end of to moved tooth was Later (ie 1977 in the end of the distributor. engaged in a slot distributors onwards) to the different oil pump drive arrangement on the end of the on oil pump drive arrangement to the different need to be the oil pump gears would distributor shaft, be necessary it would to as well. Consequently, changed as one at the same time, for a later the timing cover change timing cover. can not be fitted to the early later oil pump gears are 1977 onwards all distributors from Otherwise, ignition the correct but may not all feature interchangeable, for your engine. characteristics advance . STC1212 614179 ERR744 RO1130 RO1131 ETC4715 ETC4717 ETC5090 ETC6976 ETC6951 ETC6268 ETC4717 ETC5090 ETC6952 ETC5953 ETC6122 ERC3342 ERC7131 ERR4739 ERR4738 ERR5208 ERR5209 ERR4740 ERR5207 ERR4113 ERR4740 ERR5208 use:614179 (see text). RB7270 (see also conversion kit listed above) - catalyst-equipped- non-catalyst (1) - catalyst-equipped (1) (1) - non-catalyst (1) Lucas 35DM8, with separate amplifier module. Lucas 35DM8, with separate Lucas 35DLM8, with integral amplifier module. engine nos. 37D & 38D (1) High & low comp, with separate amplifier module. with separate comp, High & low Lucas 35DLM8 with distributor-mounted comp, High & low amplifier. (1) 8.13:1 engines (all) 29D & 30D. Engine nos. 28D, (1) Engine no. 30D. Engine no. Engine nos 26D & 27D. Engine nos. 26D & 27D. non-detoxed engs(1) 8.13:1cr, Engine nos. 28D & 29D. detoxed engines(1)8.13:1cr, without air rails suffix B. Engines 13D & 18D, (1) Engines 20D & 21D. with remote amplifier module with remote with integral amplifier module engine nos. 35D & 36D (1) Lucas 35DM8 (1) 9.35:1cr, detoxed engines(1)9.35:1cr, with air rails (1) 9.35:1cr, detoxed engines(1)9.35:1cr, with integral amplifier (1) with remote amplifierwith remote (1) with 2-pin integral amplifier(1) with 3-pin integral amplifier(1) amplifierwith remote (1) 1970 to Sept 1977 (1) 3.9 litre - 1992 onwards - 35D & 36D engs - 1992 onwards 3.9 litre 3.9 litre - up to 1991 3.9 litre 3.5 litre Lucas 35DLM8 (integral ignition amplifier) Engines 15D, 16D, 17D & 19D, suffix B. 17D & 19D, 16D, Engines 15D, 8.13:1cr engines carb engines (1) efi engines9.35:1cr engines (1) (1) Engines 341, 355, 356, 357, 359, suffix B to E (8.25:1 cr) Oct 1977 to onwards (8.13:1 cr) Engines 341, 359, 398 suffix F onwards A. suffix 17D & 19D, 16D, 15D, Also 11D, (1) Engines 355, suffix A to E (8.5 & 8.25:1 cr). Engines 355, suffix A to E (8.5 Oct 1977 to June 1981 Also 13D & 18D suff A (8.13:1 cr) Engines 355 suff F. (1) Lucas 35DM8 (separate ignition amplifier) Lucas 35DM8 (separate Feb 1971 to Sept 1977 (1) 3.9 litre - 1992 onwards - 37D & 38D engs - 1992 onwards 3.9 litre 4.2 litre engines 4.2 litre

3.5/3.9/4.2 litre (alternative)3.5/3.9/4.2 litre non-detoxed engines carb engines - up to Oct 1985 efi engines carb engines - 1986 onwards We offer a conversion kit suitable for all non points type offer a conversion kit suitable We includes a new (electronic ignition) applications which amp kit. power distributor and remote detoxed engines

Distributor - V8 - electronic ignition; Distributor - V8 - electronic Distributor - V8 - points type (carb engines); Distributor - V8 - points The later 3.9 & 4.2 engines have a remote amplifier again, a remote have The later 3.9 & 4.2 engines from the distributor. mounted away converted to electronic Points type distributors can be ignition with Lumenition kit DISTRIBUTOR IDENTIFICATION. DISTRIBUTOR points type Lucas (1970 to June 1981) have Early vehicles introduced in July Electronic ignition was (35D8) distributors. after the engine number an A-suffix time, 1981. From this ignition ignition, and a B-suffix, electronic denotes points electronic ignition). - all Efi are (carb engines only the Lucas electronic - either distributors are From 1986, all amplifier mounted ignition a separate 35DM8, having underneathvehicles, the Lucas 35DLM8, the coil, or on later has an amplifier module mounted on the side of the which distributor itself. either a 2-pin distributors have From 1992 (3.9 & 4.2 litre), a 3-pin. The or of the distributor, amplifier module on the body the 2-pin when fitted in later 3-pin can be used to replace link lead, part no. conjunction with the appropriate Engine Electrics - Electrics Engine System Ignition DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART STC643 607206 531586 505197 505198 589783 RB7129 RB7082 RB7160 STC1209 STC1210 STC1210 STC3018 STC1613 STC1612 STC1614 RTC1821 RTC3684 RTC3682 RTC3683 RTC4615 AEU1478 PRC7992 PRC7992 PRC7992 PRC7997 PRC7991 PRC2167 PRC8941 PRC8942 PRC8943 PRC7933 PRC7994 PRC7994 PRC7989 PRC8123 BHM7058 AMR2090 AMR2066 AMR2067 AMR2068 AMR2344 AMR2345 AMR2089 AMR3247 outer rimseating rim - seating rimgasket (1) (1) (1) rhd Francelhd - except onlylhd - France (2) rhdlhd (2) bezelchrome bezelblack (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) except Franceexcept (1) France onlyFrance (1) outer rimseating rimseating rim (2) kit - retainingscrew (2) with levelling units (2) (2) seal - rubber kit - retainingscrew outer rim (2) (2) - seating rimgasket (2) (2) rhd (2) lhd - except Francelhd - except onlylhd - France unitwith levelling (2) (2) (2) rhd (2) lhd - except Europelhd - except rhd (2) lhd (2) (2) with levelling unit (2) outer rim (black only)outer rim (black (2) rhdlhdwith levelling unit (2) (2) (2) seating rim - seating rimgasket kit - retainingscrew (2) (2) (2) with chrome bezel with chrome bezel with black with levelling unit RHD vehiclesLHD vehicles (1) up to 1986 (VIN CA) 1987 (VIN DA) to 1992 (VIN JA) - Lucas 1992 (VIN JA) - Lucas bulb type - lhd (Europe)sealed beam unit (2) Lucas - up to 1992 (VIN JA) yellow - France only- France yellow (2) white - Europe (except France)(2) white - Europe (except 1993 (VIN - Wipac KA) onwards Including leveller units. Chrome or black bezel. Chrome or black Francewhite - except Including levelling . only- France yellow (2) (2) 1993 (VIN - Wipac KA) onwards Wipac - 1993 (VIN KA) onwards Halogen headlight conversion kit; For converting early non-halogen headlamps. Kit includes 2 light units, bulbs & instructions. with integral pilot light (side light) if required. Also available DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Bulb - halogen; retainers; Headlamp Unit & Components Light unit only - tungsten filament; Lucas and Wipac headlamps. Light unit only - halogen; Bulb - tungsten; - headlamp levellingSwitch Actuator - headlamp levelling (1) (2) Transformer - dim dipTransformer (1) STC575 567972 573260 568027 STC1454 STC1453 STC3079 RTC3447 RTC1700 RTC3640 RTC3959 RTC6367 24G6271 ACU5037 PRC5391 PRC5392 PRC5393 PRC4738 PRC4739 PRC4740 PRC1701 PRC1852 PRC6857 PRC6252 PRC6252 PRC2438 PRC4615 PRC3295 PRC5440 PRC6799 PRC6895 ADU6418 AMR3283 AMR3090 AMR3252 AMR3089 AMR2400 AMR3503 GWW201M DMG10001L 63 1992 (VIN JA) to 1994 (1) up to VIN DA277450 (1987)(1) VIN DA277451 to 1994 (1) up to 1991 (VIN HA)1995 (VINonwards MA) (1) (1) 1995 (VINonwards MA) (1) 1993 (VIN KA) onwards (2) up to 1992 (VIN JA) (2) rhd Francelhd - except onlylhd - France (2) (2) (2) rhd (2) lhd - except Francelhd - except onlylhd - France (2) (2) with headlamp power wash with headlamp power washer bottle only. bottle washer twin cap typewithout headlamp wash (1) early - washer pump in cap pump early - washer (1) rear screenrear wash)headlamps (power (1) (1) front screen (1) screen pumpsscreen headlamp pump (2) (1) up to 1994 (VIN LA) (2) unheated jet1995 (VIN MA) onwards (2) (2) later - D-shaped jet base (2) heated jet early - round jet base (2) 1987 (VIN DA) to 1991 (VIN HA) 1986 onwards 1970 to 1986 (VIN CA) Including outer & seating rims and headlamp bowl. bulb type - lhd (Europe)Except France. sealed beam type - rhd (2) (2) Including outer & seating rims and rubber seal. front (2) rear (2) 1970 to 1985 early - with pump (1) twin cap type (2) 1986 onwards (1) 1986 onwards - push-in type 1986 onwards early - in-cap typetwin-cap bottle type (1) (2) 1986 onwards early - cap seal (1) rear (all models)rear headlamps (1) windscreen - 1986 onwards windscreen windscreen - 1970 to 1985 windscreen DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Headlamp assembly - halogen; Headlamp Assembly Headlamp assembly - tungsten filament; Including outer & seating rims and rubber seal. Fits in headlamp panel - to monitor air temperature. tubingWasher (per metre) Headlamps fitted with tungsten filament headlamps Early vehicles are bulbs). (either sealed beam units, or with replaceable fitted as From September 1979, halogen headlamps are standard. offer a halogen headlamp conversion kit for early We vehicles- see panel for details. Non-return valves Windscreen & Tailgate Windscreen Washers bottle - windscreen/headlamps; Washer Cap - washer bottle; Cap - washer Washer pump; Washer Seal - pump to bottle; Sensor - low fluid levelSensor - low jet; Washer (1) Thermostat - heated jets (1) STC495 607107 508182 589798 RA1435 STC3389 STC3390 RTC3867 RTC3870 ERR4196 PRC9841 PRC9841 PRC7781 PRC3575 PRC3576 PRC6050 PRC6049 PRC8222 PRC8223 PRC2438 PRC3022 RA1435R AMR3870 AMR1517 AMR1882 AMR1024 AMR1025 LIGHT UNIT & FIXINGS rhdlhd (1) (1) lhd (1) rhd (1) lhd (1) rhd (1) rhd (1) lhdrhdlhdrhdlhd (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) Wiper motor & link assembly. new for our sales department New - please contact & price of new ECUs. availability (1) Recon (exchange) - we can recondition your existing your existing - we can recondition Recon (exchange) it to your specification, or uprate ECU to original Please a modified engine. if you have requirements department for further details. contact our sales VIN JA618151 (1992) onwards up to 1986 (VIN CA)1987 (VIN DA) to VIN (1992) JA618150 (1) 1970 to 19831984 to 1994 (VIN LA) (1) (1) 1995 (VIN MA) onwards; recon (1) 1970 to 1994 (VIN LA)1995 (VIN MA) onwards (1) (1) up to 1986 (vIN CA) 1987 (VIN DA) to VIN GA413743 (1990) VIN GA413744 (1990) onwards Wiper motor - rear; Rear Wiper Wiper blade - rear 18" blade - all models (1) 18” blade - all models. Wiper motor - windscreen; For price & availability of wiper arms, please contact our For price & availability Sales Department. Wiper blade - front18” blade - all models. (2) Wipers Wipers Front Wiper arms Electronic unit - 300TdiExhaust gas recirculation. (1) (E.C.U.) - Engine (E.C.U.) ECU - V8 efi; DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION Unit Control Electronic REQ. QTY NO. PART Seal - wiper motor to body; Bush - wiper spindle (2) Wheelbox - up to 1986Wiper arm - rear; (1) (all models) jet - rear Washer Programme unit - wiper delay (1) (1) Rack - rear wiper (up to 1986) - rear Rack (1) ELECTRICAL SYSTEM ELECTRICAL SYSTEM STC929 STC872 575253 606078 575312 567905 586438 RTC3830 RTC3831 AFU4481 AFU4481 AFU4481 PRC4811 PRC8076 PRC2924 PRC4801 PRC8077 PRC1258 PRC3824 PRC6066 PRC4158 PRC2832 DCP8989 PRC1634 PRC7065 ATU1020L AFU4207L AAU1908A AAU1908A up to 19861987 onwards (2) (2) 1985 (VIN BA) to 1986 (VIN CA)(1) 1986 (VIN CA)1987 (VIN DA) onwards1970 to 1987 (1) (1) (2) 1987 onwards (4) up to 1989 (VIN FA) (2) 1990 (VIN GA) onwards (2) up to 1989 (VIN FA) (2) 1990 (VIN GA) onwards (2) steering column (1) 1970 to 1984 (dome type)1985 (VIN 1986 (VIN BA) to CA)(2) (2) dome type type rectangle (2) 1970 to 19861987 onwards (2) (2) Rectangle type. 1987 (VINonwards DA) Rectangle type. (2) Up to 1984 (VIN AA). panel switch doors (door pillar) VIN 113068 up to 1985 (1) 1986 onwards (1) tailgate (all models) (1) DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Bulb - door open & puddle lamps (4) Underbonnet lampBulb - underbonnet lamp - underbonnet lampSwitch (2) (1) (2) Puddle lamp - bottom of door (white); Gasket - number plate lampGasket (2) Door open lamp - rear of door (red); Door open lamp - rear Seal - lensBulb - interior lamp - interior lamp; Switch (2) (2) Number Plate Lamps Number lamp assembly; Number plate Lens - number plate lamp; Rectangle type only. Bulb - number plate lamp; Interior Lamps Lens - interior lamp (2) Delay unit - interior lamp; STC962 264590 264591 264591 607117 607115 607116 RA1197 RA1198 RTC5901 RTC5902 RTC5551 RTC5552 RTC5989 RTC5990 RTC5294 RTC5295 AEU1525 PRC9093 PRC4741 PRC4742 PRC7896 PRC7897 PRC8952 PRC8953 90607118 64 rhlh (1) (1) lh (1) rh (1) rhlh (1) (1) rh (1) rhlhrhlhlh (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) rhlh (1) (1) stop lamp at bottom lh (1) rh (1) up to VIN 100782 (1979) stop lamp at top up to VIN 100782 (1979) VIN 100783 to 1987 (stop lamp at bottom) (stop lamp at top) 1987 onwards rh (1) lh (1) VIN 100783 onwards fog, reverse & indicator reverse fog, (6) stop/tail (2) 1970 to 1986 (VIN1970 to 1986 CA) 1987 (VINHA) DA) to 1991 (VIN rhlhlamp to body (2) (1) (1) lens to lamp (2) Nb. early rear lamps, without rear fog lamps, are no fog lamps, are lamps, without rear rear early Nb. with later replace - use rh & lh kits or longer available lens, side lens, gas rear lamp body, items. Kits include & bulbs. kets rear lens rear side lens 1992 (VIN JA) onwards DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART High level stop lamp - 1986 onBulb - high level stop lamp (1) (1) Bulb - rear lamp - all models; Bulb - rear Nb. use complete assembly from 1986 onwards. Nb. Rear Lamps Rear assembly; Rear lamp Gasket - rear lamp - all models; - rear Gasket Lens - rear lamp; Lens - rear Body - rear lamp - 1970 to 1985; - rear Body 10211 570822 608296 589143 264591 606178 575312 RTC5929 AFU4481 AEU1610 AEU1609 PRC8238 PRC8239 PRC8240 PRC4562 PRC7441 PRC5575 PRC5576 PRC8949 PRC8950 PRC8238 AMR2005 AMR2006 AMR3396 AFU3341L (1) (pair, inc. wiring) inc. (pair, yellow (France) yellow (2) clear rh (1) lh (1) clear (2) yellow (2) rh (1) lh (1) 1970 to 1986 (2) 1987 onwards (2)

lh (1) rh (1) Later type one-piece assembly - use to replace early early - use to replace Later type one-piece assembly available. no longer are which type, CSK only1992 (VIN JA) (2) 1987 to VIN KA635915 (1993) (2) VIN KA635916 (1993) onwards(2) 1970 to 1986 (VIN CA) (2) 1970 to 19841985 (VIN BA) to 1986 (VIN CA)(2) 1987 (VIN DA) to 1991 (VIN HA)(2) 1992 (VIN JA) onwards (2) (2) 1970 to 1991 (VIN HA) 1992 (VIN JA) onwards side lamp - front flasher lamp - front (2)

Auxilary driving lamps (pair)(Wipac) Fits all models. Good value. and wiring. relay Inc. (1) Auxiliary lamp - 1986 up to 1991 (VIN HA) Long range lamp - early vehiclesLong range (2) Fitted up to 1985. Fitted in front spoiler. to of driving lamps, please refer For the full range ‘Accessories’. Bulb - repeater lamp; Bulb - repeater Auxiliary Lamps - Front

Side repeater assembly - front; Side repeater Side Repeaters - Front 1970 to 1986 - early type only - with amber flasher lens. Complete with gasket. - use lamps separately later type lens not available Nb. listed above. Side & flasher lamp - front - complete; Side & flasher lamp - front & Flasher Lamps Front Side DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Bulb; Fog lamp - 1993 (VIN KA) onBulb - auxiliary & fog lamp (2) (2) Lens - side & flasher lamp - front; .. Y .. Y ...... SS SS STC382 STC383 RTC5281 RTC3263 PRC9864 PRC4831 PRC3916 PRC8098 PRC8095 PRC8096 PRC3916 PRC8099 PRC3916 PRC5085 PRC9681 PRC7921 PRC5751 PRC7154 PRC7153 DRC2481 TT TT AMR3602 AMR3601 AMR3384 AMR3382 AMR3382 AMR3458 AMR3261 PRC9864R YWB10032 II II QUICKL QUICKL YWB10027L KK KK ...... SS SS TT TT II II KK KK ...... SS SS driver’s (4 leads)driver’s (2 leads)passenger’s (1) (1) TT TT up to 1989 (VIN FA) 1990 (VIN GA) to 1994 (VIN LA)(2) rh (1) lh (1) 5 leads. 1995 (VIN MA) onwards (2) up to 1989 (VIN FA)1990 (VIN GA) to 1994 (VIN LA)(2) 1995 (VIN MA) onwards (2) (2) up to 1994 (VIN LA)1995 (VIN MA) onwards (1) up to 1990 (VIN (1) GA)1991 (VIN HA) onwards (1) (1) non memory (1) with memory (1) rhlh (1) (1) II II THE EASY WAY TO ORDER AND GET TO THE EASY WAY rhlh (1) (1) lh (1) rh (1) front door up to 1994 (VIN LA) (1) non memory seats rear door; rear tailgate fuel filler flap; new (exch)recon (2) (2) Steering column or dash mounted. 1995 (VIN MA) onwards 1991 (VIN HA) onwards (2) up to 1990 (VIN GA) (2) memory seats (1992 onwards) KK KK THE RIGHT PARTS YOU NEED YOU THE RIGHT PARTS DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Switch - heated seats - 1995 (VINSwitch MA) on; Under steering column. - heated front locks; Micro switch 1992 onwards. Central Door Locking locking; Actuator - central Non memory only. - mirror adjustment; Switch Electric Seats Seat motor & cable assembly - seat position; Switch (8) ECU - central locking (1990 on) locking ECU - central (1) Motor assembly - electric mirrorMotor assembly - electric (2) Switch - l/r select - up to 1994Switch (1) Relay - seat position; ECU - seat control/memory STC1303 BTR5202 BTR5203 BTR5205 BTR4822 BTR4823 BTR4820 BTR5816 BTR4815 BTR4816 BTR4817 BTR5817 PRC5254 PRC5255 PRC5255 PRC6733 MTC6538 MUC1609 MUC1606 MUC1607 MXC8407 MXC9574 MXC9575 65 lhrhlhrhlh (1) rh (1) lh (1) rh (1) lh (1) rh (1) lh (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) rh (1) rh (1) with flat glass glass with convex with flat glass glass convex flat glass lhrhlh (1) (1) (1) with convex glass with convex - 1992 onwards (1) convex 1990 (VIN - non memory GA) onwards 1992 (VIN - with memory JA) onwards flat up to 1989 (VIN FA) steel sunroofglass sunroof (1991 onwards) (1) (1) rhd - up to 1991lhd (1) (1) DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Mirror glass only - heated (all models); Electric Door Mirrors Door mirror - electric; Electric Sunroof Motor assembly; Relay - sunroof (1) Control unit - sunroof (glass type)(1)Control unit - sunroof (glass - sunroof Switch STC1627 STC1626 RTC3820 RTC3821 RTC3818 RTC3819 RTC6641 RTC6640 RTC6643 RTC6642 PRC5254 PRC5255 PRC5254 PRC5255 PRC4754 PRC3912 PRC5255 PRC5254 PRC5255 PRC5254 PRC5255 PRC6859 AMR2496 AMR2497 AMR1282 rhlhrhlhrh (1) lh (1) rh (1) lh (1) rhlh (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) rhlh (1) (1) rhlh (1) (1) front rear front - up to 1994 (VINrear LA) - 1995 (VINrear MA) onwards driver’s side windowdriver’s (1) passenger’s side windowpassenger’s (1) window rear isolatorup to 1988 (VIN EA)1989 (VIN to 1991 (VIN FA) HA)(2) 1992 (VIN JA) onwards (2) (1) rhlh (1) (1) up to 1989 (VIN FA) 1990 (VIN GA) onwards front (console) rear door rear front (console) (4) up to 1994 (VIN LA) (1) isolator door rear 1995 (VIN MA) onwards (1) (1) Electric Windows lift; Motor - window regulator. Motor only - does not include DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Switch - electric window - up to 1994 (VIN - electric window Switch LA); Switch - electric window - 1995 (VIN - electric window Switch MA) on; windows; Control unit - one touch ELECTRICAL SYSTEM ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 537025 503352 565850 STC1802 STC1984 RTC3635 ERR2622 PRC2108 PRC4370 PRC5060 PRC8746 PRC6590 PRC6259 PRC9410 PRC6260 PRC5797 AMR2524 AMR3647 AMR3361 YRC100360 wherever possible please quote: wherever vehicles without SRSvehicles with SRS (1) (1) PLUS ANY COMPONENT INFORMATION. vehicles without SRSvehicles with SRS (1) accelerator/set (1) reset/cancelup to 1994 (VIN LA)1995 (VIN MA) onwards (1) (1) (1) to help ensure you receive the correct component, the correct you receive to help ensure 1985 onwards (1) up to 1984 1984)(1) round type - early (up to (1) oblong type - 1985 to 19941995 (VIN (1) MA) onwardsup to 1994 (1) 1995 onwards (1) (1) up to 1994 (VIN LA) (1) up to 1992 (VIN JA)1993 (VIN KA) to 1994 (VIN LA)(1) (1) 1995 (VIN MA) onwards steering wheel switch; pedal switch 1970 to 1984 (1) 1985 (VIN BA) onwards (1) If you are not sure which part/part number you require, part/part number you require, which not sure If you are MODEL, YEAR, CHASSIS AND/OR ENGINE NUMBER HELP US TO HELP YOU HELP US TO HELP YOU DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Bulb - cigar lighter; Bulb - cigar Clock; Bulb - clock illumination; Bulb - clock Rotary coupler - steering wheel; Cruise Control to SupplementaryNote: SRS refers System (air Restraint bags), fitted from 1995 (VIN MA) only. Control unit - cruise control; unit - all modelsVacuum (1) - cruise control; Switch Cigar Lighter & Clock & Lighter Cigar assembly; Cigar lighter 606286 PRC4156 PRC4158 PRC3984 PRC4155 PRC6797 PRC8539 AMR3747 AMR3745 AMR3746 AMR3024 AMR3600 AMR3604 AMR3598 AMR3597 AMR3605 AMR3603 AMR3599 AMR3293 AMR3290 AMR3292 AMR3291 AMR1777 AMR1778 AMR1776 ATU1027L ATU1020L ATU1021L ATU1022L ATU1023L AFU4207L AFU2719L AFU2720L AFU4208L AFU4209L AFU2819L 90575281 BTR9340LNF YUG10067L 66 raiseraise (1) (1) lowerinhibitlowerinhibit (1) (1) (1) (1) up to 1986 (VIN CA)1987 (VIN DA) to 1994 (VIN LA)(1) (1) 1987 (VIN DA) to 1994 (VIN LA)(1) 1987 (VIN DA) to 1994 (VIN LA)(1) 1987 (VIN DA) to 1994 (VIN LA)(1) 1995 (VINonwards MA) (1) up to 1986 (VIN CA)1995 (VINonwards MA) (1) (1) up to 1986 (VIN CA)1995 (VINonwards MA) (1) (1) up to 1986 (VIN CA)1995 (VIN MA) onwards (1) (1) Driving lamps. up to 1994 (VIN LA)1995 (VIN MA) onwards (1) (1) up to 1994 (VIN LA)1995 (VIN MA) onwardsup to 1994 (VIN (1) LA) (1) 1995 (VIN MA) onwards (1) (1) up to VIN KA640177 (1993) (2) VIN KA640178 onwards (2) up to 1994 (VIN LA) 1995 (VIN MA) onwards fuel flap release washrear wiperear 1985 (VIN onwards BA) (1) (1) (1) (1) interior lights heated rear window heated rear fog lamp rear to 1986 - up warning hazard (1) auxiliary lamps hazard warninghazard interior light fogrear windowheated rear (1) (1) (1) (1) blanking plug heated front screen cruise control heated seats warninghazard air suspension (1) DASH PANEL SWITCHES PANEL DASH DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART headlamp level - see ‘Electric Windows’. switches Window (1) - see ‘Electric Sunroof’.Sunroof switches - see ‘Electric Door Mirrors’. Door mirror switches - see ‘Interior Lamps’. Interior light switches Panel dimmer switch; Dash Panel switches - push type (1986 onwards); Dash Panel switches Hazard warning switch - early switch warning Hazard Pull/push type. (1) switch(1) warning hazard Knob - early 1985); type (up to - up/down switches Dash Panel Dash Panel switches - additional - 1993 onwards; Dash Panel switches STC932 575253 579254 575257 589884 589884 589885 579496 579497 589886 589887 STC4016 STC1791 STC1435 NTC4610 51K4001 PRC2958 PRC5072 PRC8907 PRC3408 PRC2629 PRC4609 PRC6284 PRC6881 PRC9956 PRC3021 PRC4608 PRC5073 PRC8724 PRC2956 PRC4606 PRC5425 PRC2957 PRC4607 PRC2956 NRC8279 NRC3222 90575258 rhdlhd (1) (1) rhdlhd (1) (1) rhdlhdrhdlhd (1) (1) (1) (1) 1985 (VIN BA) to 1986 (VIN CA)(1) 1987 (VIN DA) to 1988 (VIN EA)(1) 1989 (VIN to 1994 (VIN FA) LA)(1) 1995 (VIN MA) onwards (1) up to 1984 (VIN AA) (1) 1985 (VIN BA) to 1986 (VIN CA)(1) up to 1984 (VIN AA) (1) VIN 111959 to 1984 (VIN AA)(1) 1985 (VIN BA) to 1986 (CA) (1) 1970 to VIN suffix A VIN suffix B up to VIN 111958 (1981) 1970 to VIN suffix A VIN suffix B up to VIN 111958 (1981)

VIN 100783 to VIN 111958. rh side of column2-dr VIN 111959 on, 4-dr 1981 onwards. (1) lh side of column 1970 to VIN 111958. 2-dr VIN 111959 on, 4-dr 1981 onwards. 1987 (VIN DA) to 1994 (VIN LA)(1) but not horn.Includes headlamp switch 2-dr VIN 111959 (1981) onwards, 4-dr 1981 onwards. 2-dr VIN 111959 (1981) onwards, 1995 (VIN MA) onwards (1) rh side of column Up to VIN BA147027 (2-dr), BA147005 (4-dr manual) & BA147009 (4-dr auto). 1985 to 1991 (VIN HA) (1) 1992 (VIN JA) to 1994 (VIN LA)(1) 1992 (VIN JA) to 1994 (VIN 1992 (VIN JA) onwards (1) (Except Japan). 1995 (VIN MA) onwards(Except Japan). (1) Up to VIN BA147027 (2-dr), BA147005 (4-dr manual) & BA147009 (4-dr auto). 1985 to 1991 (VIN HA) (1) 1987 (VIN DA) to 1988 (VIN EA)(1) lh side of column (1) 1989 (VIN to 1992 (VIN FA) JA)(1) 1993 (VIN KA) to 1994 (VIN LA)(1) lh side of column - 1970 to 1981 1970 to 1985 (1) 1970 to 19861987 onwards (2) (2) 1970 to 1985 (1) rh side of column (1) 1995 (VIN MA) onwards See indicator 1987 (VIN DA) to 1994 (VIN LA)(1) lh side of column rh side of column - 1981 onwards

STEERING COLUMN STALKS & SWITCHES STEERING COLUMN STALKS Indicator, horn & dip stalk - 1970 to 1986; Indicator, Interior lamp - lh side of column (1) Up to VIN 111958 (1981). Rear wash/wipe switch - 1987 onwards; switch Rear wash/wipe Rear wash/wipe stalkRear wash/wipe 1985 (VIN BA) to 1986 (VIN CA). (1) Fog lamp switch; Left hand side of column. Wash/wipe stalk; Wash/wipe Left hand side of steering column. Ignition switch only; Ignition switch Shear bolt - ignition lock;

Ignition lock & switch; Ignition lock Switches & Controls Switches & DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Head/side lamp stalk - 1970 to 1986; Indicator, horn, - 1987 on; stalk dip & hazard Indicator, Auxiliary lamp stalk - to VIN 100782(1) Head/side lamp switch - 1987 onwards; Head/side lamp switch STC195 STC1757 STC1758 STC1759 RTC3562 RTC3244 GFS3103 GFS3105 GFS3107 GFS3110 GFS3115 GFS3120 GFS3125 GFS3130 GFS3003 GFS3005 GFS3010 GFS3015 GFS3020 GFS3025 GFS3035 GFS3050 PRC4412 PRC5434 PRC7872 PRC6859 PRC5082 PRC8876 PRC7209 PRC4459 PRC9957 PRC5020 PRC7862 PRC6913 PRC6796 PRC2832 DCP8989 AMR3076 BMK1539 1970 to VIN 100782 (1979)1970 to VIN (1) VIN 100783 (1979) to 1986 (1) 1987 (VIN DA) to 1989 (FA) (1) up to 1988 (VIN EA) (1) 1992 (VIN GA) onwards (1) 1989 (VIN FA) onwards (1) up to 1990 (VIN GA)1991 (VIN HA) onwards (1) (1) 100A (blue)60A (yellow)30A (pink) (1) (1) (1) 5 amp7.5 amp10 amp15 amp20 amp25 amp30 amp (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) 3 amp (1) 5 amp10 amp15 amp20 amp25 amp35 amp50 amp (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) 3 amp (1) indicators wipe delay rear up to 1989 (VIN FA) (1) hazard warninghazard 1985 (VIN BA) to 1989 (VIN FA)(1) (1) interior lamp delay 1990 (VIN GA) to 1994 (VIN LA)(1) 1995 (VIN MA) onwards (1) 1970 to 1984 (VIN AA) (1) DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Fuse extractor - blade typeFuse extractor Fusible link - 1995 onwards; (1) Fuse - plastic blade type (pack of 5); Fuse - plastic blade type (pack Fuses of 5); Fuse - glass type (pack Control unit - air con fans) unit - air con Control window- one touch Control unit (1) (1) Flasher unit; Delay unit; - heated front screenTimer (1) Low oil unitLow - heaterpack Diode (1) (1) Timer - glow plug (diesel); - glow Timer Voltage stabiliser - instruments; stabiliser Voltage DAC1861 PRC7872 PRC9949 PRC7303 PRC8531 PRC9603 PRC9603 AGU1068 AMR3076 AMR1088 AMR2169 AMR1111 AFU2913L AFU2913L YWB10027L YWB10027L YWB10027L YWB10027L YWB10032L YWB10027L YWB10032L YWB10027L YWB10027L YWB10032L YWB10032L YWB10027L YWB10027L YWB10032L YWB10027L YWB10027L YWB10027L YWB10027L YWB10032L YWB10027L YWB10027L YWB10027L YWB10027L YWB10032L YWB10027L YWB10027L YWB10027L YWB10027L 67 to end of 19921993 (VIN KA) (2) (1) window lift window heater - air conheater confan - air - air conclutch heater/air conair con diode (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) heated seatsspeed trip - manual (1) (2) fan timer (1) efistarterignitionfront wipershornauxiliary position key wiperrear (2) alarm sound (1) (1) (1) (1) warninghazard (1) (1) (1) (1) air con (2) power seatpower disable - air suspensiondelay - air suspension (1) - air suspcompressor (1) - air suspwarning (1) (1) heated seat seatpower (1) bulb checkfans - air concruise control (1) heated front screen (1) auxiliary lamps washpower (1) (1) (1) dim dip (1) sunroof (1) (1) (1) (1) heated seat (1) diode packfuel pump (1) (1) cubby box cubby lh footwell rh footwell lh footwell lh seat passenger footwell - hinged bracket rh seat 3.5 litre valve relayvalve pump relay (1) (1) warning lampwarning (1) 3.9 litre (2) DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Main relays - 1995 (VINMain relays MA) onwards; Efi relays; ABS relays; RX1381 1377471 PRC8882 PRC6796 PRC7303 PRC6791 ASU1151 PRC7303 PRC9948 PRC4427 PRC8876 PRC7404 PRC9957 ASU1151 PRC5121 PRC6733 PRC4427 ADU1784 ADU1784 AMR3241 AMR1111 AMR3337 AMR2341 AMR3076 AMR3338 AFU2913L YEB10026 YEB10027 YWB10027L YWB10032L YWB10027L YWB10027L YWB10027L YWB10027L YWB10027L YWB10032L YWB10027L YWB10032L YWB10032L YWB10027L YWB10027L YWB10027L YWB10032L YWB10032L YWB10027L YWB10032L YWB10032L YWB10032L YWB10032L YWB10032L YWB10032L YWB10032L YWB10032L YWB10032L YWB10032L to end of 1992 (VIN JA)1993 (VIN KA) onwards (1) (1) compressor (1) delayed turndelayed off - air suspensionwarning (1) speed buffer (1) dieselsunroof checkbrake auxiliary lamps wiper (1993 on)rear (1) cruise control (1) load shed (1) (1) (1) (1) timer - heated front screen (1) (1) (1) starter (1) heated rear screenheated rear headlampsignition load wiper unit rear (1) (1) (1) greenyellow (1) (1) up to 1994 (VIN LA)1995 (VIN MA) onwards (1) (1) courtesy lampsvoltage switchflasher unitfan timer (1) (1) (1) (1) heated front screen (1) efi seatdriver’s/passenger’s (2) (2) front wiper unit (1) up to 1994 (VIN LA)1995 (VIN MA) onwards (1) (1) rh footwell - upper rh footwell - lower Air suspension. steering column Up to 1988 (VIN EA) wipe - programmed(1) front wash 1989 (VIN onwards. FA) electric windows (2) cruise controlheated front screenheated fuel filter (1) (1) (1) air conditioning brake check - VIN check brake 100783 on (1) split charge (1) vacuum loss - up to VINvacuum 100782(1) windowheated rear wiperrear washpower (1) (1) (1) starter (1) high note seat crossmember seat crossmember - additional - 1993 on front & rear screen wash screen front & rear (2) split charge (1) ignition load checkbrake windowheated rear sunroofvoltage sensitive switchair con & fuel shut off (1) (1) washpower (1) (1) (5) (1) (1) starter (1) low note low Main relays - 1992 (VINMain relays JA) to 1994 (VIN LA); Main relays - 1970 to 1985; Main relays Including fittings. Relays Horn; DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION Horns REQ. QTY NO. PART Main relays - 1986 to 1991 (VINMain relays HA); Air horns (pair) (1) ELECTRICAL SYSTEM ELECTRICAL SYSTEM STC90 STC961 STC845 RX1361 RX1362 RA1094 RA1095 RA1096 RA1097 FTC1374 FTC1376 STC1866 STC1864 STC1865 RTC6743 RTC6742 PRC8531 PRC9603 PRC9603 PRC7498 PRC7163 PRC8739 PRC4336 DRC8590 AMR2034 AMR2594 AMR1891 AMR1415 AMR1088 AMR2109 AMR2591 AMR3723 YWC103640LUM YWB10027L rhlh (1) (1) rhlh (1) (1) without air conwithout air con (1) (1) with air conwith air con (1) (1) 1992 (VIN JA) onwards (1) 1990 to 1991 (VIN1990 to 1991 HA) (2) 1990 to 1991 (VIN HA) 1992 (VIN JA) onwards warning lamp relay lamp warning (1) valve relayvalve pump relayhydraulic (1) (1) brownyellowV8 (3.5, 3.9 & 4.2) (1) (1) diesel 1988 (VIN EA) only1989 (VIN FA) to 1991 (VIN HA)(1) 1992 (VIN JA) onwards (1) (1) alarm system system locking remote (1) (1) DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Seal - sensor (front only) (2) Bush - sensor (front & rear) (4) Fuse - hydraulic pump relay (MAXI)(1) relay pump Fuse - hydraulic - front; Sensor - ABS Sensor - ABS - rear; Relay- ABS; Relay- Radio Aerial & Amplifier Aerial - manually retractableWing mounted. (1) aerial; Amplifier - radio Mounted in tailgate. Alarm & remote locking system. Alarm locking & remote Battery control - remote Aerial - control unitAlarm - bonnet switch Sensor - alarm (2) LED indicator - alarmHorn - alarm (1) (1) Relay; (1) (1) Kenlowe Fan (1) electric fan kit; Kenlowe Kenlowe Hotstart Kits See Cooling & Heating section for details. Engine pre-heaterEngine & interior pre-heater (1) (1) Electronic Traction Control (E.T.C.) introduced in October control (ETC) was Electronic traction in conjunction 1992 on ABS-equipped vehicles. ETC works applying brake only - by wheels with the ABS - on the rear drive to transferring to the spinning wheel, thereby pressure the opposite wheel. blockValve Electronic Alarm Control unit - Europe (433 MHz); Except Denmark & Switzerland. For these & countries contact our sales department. outside Europe, (1) Remote control (433 MHz) (1) STC885 STC886 STC204 390577 579164 GHF212 STC1181 STC1221 STC8267 STC8267 RTC6498 NTC9921 NTC9787 NTC9845 NTC9812 NTC9825 NTC9826 AFU1272 PRC6320 PRC7949 PRC6278 PRC4352 ANR1853 ANR4353 ANR3757 ANR3754 MUC6514 MUC6513 MRC7133 MRC6462 AMR3679 AMR3681 AMR3680 AMR2289 AMR3234 AMR3290 AMR3292 AMR3291 AMR1777 AMR1778 AMR1776 AMR3386 AMR3386 YBE100540 68 up to 1994 (VIN LA)1995 (VIN MA) onwards (1) up to 1994 (VIN (1) LA)1995 (VIN MA) onwards (1) (1) raiselowerinhibitraiselowerinhibit (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) 1990 to 1991 (VIN HA) (1) 1992 (VIN JA) to VIN KA632718(1) 1993 (VIN KA632719) onwards(1) 1990 to 1991 (VIN HA) (1) 1992 (VIN JA) onwards (1) up to VIN KA640177 (1993) (1) 1995 (VIN MA) onwardslong (1) short wing nutplain nut (2) (2) VIN KA640178 (1993) onwards(1) up to 1994 (VIN LA) 1995 (VIN MA) onwards frontrearup to VIN MA654292 (1995) (1) VIN MA654293 onwards (2) (1) (2) up to 1994 (VIN LA) (1) V8 & 200/300TdiVM diesel (1) (2) 1986 to 1991 (VIN1986 to 1991 HA) (1) & 2500TD3.9 litre (1) 1992 (VIN LA)(1) JA) to 1994 (VIN 1995 (VIN MA) onwards & 2400TD3.5 litre (1) (1) 1970 to 1984 (VIN1970 to AA) (1) 1985 (VIN BA) onwards (1) DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Accumulator pump; Vacuum (1) Electronic control unit (1) Note: up to VIN MA654292 only. Thereafter, switch is switch Thereafter, Note: up to VIN MA654292 only. block. in valve incorporated Anti-Lock Braking System (A.B.S.) Booster; Electronically Controlled Air Suspension (E.C.A.S.) Control unit - air suspension; Battery & Fittings Battery; mail order. Not available Nb. Early vehicles. J-bolt - clamp frame type clamp; J-bolt - straight (2) Nut - J-bolt; - air suspension operation; Switch Sensor assembly; CompressorAir drier assembly block Valve Reservoir; switchPressure (1) (1) (2) (1) Clamp - straight type Clamp - straight Clamp frame - batteryClamp frame (1) Cable - transducer to instruments(1) Cable - transducer Cable - trip resetCable - trip Speed transducer; (1) Cable - gearbox to transducer; Cable - gearbox Angle drive adaptor - speedo; drive adaptor Angle 560794 623050 611514 273166 589242 589297 589262 579154 555947 579153 243967 579165 579166 RX1351 RB7050 STC1314 STC1316 STC1802 STC1318 STC1319 STC1310 STC1311 RTC2493 RTC6597 RTC6598 RTC6600 PRC2236 PRC1111 PRC2108 PRC4370 PRC7209 PRC2935 PRC2936 PRC3965 PRC4528 PRC5932 PRC4348 PRC4347 PRC5564 PRC5565 PRC6017 PRC6018 PRC5568 PRC4349 BMK1539 DRC2479A - auto (1) - lhd (1) - rhd (1) lhd - manual & auto (1) rhd - manual & auto (1) speedo endgearbox end (1) SRS = Supplementary System (air bags). Restraint non SRS (1) SRS vehicles (1) mph (1) kph (1) rhd - manual & autolhd - manual (1) (1) mph (1) kph (1) 1-piece 2-piece kph (1) mphkphmph (1) (1) (1)

for 120ºc gaugevehicles up to 1982 (1) (1) for 140ºc gaugefor 'C - MAX' gaugevehicles from 1982 onwards (1) (1) (1) 80-0-80 (1) 50-0-50round type - early (up to 1984)(1) (1) oblong type - 1985 to 19941995 (VIN (1) MA) onwards (1) Incorporates fuel & temp gauges. Incorporates 1995 (VINonwards MA) engine nos: 341,355 & 359 (1) 1970 to 19841995 (VIN MA) onwards (1) (1) fitted)other vehicles (where (1) 1970 to 1984 (VIN1970 to 1984 face AA) - round 1970 to 1984 (VIN AA)1970 to 1984 (VIN (1) AA) 1985 (VIN BA) to 1989 (VIN FA)(1) 1970 to 1984 (1) 1995 (VIN MA) onwards (1) 1985 (VIN BA) to 1989 (VIN FA) 1985 (VIN BA)onwards 1987 (VIN DA) to 1989 (VIN FA)(1) 1985 to 1986 (VIN CA) (1) 1990 (VIN 1994 (VIN GA) to LA) 1995 (VIN MA) onwards 1990 (VIN GA) to 1994 (VIN LA)(1) 1985 (VIN 1989 (VIN BA) to FA)(1)

Adaptor - oil temperature transmitter; Adaptor - oil temperature Ammeter; VoltmeterClock; (1) Where fitted. Where

Aftermarket capillary type. Includes gauge & fittings. Aftermarket capillary type. gauge mount bracket(1) Oil pressure EARLY VEHICLES EARLY gauge - originalOil pressure Electrical type. gauge kitOil pressure (1) (1) ADDITIONAL INSTRUMENTS - - early vehicles; transmitter Oil pressure Fuel gauge;

MAIN INSTRUMENTS MAIN Speedometer; Instruments DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Voltage stabiliser - instruments; Voltage Speedo cable; Water temp gauge; Water Washer - oil pressure transmitter - oil pressure Washer 1) gaugeOil temperature transmitter; Oil temperature (1) Fuel & temp gauge combined - 1985 to 1989; Rev counter: STC100 STC101 393030 390055 STC1887 RTC6172 RTC6295 RTC6203 RTC6204 ALR5732 ALR1703 ALR4848 ALR4850 MXC9573 MXC8920 MXC9623 AWR1368 AWR1369 MWC5484 MWC6083 MWC1955 Y Y Y DA Y DA up to 1990 (VIN GA) (1) 1991 (VIN HA) onwards (1) with sunroof aperture non sunroof (1) lh (1) rh (1) rhlh (1) (1) rhrh (1) (1) lhlh (1) (1) EVER conditions etc, please refer to our latest price guide. refer please conditions etc, EVER 2 & 4 door (except lwb) 2 & 4 door (except steel (1) glass (1) 1970 to 1994 (VIN LA)1995 (VIN MA) onwards (1) (1) 1970 to 1990 (VIN GA) (1) 1992 (VIN JA) onwards 1991 (VIN HA) onwards GA)(1) 1987 (VIN DA) to 1990 (VIN (1) 1970 to 1991 (VIN HA) 1991 (VIN HA) onwards (1) 1970 to 1985 (VIN1970 to BA) 1986 (VIN CA) onwards lwb (108”) models (1) If the part you require is not listed here, please phone and is not listed here, If the part you require MORE STOCK MORE STOCK enquire. By now we might well have it. For prices, terms we might well have & By now enquire. MORE STOCK MORE STOCK DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Roof panel; Sunroof panel; Header panel - roof; ‘D’ pillar. Lamp panel. Bolt plate - rear quarter panelBolt plate - rear Fuel filler panel; (2) Flap - fuel filler; Rear quarter panel - outer; Rear quarter Corner panel - rear; 390372 390372 390371 390372 STC1395 STC1395 STC1394 STC1395 RTC6198 RTC6199 ALR4195 ALR1592 MTC5538 69 rhlh (1) (1) lh (1) rhrh (1) (1) lh (1) lh (1) lhrhrhlh (1) (1) (1) (1) rh (1) 1991 (VIN HA) onwards 1970 to 1985 (VIN BA) 1986 (VIN CA) to 1990 (VIN GA) 1987 (VIN DA) to 1990 (VIN GA) 1991 (VIN HA) onwards up to 1986 (VIN CA) 2 door 4 door DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Rear wing; Slam panel - front (1) STC729 STC730 STC729 STC730 390167 390123 390124 391139 391140 391317 STC1655 STC1653 4 door ALR2215 ALR2211 BTR3510 BTR5948 BTR7929 MTC5866 MXC1408 MXC1409 MXC6829 MXC6828 MUC6308 MUC6309 MXC1959 MXC9595 MWC6940 factory rhlh (1) (1) rhlh (1) (1) rhlh (1) (1) 1970 to 1988 (VIN EA) 1989 (VIN FA) onwards rh (1) lh (1) rhlh (1) (1) rh (1) lh (1) VIN onwards FA374642 (1) up to VIN (1989) FA374641 (1) 4 door 2 door vehicles with body kitvehicles with body (1) vehicles without body kitvehicles without body (1) Concealed hinges. 1995 (VIN MA) onwards (1) Exposed hinges. 1992 to 1994 (VIN LA) (1) Fitted up to 1989. 6 cooling-slot typeFitted from 1990 to 1991. (1) 1970 to 1986 (VIN CA) long 1970 to 1985 (1) 1986 to 1988 (VIN EA)1989 (VIN FA) onwards (1) (1) short - front 4 cooling-slot type (1) 1970 to 1988 (VIN EA) (1) short - rearlhd (2) 1989 (VIN FA) onwards (1) rhd - 2 & 4 door (1) Front wing; Under tray; vehicles only. 4 door conversions, such as the Monteverdi, 4 door conversions, such vehicles only. Panels for factory not covered. are long wheelbase (108”) from the same year the same as 4 door panels vehicles are unless otherwise stated. not listed in the any item of bodywork If you require our sales department for sections, please contact following price & availability. Headlamp surround panel; The panels listed below cover 2 door & cover The panels listed below Outer Panels DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Retainer strip - front wing - 2 & 4 door; Lower valance; Lower Front spoiler; Bonnet; Deck panel - front (base of windscreen); Deck BODYWORK BODYWORK 391365 STC1926 STC1926 STC1923 RTC5968 RTC6319 RTC5795 RTC5968 RTC6319 RTC5795 RTC6317 RTC6318 4 door ALR2366 ALR2367 ALR3490 ALR3489 ALR3502 ALR3501 ALR4188 ALR4187 MXC5070 MXC1944 MUC2520 MXC1174 MXC1175 MXC9136 MXC9135 MUC2520 MXC1174 MXC1175 MXC9132 MXC9131 MXC9295 factory rhlhrhlhrhlh (1) rh (1) lh (1) rh (1) lh (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) rhlhrhlhrhlh (1) rh (1) lh (1) rh (1) lh (1) rh (1) lh (1) rh (1) lh (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) 1970 to 1985 (VIN1970 to 1985 BA) 1986 (VIN CA) only 1987 (VINto 1988 (VIN DA) EA) to 1991 (VIN1989 (VIN FA) HA) 1992 (VIN JA) onwards 1970 to 1985 (VIN BA) 1986 (VIN CA) only 1987 (VIN DA) to 1988 (VIN EA) 1989 (VIN to 1991 (VIN FA) HA) 1992 (VIN JA) only 1993 (VIN KA) to 1994 (VIN LA) 1995 (VIN MA) onwards rhlhrhlh (1) (1) (1) (1) 1970 onwards1970 to 1985 (VIN BA)1986 (VIN CA) onwards (1) (1) (1) 2 door rhlh (1) (1) 4 door 1970 to 1986 (VIN CA) 1987 (VIN DA) onwards DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Front crossmember panel - all models; Closing panel - front; Front wheelarch/valance complete; Front wheelarch/valance Major assembly. Inner Panels Inner & 2 door cover listed below The panels as the such door conversions only (ie not 4 vehicles for factory Panels Monteverdi). long wheelbase (108”) are unless listed door panels from the same year the same as 4 separately. Wheelarch liner - front (1986 onwards); Wheelarch Headlamp panel only - 2 & 4 door; RA1210 RTC6342 RTC6344 RTC3871 RTC4517 ALR4637 ALR6229 ALR4852 ALR6230 RA1423F RA1423A MXC3153 MXC9489 MXC2034 MWC2192 70 1989 (VIN onwards FA) (1) up to 1994 (VIN LA)1995 (VIN MA) onwardsup to 1994 (VIN (1) (1) LA)1995 (VIN MA) onwards (1) (1) 1970 to to 1988 (VIN EA) (1) all models - (replacement) (1) 1970 to 1986 (VIN CA)1987 (VIN DA) to 1988 (VIN EA)(1) 1989 (VIN FA) only (1) (1) all models - (replacement) (1) 1990 (VIN GA) onwards (1) 1986 (VIN CA) to 1991 (VIN HA)(1) with central locking with central with high level stop light (self assemblY). Aluminium frame 1970 to 1985 (VIN BA) (1) Aluminium frame, inc glass, assembled. Aluminium frame, locking non central DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART PHOTO COURTESY OF BMIHT COURTESY PHOTO Upper tailgate - frame only; Upper tailgate - frame Tailgate tailgate; Lower 2-piece repair. Upper tailgate assembly (including glass); Repair panel - lower tailgate skinRepair panel - lower (1) STC477 STC478 RTC6188 RTC6187 RTC6196 RTC6197 RTC6183 RTC6184 RTC6293 RTC6294 RTC6297 RTC6298 RTC6190 RTC6189 ALR1878 ALR1879 ALR8218 ALR8217 ALR6556 ALR6555 ALR5596 ALR5595 MTC9052 MTC9051 MXC4886 MXC4887 MXC2064 MXC2063 MWC6426 MWC6427

lhrhlh (1) (1) (1) rh (1) rhlh (1) (1) rhlhrhlhrh (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) lh (1) rhlhrhlh (1) (1) (1) (1)

lh (1) rh (1) 1989 (VIN FA) onwards 1970to 1988 (VIN1970to 1988 EA) rhlhrhrh (1) (1) (1) (1) lhlh (1) (1) up to 1984 1985 (VIN BA) to 1988 (VIN EA) 1989 (VIN FA) to VIN FA374641 VIN (1989) onwards FA374642 rh (1) lh (1) 1981 to VIN (1989) FA374641 VIN (1989) onwards FA374642

rhrhlh (1) (1) (1) lh (1) up to 1988 (VIN EA) 2 door 1989 (VIN FA) to VIN FA374641 VIN (1989) onwards FA374642 4 door 2 door - 1970 onwards 4 door

Door skin - rear - long wheelbase; Door skin - rear UPPER TAILGATE ASSEMBLY (REPLACEMENT TYPE) (REPLACEMENT ASSEMBLY UPPER TAILGATE Not long wheelbase. Not long wheelbase.

Front door assembly (shell); assembly Front door Doors & Door Skins & Door Doors DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Rear door - long wheelbase (shell); - 1981 onwards; Door skin - rear Door skin - front; Rear door assembly (shell); 4 door STC606 RA1207 RA1208 RA1209 RA1210 RA1205 RA1206 RA1203 RA1204 RA1201 RA1202 RA1215 RA1216 RA1324 RA1325 RA1213 RA1214 RA1199 RA1200 RA1211 RA1212 ALR2683 ALR3185 RA1209 MXC7776 factory RA1210 2 door only RA1211/12 RA1215/16 REPAIR PANELS REPAIR RA1213/14 rhlh (1) (1) rhlh (1) (1) rhlh (1) (1) rhlh (1) (1) rhlh (1) (1) rhlh (1) (1) rhlh (1) (1) rhlh (1) (1) lh (1) rh (1) 1970 to 1986 (VIN CA)1987 (VIN DA) to VIN GA441003(1) VIN(1990) to 1991 GA441004 (1) 1992 (VIN JA) (1) onwards (1) DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Rear crossmember tailgate skin - 2 partLower panel; Rear inner wing - side repair (1) (1) A-post to floor corner panel; repair A-post to bulkhead repair panel; A-post to bulkhead repair A-post lower section; A-post lower Battery panel; tray Rear inner wheelarch only; Rear inner wheelarch Headlamp box complete; vehicles only (ie not 4 door conversions such as the conversions such vehicles only (ie not 4 door Panels for factoryMonteverdi). the (108”) are long wheelbase unless listed the same year same as 4 door panels from separately. Rear inner wing - floor section; 2 door only. Repair Panels & 2 door cover The panels listed below panel - front; Inner wing repair Rear frame/crossmember assembly - 2 & 4 door; assembly - 2 Rear frame/crossmember 390049 390050 390045 390046 390017 390018 390381 390382 STC1136 STC1135 STC1702 STC1703 STC1136 STC1135 ALR1486 ALR1487 ALR4462 ALR4461 ALR1931 ALR1946 ALR3402 ALR3414 MTC5872 MTC5873 MXC9532 MXC9531 MXC9528 MXC9527 MXC8940 MXC8939 MXC9544 MXC9545 RA1205/6 71 RA1203/4 RA1199/1200 lhrhlh (1) (1) (1) rh (1) rhrhlh (1) (1) (1) lh (1) rh (1) lh (1) lhrhlhrhlh (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) rh (1) rhlh (1) (1) VIN (1989) onwards FA374642 up to VIN (1989) FA374641 rhlh (1) (1) 1970 to August 1982 September 1982 onwards 1970 to August 1982 4 door - all models (except lwb) 4 door - all models (except lwb (108”) models rhlh (1) (1) rh onwards 2 door - 1970 (1) lh (1) lhrhlh (1) (1) (1) 2 & 4 door (except lwb)2 & 4 door (except (2) rh (1) lwb (108”) models lwb (108”) models (2) 4 door (except lwb) 4 door (except September 1982 to 1990 2 door lh (1) rh (1) DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Closing panel - cantrail - 2 & 4 door; Closing panel - cantrail Cantrail (top of door pillars); (top of door Cantrail Up to VIN GA441003 (1990) Including lwb models. 1970 onwards. Closing panel - front (sill); (2 door); - rear extension Wheelarch Sill -inner; Stiffener angle - sill - 2 & 4 door; Sill - outer; D post assembly - 4 door; assembly - D post Rear quarter panel - inner - 2 & 4 door; - inner - 2 panel Rear quarter RA1207/8 390375 390376 STC1936 STC1939 STC1936 STC1516 RTC6307 ALR6996 ALR6995 ALR4458 ALR4457 MTC9268 MTC9267 MXC9566 MXC9567 MXC9566 MXC9567 MXC6122 MXC7927 MXC7926 MXC7927 MXC7926 MXC8054 MXC8053 MRC7984 MRC7985 MWC6350 MWC6351 RA1324/5 rhlhrhlh (1) (1) (1) (1) rh (1) lhlh (1) (1) rh (1) rhlhrhlh (1) (1) (1) (1) lhrh (1) lh (1) (1) rhlhrhlh (1) (1) rh (1) rh (1) rh (1) (1) (1) lhlh (1) (1) rhlh (1989) up to VIN FA374641 to VINVIN FA374642 (1990) GA441003 (1) (1) VINto 1994 (VIN GA441004 LA) 1995 (VIN MA) onwards rh (1) lh (1989) up to VIN FA374641 onwards (1989) VIN FA374642 (1) September 1982 onwards 1970 to VIN AA114956 (1981) VIN AA114957 (1981) to August 1982 up to June 1983 (1989) July 1983 to VIN FA374641 (1989) onwards VIN FA374642 2 door - 1970 onwards 2 door - 1970 4 door 2 door - 1970 onwards 4 door 2 door 4 door RA1201/2 A post assembly; SIDE FRAME ASSEMBLY - COMPLETE ASSEMBLY SIDE FRAME panels for the side frame. of repair is a full range Listed below contact our assembly, complete side frame a If you require quoting the chassis for price & availability, sales department of your Range Rover. manufacture of number and year DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION Con’t Panels Inner REQ. QTY NO. PART Closing panel - A post lower; BC post assembly; BODYWORK BODY FITTINGS 390681 390722 390721 ALR1510 ALR6540 ALR6540 ALR6541 ALR1508 ALR1509 ALR4454 ALR4453 ALR1512 ALR6541 MTC5942 MTC5943 MTC9792 MTC9793 MTC5954 MTC5953 MTC7640 MTC7639 MTC9131 MTC5940 MTC5941 MTC5956 MTC5955 MUC2325 MXC1949 MUC1218 MUC1219 MUC2322 MUC1218 MUC1219 MUC1744 MUC2325 MWC8430 MWC8431 MWC8436 MWC8437 MWC6305 MWC6328 MWC6329 MWC8438 MWC8439 MWC9602 MWC9603 toptop & sidesbottom (2) (2) (2) sidebottom (2) (4) rhlhrhrhlh (1) (1) rh (1) (1) (1) (1) rhlhlh (1) (1) lh (1) (1) lhrhlh (1) (1) (1) rhlhrhrh (1) (1) (1) (1) rhlhrhlh (1) rh (1) lh (1) (1) rhlh (1) (1) (1) (1) 5mm glass (up to 1988) (2) 4mm glass (1989 onwards)(2) (100”) wheelbase(2) standard lwb (108”) models (2) rhlhlh (1) (1) (1) up to 1988 (VIN EA) 1989 (VIN FA) onwards 1989 (VIN FA) onwards 1981 up to 1988 (VIN EA) - 5mm glass 1989 (VIN FA)glass - 4mm onwards 1981 up to 1988 (VIN EA) - 5mm thick 1989 (VIN - 4mm thick onwards FA) 1970 up to 1988 (VIN1970 up to 1988 Sundym EA) - 1989 onwards (fixed)1989 onwards (100”) wheelbasestandard (2) (2) lwb (108”) models (2) 1970 up to 1988 (opening) 1989 onwards (fixed) 1989 onwards (100”) wheelbase standard lwb (108”) models lwb (108”) models only 1970 to 1988 (VIN EA)1989 (VIN FA) to 1991 (VIN HA) (2) 1992 (VIN JA) onwards (2) up to VIN MA649145 (1995) VIN MA649146 onwards (2) top & sides bottomtop & sides (4 & 5 mm glass) (2) 1970 up to 1988 (opening) Standard 100” wheelbase models. Standard bottom (all models) (2) 2 door 4 door - front (opening window) 4 door - rear 2 door 4 door - rear 2 door 4 door - rear 2 door 4 door - front4 door - rear (2) 4 door - front 4 door - rear 2 door DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Channel rubber - door glass; Door Glass & Fittings Glass Door Door glass; Glazing rubber - quarterlight; Glass lift channel Quarterlight glass; 390320 390321 393116 393116 393116 392624 392625 ALR1614 ALR1615 ALR2371 ALR1062 ALR1063 ALR1064 ALR1065 ALR4463 ALR4464 MTC9276 MTC9275 MTC7580 MTC7579 MXC1466 MXC1467 MUC3701 MUC3702 MXC1468 MXC1469 MUC3735 MXC1470 MXC1471 MXC5355 MXC5356 MXC8014 MXC8015 MXC8016 MXC8017 72 rh (1) lh (1) rh (1) lhlh (1) (1) rh (1) rhrhrh (1) (1) (1) lhlhlh (1) (1) (1) rhrh (1) rhlh (1) (1) (1) lhlh (1) (1) rhrhrh (1) (1) (1) lhlhlh (1) lh (1) (1) (1) rh (1) 1970 to August 1982 1970 to August 1989 (VIN FA) onwards September 1982 to 1988 (VINSeptember 1982 EA) 1981 up to 1986 (VIN CA) 1987 (VINto 1988 (VIN DA) EA) 1989 (VIN FA) onwards rh (1) lhrhlh (1) (1) (1) 1981 up to 1986 (VIN CA)1987 (VIN (2) DA) to 1988 (VIN EA) 1989 (VIN FA) onwards 1970 to 1988 (VIN EA) front (100”) wheelbase - standard rear - lwb (108”) models rear frontrear (24) (20) 1989 (VIN FA) onwards 2 door 4 door - front early vehicles with rivetted door flange all other vehicles up to VIN (1989) FA374641 VIN (1989) onwards(2) FA374642 4 door - rear 2 door 4 door 2 door - 1970 to 1988 (VIN EA)(28) 4 door DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Door Seals Door surround); (aperture Door seal Seal - rear door to wheelarch Seal - rear Waist seal - door top; Waist Clip - waist seal; Clip - waist STC924 STC925 391290 391475 391474 391476 391287 RTC4264 ALR3213 BTR9640 BTR9641 MTC2398 MTC5961 MUC3717 MXC1377 MXC5791 MXC7833 MXC8422 MXC9584 MXC6324 MXC3343 MXC3342 MXC5648 MXC7405 MRC6515 MRC6524 MRC9506 MWC6193 MWC1580 MWC2287 up to 1994 (VIN LA)1995 (VIN MA) onwards (1) (1) up to 1994 (VIN LA) (1) 1995 (VIN MA) onwards (1) bottom (1) high level stoplamp type (1) sides & top (1) up to 1988 (VIN EA)1989 (VIN FA) onwards (1) (1) tintedtinted (1) clear (1) clear (1) heated/tinted

1970 to 1992 (VIN JA) 1993 (VIN KA) onwards (1) clear, heatedclear, tinted, heated, aerial type; (1) tinted, unheated (1) 1995 (VIN MA) onwards1995 (VIN MA) (1) 1987 to 1994 (VIN LA)1987 to 1994 (1) rhd (1) 1970 up to 1986 (VIN1970 up to 1986 CA) (1) lhd (1) 1989 (VIN FA) onwards topsidesbottom (1) (2) (1) 1-piece seal for complete aperture. Rear view mirror mounted to windscreen. 1970 to 1988 (VIN EA) windscreen. Rear view mirror mounted above

Striker - bonnet catchStriker (1) Rear seal - bonnet (1) Seal - tailgate glass gas strutTailgate Seal - upper tailgate to lower seal - tailgate; Aperture (1) (1) (2) Tailgate glass; Tailgate

Windscreen; for collection only. available are Note: windscreens Glass & Fittings Bonnet catch; Bonnet buffer & Tailgate Windscreen (2) Bonnet to deck panel. Bonnet to deck

Bonnet release cable; release Bonnet Bonnet Fittings Bonnet Seal - windscreen seal; Finisher - windscreen (1) DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART DESCRIPTION QTY REQ. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY REQ. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY REQ. PART NO.

BODY FITTINGS Door Frames Window Regulators

Door frame; Window regulator - manually operated; 2 door 2 door (also Monteverdi 4 door) 1970 up to 1988 (VIN EA) 1970 to 1988 (VIN EA) rh (1) 390669 rh (1) MTC3775 lh (1) 390670 lh (1) MTC3776 1989 (VIN FA) onwards 1989 (VIN FA) onwards rh (1) MWC6338 rh (1) RTC6554 lh (1) MWC6339 lh (1) RTC6555 Rear View Mirror 4 door - front 4 door - front Rear view mirror; 1981 to 1984 (VIN AA147004) up to 1984 (VIN AA) rh (1) MTC9120 mounted above screen rh (1) MTC9134 with 3 hole base (1) 369071 lh (1) MTC9119 lh (1) MTC9133 with 2 hole base (1) MRC3075 1985 (VIN BA) onwards 1985 (VIN BA) up to VIN FA374641 (1989) mounted onto screen (1989 on)(1) MXC3340 rh (1) MUC2038 Not with map lamps or auto dim/dip. rh (1) MWC9824 lh (1) MUC2039 with map lamps and/or auto dim/dip - please lh (1) MWC9825 4 door - rear contact our sales department. VIN FA374642 (1989) onwards up to 1984 (VIN AA) rh (1) MXC8922 rh (1) MTC9122 Exterior Mirrors lh (1) MXC8923 lh (1) MTC9121 4 door - rear 1985 (VIN BA) onwards Wing mirror - early vehicles; 1981 up to VIN FA374641 (1989) rh (1) MTC8906 rh (1) 391504 rh (1) MWC2162 lh (1) MTC8907 lh (1) 391505 lh (1) MWC2163 Window regulator - electric; Door mirror - fixed (2 door); VIN FA374642 (1989) onwards Nb. does not include lift motor. For lift motor, see Electrical flat glass System. rh (1) MRC5592 standard wheelbase - rh (1) MXC8706 2 door lh (1) MRC5593 - lh (1) MXC8707 1989 (VIN FA) onwards convex glass lwb (108”) models - rh (1) ALR6254 rh (1) RTC6387 rh (1) MRC5594 - lh (1) ALR6255 lh (1) RTC6388 lh (1) MRC5595 Door hinge 4 door Door mirror - manually adjustable; Please contact our Sales Department for price & availability flat glass of replacement door hinges, stating the chassis number of front your vehicle and whether front/rear, upper/lower, left or right rh (1) RTC3814 rh (1) BTR5204 required. lh (1) RTC3815 lh (1) BTR5205 Door hinge (2 door) (4) 390415 rear - standard (100”) wheelbase convex glass rh (1) BTR4825 Hinge pin - door; rh (1) RTC3816 2 door (4) 391439 lh (1) BTR4826 lh (1) RTC3817 Door mirror - electrically adjustable; 4 door rear - lwb (108”) models up to 1989 (VIN FA) front up to 1994 (VIN LA) - rh (1) STC944 convex glass to VIN FA374641 (1989) (4) 391439 - lh (1) STC945 rh (1) BTR5202 from VIN FA374642 (2) CLP6552 1995 (VIN MA) onwards - rh(1) ALR6544 lh (1) BTR5203 From the introduction of concealed door hinges. - lh(1) ALR6543 Lower hinge only. 1990 (VIN GA) to 1992 (VIN JA) - non memory flat glass rear (lower hinge only) rh (1) BTR383 to VIN FA374641 (1989) (2) MTC9630 lh (1) BTR384 from VIN FA374642 (2) CLP6552 Rear Side Windows convex glass From the introduction of concealed door hinges. rh (1) BTR4822 Check arm - door; Side window - rear; 2 door - up to VIN 114044 (1981) lh (1) BTR4823 2 door Separate frame/glass. 1993 (VIN KA) onwards - non memory 1970 to VIN KA635927 (1993)(4) 391280 sliding window flat glass VIN KA635928 (1993) on (4) ALR4786 clear - rh (1) MRC6504 rh (1) BTR4820 4 door - lh (1) MRC6505 lh (1) BTR5816 front tinted - rh (1) MRC6520 convex glass to VIN BA147004 (1985) (4) 391280 - lh (1) MRC6521 rh (1) BTR4822 VIN BA147005 to FA374641(2) MTC7772 fixed window lh (1) BTR4823 Up to the introduction of concealed door hinges. clear - rh (1) MRC6506 memory type - convex VIN FA374642 to KA635927 (1993) - lh (1) MRC6507 rh (1) BTR4815 - rh (1) MXC1966 tinted - rh (1) MRC6522 lh (1) BTR4816 Glass only (heated) - door mirror; - lh (1) MXC1967 - lh (1) MRC6523 flat 2 door - VIN 114045 (1981) onwards VIN KA635928 (1993) on rh (1) MUC1606 - rh (1) ALR4726 Complete frame/glass assembly. rh (1) MXC1494 lh (1) MUC1607 - lh (1) ALR4727 lh (1) MXC1495 convex rear 4 door - glass only rh (1) MTC6538 to VIN FA374641 (1989) (2) MTC9701 1981 to 1988 (VIN EA) - 5mm glass lh (1) MUC1609 Up to the introduction of concealed door hinges. rh (1) MTC5958 VIN FA374642 to KA635927(2) MXC1965 lh (1) MTC5957 MUDFLAPS VIN KA635928 (1993) on (2) ALR4725 1989 (VIN FA) onwards - 4mm glass rh (1) MWC8442 lh (1) MWC8443 with aerial rh (1) ALR2416 Mudflap Kit lh (1) ALR2417 Includes a pair of mudflaps & fittings Seal - rear side window; Front RTC9562 2 door (VIN 114045 onwards) Rear RA1434 Mudflap only (each) MXC5587 rh (1) MTC3054 Front or rear lh (1) MTC3055 4 door Sunroof Door & Tailgate Handles rh (1) MUC6414 lh (1) MUC6415 Please contact our Sales Department for price & availability Please contact our sales department for price & availability of factory sunroof service items. of door & tailgate handles, locks etc. Refer to ‘Electrical’ for motors, switches etc.

73 DESCRIPTION QTY REQ. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY REQ. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY REQ. PART NO. BODY FINISHERS EFI FRONT GRILLE BTR451 SEE ‘ACCESSORIES’ FOR TWIN SPOTLIGHT GRILLE CONVERSION.

Front Grille

Front grille; non-efi - 1970 to 1986 (VIN CA)(1) MUC8485 Aluminium with vertical slats. efi - 1987 (VIN DA) onwards (1) BTR451 Plastic with horizontal slats. Can be fitted to earlier vehicles. GRILLE BADGE BTR1047 BTR8068

Tailgate logo - 1986 onwards; ‘TURBO D’ up to 1991 (VIN HA) Tailgate logo - 1986 onwards con’t; TAILGATE brown (1) MUC8579AC ‘VOGUE SE Catalyst’ BADGES silver (1)MUC8579LMP silver (1) BTR944MCF grey (1) MUC8579MF grey (1) BTR944LMP 1992 (VIN JA) only ‘Catalyst’ silver (1) BTR3256MCF up to 1991 (VIN HA) AWR2617 nimbus grey (1) BTR3256LMP silver (1) BTR945MCF ‘Tdi’ (1993 onwards) grey (1) BTR945LMP dark grey (1) BTR5654LVC 1992 (VIN JA) only Badges & Transfers mid silver (1)BTR5654MUK silver (1) MXC8938MCF black (1) BTR7034PME nimbus grey (1) MXC8938LMP Grille badge - ‘LAND ROVER’ (1) BTR8068 ‘INJECTION’ (Germany) 1993 onwards Oval - fitted from October 1988. black (1) RTC4930 dark grey (1) MXC8938LVC Tailgate badge; silver (1) RTC4931 mid silver (1) MXC8938MUK Adhesive-backed badge. ‘Classic’ (1) AWR2617 ‘VOGUE SE’ ‘Vogue SEi’ (1993 onwards) ‘LAND ROVER’ (1) BTR1047 up to 1991 (VIN HA) dark grey (1) BTR5657LVC ‘RANGE ROVER’ motif - bonnet & tailgate; silver (1)MXC4658MCF mid silver (up to 1993) (1) BTR5657MUK 1970 to August 1979 grey (1)MXC4658LMP black (1) BTR7037PME Individual letters attached through bonnet. 1992 (VIN JA) only silver (1993 on) (1) BTR7037MUL ‘R’ (3) 392603 silver (1) BTR3257MCF ‘Vogue LSE’ (1993 onwards) ‘A’ (1) 392604 nimbus grey (1) BTR3257LMP dark grey (1) BTR5659LVC ‘N’ (1) 392605 1993 (VIN KA) to VIN KA640177 mid silver (up to 1993) (1) BTR5659MUK ‘G’ (1) 392606 dark grey (1) BTR5655LVC black (1) BTR7039PME ‘E’ (2) 392607 mid silver (1) BTR5655MUK silver (1993 on) (1) BTR7039MUL ‘O’ (1) 392608 VIN KA640178 (1993) onwards ‘Vogue LSEi’ (Germany 1993 onwards) ‘V’ (1) 392609 silver (1) BTR7035MUL dark grey (1) BTR5658LVC Fastener - letters (44) 359526 sorrel brown (1) BTR7035SUA mid silver (up to 1993) (1) BTR5658MUK Up to August 1979. black (1) BTR7035PME black (1) BTR7038PME September 1979 to 1992 (VIN JA) silver (1993 on) (1) BTR7038MUL Self-adhesive tape. Tailgate badge; 2 door (bonnet & tailgate) (2) RTC6466 ‘V8’ (Japan) (3) BRC6484 brown (bonnet & tailgate) (2) RTC6463 ‘Land Rover’ (1) BTR1047 dark green (bonnet & tailgate)(2) RTC6464 ‘4.2’ (Gulf) (1) BTR9692PME silver (bonnet & tailgate) (2) RTC6465 ‘Classic’ (1) AWR2617 nimbus grey ‘Rimmer Bros’ (1) RA1055 bonnet (1)MUC2955LMP BRC6484 Nameplate - side of bonnet (2) RTC4737 tailgate (1)MUC2956LMP Range Rover logo. 1993 (VIN KA) up to VIN KA624756 dark grey bonnet (1) BTR5653LVC tailgate (1) BTR5652LVC mid silver bonnet (1)BTR5653MUK tailgate (1)BTR5652MUK VIN KA624756 (1993) onwards black bonnet (1) BTR7033PME tailgate (1) BTR7032PME silver bonnet (1) BTR7033MUL tailgate (1) BTR7032MUL VIN LA646294 (1994) onwards sorrel brown bonnet (1) BTR8571SUA TAILGATE tailgate (1) BTR8570SUA BADGES 74 DESCRIPTION QTY REQ. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY REQ. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY REQ. PART NO. BODY FINISHERS

CSK only door (2) BTR1033 Bumpers body side Front bumper - centre; Transfers rh (1) BTR1032 aluminium finish (early) (1) RTC3015 lh (1) BTR1031 black (early) (1) NRC4766 Transfer set (see photo); Rubbing strip - 4 door - vehicles with bodykit; black - with power wash (1) NTC4281 Contains 2 transfers. Not original Range Rover fitment. Vehicles fitted with Land Rover bodykit. Individual strips. chrome - not CSK (1) NTC7041 ‘3.5 LITRE’ front wing CSK only (1) NTC8540 black (1) RB7263B rh (1) BTR9374 with crush cans - 1995 (VIN MA) onwards gold (1) RB7263G lh (1) BTR9375 black (1) ANR2033 silver (1) RB7263S front door (2) BTR9378 chrome (1) ANR2445 ‘3.9 LITRE’ rear door crush can covers black (1)RB7498 3.9B standard (100”) wheelbase rh (1)BTR9355PMD rh (1) BTR9370 gold (1)RB7498 3.9G lh (1)BTR9356PMD lh (1) BTR9371 silver (1)RB7498 3.9S Rear bumper - centre; LSE (108” wheelbase) aluminium finish (early) (1) 575786 red (1)RB7498 3.9R rh (1) BTR9376 black (early) (1) NRC5401 ‘4.6 LITRE’ lh (1) BTR9377 black - tailgate seal type (1) NTC3065 black (1)RB7498 4.6B rear wing Seal not included. gold (1)RB7498 4.6G rh (1) BTR9372 chrome (1) NTC7042 silver (1)RB7498 4.6S Finishing strip/seal retainer lh (1) BTR9373 Fits on forward section of rear bumper centre. ‘V8’ Rubbing strip kit: black (1) NRC5214 black (1) RB7306B 2 door vehicles (1) RA1217 chrome (1) NTC7263 gold (1) RB7306G 4 door vehicles (100” w/base only) Seal - rear bumper (1) NTC7833 silver (1) RB7306S up to VIN FA374641 (1989) (1) RA1218 Fits under retaining strip. VIN FA374642 (1989) on (1) RA1219 Bumper corner - front; Side stripe; 1970 to 1985 (small type) silver(up to 1992) (1) MXC1172MCF rh (1) 594862 Rubbing Strips grey (up to 1992) (1) MXC1172LMP lh (1) 594863 1986 onwards (large type) & Side Stripes dark grey (1993 on) (1) MXC1172LVC mid silver (1993 to 1994)) (1) MXC1172MUK rh (1) RTC5695 lh (1) RTC5696 black (1) MXC1172PME Rubbing strip - 2 door; Bumper corner - rear; Individual strips. Kits available - see below. silver (1994 on) (1)MXC1172MMG front wing 1970 to 1985 rh (1) MUC3484 silver lh (1) MUC3485 Side Sills rh (1) 90575787 door (2) BTR1033 lh (1) 90575788 Please contact our sales department for prices & availability black body side of side sills. rh (1) BTR1032 rh (1) NRC5456 Rivet (push-plastic) (24) 79086 lh (1) NRC5457 lh (1) BTR1031 For side sill fitting. rear wing 1986 onwards rh (1) MUC3490 rh (1) NTC5232 lh (1) MUC3491 lh (1) NTC5233 Rubbing strip - 4 door - vehicles without bodykit; Individual strips. Kits available - see below. up to VIN FA374641 (1989) front wing rh (1) MUC3484 lh (1) MUC3485 front door (2) MUC3486 rear door rh (1) MUC3488 lh (1) MUC3489 rear wing rh (1) MUC3490 ‘BROOKLANDS’ TYPE KIT lh (1) MUC3491 VIN FA374642 (1989) onwards Body Styling Kits front wing See ‘Accessories page 78 for full details of our Bumper corner kit (1) RA1220 rh (1) MWC8692 range of body styling kits and genuine Land Includes pair of front & pair of rear corner bumpers, lh (1) MWC8693 Rover styling components. for 1986 onwards vehicles. front door (2) MWC8688 rear door - standard (100”) wheelbase rh (1) MUC3488 lh (1) MUC3489 Front Spoilers rear door - LSE (108”) wheelbase Front spoiler; rh (1) BTR2003 4 cooling-slot type (1) MWC6940 lh (1) BTR2004 Fitted up to 1989. rear wing 6 cooling-slot type (1) MXC6828 rh (1) MUC3490 Fitted from 1990 to 1991. 1992 to 1994 (VIN LA) (1) MXC6829 lh (1) MUC3491 ‘RIMMER BROS’ TYPE KIT 1995 (VIN MA) onwards (1) BTR7929

75 INTERIOR TRIM 392954 RA1302 RA1303 RA1299 RA1300 RA1301 RA1304 RA1305 392954LUM MWC4388AL MWC4387AL MWC4388LO MWC4387LO MWC4386AL MWC4389AL MWC4386LO MWC4389LO BTR9410LUM BTR9411LUM BTR9408LUM BTR9409LUM MWC4388LUM MWC4387LUM MWC4386LUM MWC4389LUM rhlhrhlhrhlh (1) (1) rh (1) lh (1) rh (1) lh (1) rhlh (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) up to 1986 (2-piece) (1) brown grey mist grey (1989 on) brown grey mist grey (1989 on) rhlh (1) (1) leatherclothcloth (1) (1) (1-piece)1987 onwards (1) rhlh (1) (1) 2 door vehicles (2-piece)4 door vehicles (1) mirror in lh visor) rhd (vanity mirror in rh visor) lhd (vanity mirror in lh visor) rhd (vanity 2 door vehicles 4 door vehicles - up to 1986 (1) mirror in rh visor) lhd (vanity mist grey (1) black (1) DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Rear ‘D’-post trim (pair)2 & 4 door vehicles up to 1986. Headlining (1) Headlining; Sunvisors Sunvisor - 1970 to 1994 (VIN LA); Sun visor - 1995 (VIN MA) (mist grey); onwards Door Pillar Trim Door pillar trim - set of 4; Rear ‘D’-Post Trim Centre retainer - sun visor; retainer Centre 719918 391460 RS1394 RO1086 RA1296 RA1297 RA1298 RA1292 RA1293 RA1294 RA1295 RA1290 RA1291 XKC2528 MTC9931 MTC9931 76 leather (1) Beige, brown or grey. brown Beige, or grey. brown Beige, or grey. brown Beige, leathercloth (1) cloth (1) cloth (1) leatherclothcloth (1) (1) lower door trim panel (pair) lower up to 1986 (1) 1987 up to 1989 upper door trim panel (pair) 1970 up to 1988 (VIN EA)1989 (VIN onwards FA) (2) (2) 4 door vehicles - set of 4 door trim panels 2 door vehicles 4 door (2) 2dr models - static belt4dr models - inertia reel (2) (2) (each)inertia reel lap belt - singlecentre (1) (2) 2 door leatherclothcloth (1) (1) DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Door Trim Panels Door Trim Door trim panel; Seat Belts For only. seat belt kits in black supply after-market We colour original equipment seat belts, including various options, please contact our Sales Department for price & availability. Seat belt - front (each); Seat belt - rear; Seat Diaphragm - front seat; Diaphragm Rear side trim - 2 door vehicles (pair); RA1287 RA1288 RA1289 RA1283 RA1281 RA1279 RA1282 RA1286 RA1280 RA1284 RA1285 RA1278 INTRODUCTION clothConnolly leather (1) (1) Connolly leather or grey. brown Beige, (1) Beige, brown or grey. brown Beige, Leather seats can be trimmed in any colour, with Leather seats can be trimmed in any colour, of piping. a choice Beige, brown or grey. brown Beige, Connolly leather (1) Beige, brown or grey. brown Beige, Connolly leather with Leather seats can be trimmed in any colour, of piping. a choice (1) cloth trimmed (1) Deluxe (1) cloth trimmed (1)

1987 onwards Beige, brown or grey. brown Beige, 1987 onwards Deluxe trim in beige, competely in cloth. Available Trimmed or grey. brown (1) Cloth front with leathercloth sides & back. Cloth front with leathercloth up to 1986 up to 1986 Deluxe (1) Standard (1) Standard trimStandard (1)

The easiest way to cure worn out, sagging out, worn to cure way The easiest in good seats are if your Alternatively, 4 door vehicles 4 door vehicles 2 door vehicles 2 door vehicles

seats is to replace them with an exchange seat them seats is to replace seats, re- & rear front set. Sets comprise or leather choice of fabric trimmed in your trimmed in any colour, (leather seats can be - please contact our with a choice of piping sales department). options designed offer various In addition, we Range Rover, the comfort of your to improve headrests, & rear including matching front of in the rear pads, map pockets headrest extra and arm rests seats, adjustable front the front seat belts for 2-door models. front inertia reel for 1987-on available seats are Electric front to will be happy cost. We models at an extra of the above a price for any or all quote you options. offer re- we a re-trim, condition but just require tailor- these are trim kits. Not loose covers, in authentic fabrics - covers made replacement existing covers. your - to replace we covers, new seats/seat complement your To door trim panels, full carpet offer replacement as headlinings, as well sets and replacement door pillar trims. availability us to quote price & like would If you trim, please contact our on original Land Rover Sales Department. If you are considering re-trimming the interior re-trimming considering are If you a number of have we Range Rover, of your of aftermarket - our range options available solution to a tired a cost-effective trim offers interior. Seat re-trim kit; Seat re-trim Cover kits for retrimming original seats - not loose covers - original seats - not loose covers kits for retrimming Cover applicable. & armrests where including headrests Seat Re-Trim Kits Seat Re-Trim Seat set - front & rear; A set of front & rear seats, retrimmed to suit your vehicle. retrimmed seats, A set of front & rear basis. exchange sold on an Seat sets are - Exchange Seat Sets - Front & Rear DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART DESCRIPTION QTY REQ. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY REQ. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY REQ. PART NO.

INTERIOR TRIM Carpet Sets Gear Lever & Handbrake

Remanufactured carpet sets listed below include all interior Gaiters carpets and rear loadspace/spare wheel cover. Colours available: Standard Beige, Light Brown & Grey. Rubber gaiter - main gear lever; Vogue/Wilton Beige, Brown, Grey. manual For original carpets, please enquire for price & availability. 4 speed (1) 390783 5 speed Carpet set; up to 1985 (VIN BA) (1) MTC6929 2 door vehicles (15 piece) 1986 (VIN CA) to 1994 (1) MUC6806 Standard (1) RA1306 1995 (VIN MA) onwards (1) AWR3286 ‘Vogue’ (1) RA1307 auto 4 door vehicles 3 speed (1) MTC5547 up to 1986 (16 piece) 4 speed Standard (1) RA1308 3.5 litre (1) MUC2489 ‘Vogue’ (1) RA1309 3.9 litre (1) BTR5503 1987 onwards (13 piece) Rubber gaiter - transfer lever - early vehicles; ‘Vogue’ (1) RA1310 4 speed manual (1) 391005 Wilton (1) RA1311 3 speed auto (1) MTC5547 Waterproof Seat Covers Seat base covers - carpet (pair) (1) RA1312 Rubber gaiter - handbrake; 2 & 4 door vehicles. 4 speed manual (1) 393136 See accessories page 84. 3 speed auto rhd (1) MTC3791 lhd (1) 393136 Gear lever surround - auto; 3 speed (1) RTC5282 4 speed up to 1994 (VIN LA) (1) BTR1955 1995 (VIN MA) onwards (1) BTR9924LNF Label - 3 sp auto selector position(1) RTC5282 RIGID PLASTIC Illumination film - 4 sp auto (1) RTC6683 LOAD SPACE PROTECTOR Up to 1994 (VIN LA). Trim gaiter - gear lever - 1983 onwards; 5 speed manual up to 1985 (long ) (1) MTC7665 1986 to 1988 (VIN EA) (1) MWC8564LCQ Footwell Mats 1989 (VIN FA) to 1994 (VIN LA) See accessories page 84. vinyl (1) MXC2070RUN leather (1) MXC1889RUN 1995 (VIN MA) onwards STOWABLE vinyl (1) BTR9929LNF BOOT LINER leather (1) BTR9529LNF transfer lever - 5 sp & auto up to 1985 (1) MTC7662 Load Space Protector 1986 to 1988 (VIN EA) vinyl (1) MUC2478 See accessories page 84. leather (1) MXC1196LCQ 1989 (VIN FA) to 1994 (VIN LA) vinyl (1) MXC2067RUN leather (1) MXC1639RUN 1995 (VIN MA) onwards vinyl (1) BTR8841LNF leather (1) BTR9528LNF Trim gaiter - handbrake - 1986 onwards; up to 1988 (VIN EA) LOAD SPACE OVER MAT vinyl (1) MXC1362LCQ Cubby Box leather (1) MXC7712RUN 1989 (VIN FA) to 1994 (VIN LA)(1) MXC7711RUN Cubby box - lockable; Load Space Mat For early vehicles - fits between front seats. Grip - handbrake lever (1) NTC2243 See accessories page 84. up to 1983 manual (1) MTC1760 automatic (1) MTC3798 Rear Parcel Shelf 1984 onwards - manual & automatic Rear parcel shelf kit; brown (1)MUC1780AE Re-manufactured from GRP and covered in original grey (1)MUC1780LR materials. Comprises two side trim panels and centre shelf. Colours available: Beige, Light Brown & Grey. 2 door vehicles (1) RA1313 Pedal Rubbers 4 door vehicles (1) RA1314 Rear parcel shelf only Pedal rubber; Various colours available - refer to price guide. accelerator to 1990 (HA481867) (1)MWC5271 manual 1990 to1991(KA481868-JA624755) (1) MXC5650 up to 1991 (VIN HA) (1) 592840 1992 to1994(KA624756-MA647644)(1) BTR5793 1992 (VIN JA) onwards (1) 11H1781L 1995 on(MA647645 on) (1) BTR8097 automatic (1) 11H1781L brake manual (1) 575818 Door Seals automatic (1) ANR2941 Sound Proofing Kits clutch (1) 575818 Please refer to ‘Body Fittings’. Footrest rubber (1) 592840 See accessories page 84.

77 ‘Brooklands’ Type ACCESSORIES - Body Styling Body Styling Kit

We are pleased to be able to offer the availability of this new body kit at a superb price! It is similar to the ‘Brooklands’ type kit which was offered as a factory option. Those customers who were disappointed after enquiring for price and availability of a kit similar to that fitted to the LSE on our front cover, shouldn’t be now! Manufactured in tough, laminated GRP, it is light and easy to fit (supplied ‘direct from the mould’ finish and unpainted). It will fit all models, including air bag vehicles, although nudge bars are not compatible. Different kits are offered to accommodate 2 door, 4 door and LSE (long wheelbase) models including headlamp powerwash if fitted. Most types of towbar can be fitted although we recommend that this is checked at the pre-fit stage (ie before painting), so that any minor modification can be carried out by the body shop prior to final finishing and fitting.

‘Brooklands’ type body styling kit Kits include: front spoiler, rear apron, side sills, bright finisher OPTIONAL strips, fitting kit & ‘Rimmer Bros’ tailgate badge. ROOF All parts have a ‘direct from the mould’ finish & are PILLAR unpainted. COVERS Optional fit: rear roof pillar covers - see photo. (pair) Body kit; RA1043 2 door RA1410 4 door models (standard wheelbase) RA1411 4 door models (long wheelbase LSE) RA1412

OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT Rear pillar covers (supplied in pairs) RA1043 INDIVIDUAL KIT COMPONENTS Front spoiler RA1413 Rear Apron RA1414 Bright finishing strip (for above) front (pair) RA1407 rear (pair) RA1408 Side sills (supplied in pairs) 2 door models RA1415 4 door models (standard wheelbase) RA1416 4 door models (long wheelbase LSE) RA1417 Fitting kit for body kit RA1409 Supplied with complete kits. Tailgate badge - ‘Rimmer Bros’ RA1055

Land Rover Body Styling Components Not shown. Manufactured from OE specification polymer material to ensure durability and flexibility when off-road. First time fit (supplied unpainted). Note: fitting components not listed - refer to our sales office. Genuine Land Rover body styling; OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT front spoiler ‘Rimmer Bros’ Front grille up to Feb ‘94 (no chrome insert) STC8416P 2 door (not CSK) RA1049 Body Styling Kit from March ‘94 (with chrome insert) STC8473P 4 door This body kit was introduced by Rimmer Bros in the early up to Nov 1986 RA1049 chrome insert strip - front (each) BTR9243 90’s and is still popular. Easy to fit and manufactured from side sills durable GRP, it offers excellent value for money. Nov 1986 onwards RA1050 standard wheelbase ‘Rimmer Bros’ body styling kit INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS rh STC8419P Kits include: front spoiler, rear apron, side sills, rear pillar Front spoiler RA1045 lh STC8418P covers, fitting kit & ‘Rimmer Bros’ tailgate badge. Front grille is optional. Rear apron RA1046 lwb (108” wheelbase) models All parts have a ‘direct from the mould’ finish & are Side sills (pair); rh STC8405P unpainted. 2 door RA1038 lh STC8404P Body kit; 4 door (not lwb models) RA1048 rear apron Rear pillar covers (pair) RA1043 2 door RA1053 up to Feb ‘94 (no chrome insert) STC8417P 4 door (not lwb models) RA1052 Fitting kit RA1054 Tailgate badge - ‘Rimmer Bros’ RA1055 from March ‘94 (with chrome insert) STC8474P chrome insert strip - rear (each) BTR9242

78 RA1434 RTC9562 STC8161 RTC8818 RTC8092 RTC8093 MXC5587 up to Sept ‘86 Oct ‘86 onwards Oct ‘92 on (hinged) Oct ‘86 to Sept ‘92 Front Rear Dog Guards - mesh type; Dog guard Dog guard - bar type Dog guard Mudflap only (each) Mudflaps Mudflap Kit fittings Includes a pair of mudflaps & Front or rear ORIGINAL TYPE SHOWN RA1356 STC8026 STC8027 STC8470 STC8471 STC8472 79 black stainless steel ORIGINAL TYPE SHOWN Front light guards (pr) Front light guards (pr) Rear light guards Light Guards Centre Grille Grille Conversion Centre & wiring. Including Halogen driving lamps, relays 1986 models on. With removable lamp guards. With removable lamp guards. With removable wrap around type around type wrap straight type - black straight air bag vehicles RTC9548 RTC9582 RTC9507AB STC8087AA STC7571/2 With removable lamp guards. With removable With removable lamp guards - shown in photo. - shown lamp guards With removable type - black straight wrap around type - black around type wrap rubber finished - as shown (pr) rubber finished - as shown stainless steel (tube) (pr) not air susp. rubber finished (pr) non air bag vehicles non air bag Standard wheelbase Standard Long wheelbase REAR LIGHT GUARDS FRONT LIGHT GUARDS Nudge bar; Nudge styling with body Note: not compatible Nudge Bars Bars Nudge Side Runner Kit Side Runner Kit ACCESSORIES ACCESSORIES STC8163P STC50149AAP (350 litres) Bike Carrier mounted carrier - rear Bike as original equipment. Also available Luggage Top Box Luggage Top Luggage top box Use with roof bars. as original equipment. Also available RTC9594P STC50176AAP (2 piece) 80 Roof Rack - Roof rack full size as original equipment. Also available Luggage rack Luggage rack equipment. as original Also available Luggage Rack RTC9475P

Road Wheels & Tyres Road Wheels & Tyres See pages 53-55.

Roof bars (pair) Roof bars (pair) as original equipment. Also available Roof Bars RA1394 RA1395 RA1358 RA1359 RA1357 RA1392 RA1393 rear (solid) - pair rear front (ventilated) - pair front - set - set rear EBC Kevlar (green stuff) pads - fast road. SERVICE ITEMS discs - uprated. groove brake EBC Turbo fitting discs but we recommend Pads will also fit standard with EBC turbo groovemaximum benefit. discs for Note: front pads suitable only for ventilated (1990 on) discs. KIT 2 Kit Front Brake Uprated ventilated front discs Suitable for vehicles with existing (Oct 1989 on - 3.9V8 & 2.5TD). EBC turbo groove front discs Includes ventilated, uprated (handed with curved grooves & dimples), and a set of EBC Kevlar (green stuff) pads (fast road). KIT 3 Kit Rear Brake Uprated Suitable for all vehicles. discs (curved EBC turbo groove rear Includes solid, uprated groovesdimples), and a set of EBC Kevlar (green & stuff) pads (fast road). KIT 1 Kit Front Brake Uprated Converts solid front discs to ventilated. (up to Oct 1989-3.5V8 & 2.4TD). 4-pot calipers, ventilated, ventilated new, Includes brand EBC turbo groove with curved front discs (handed uprated grooves & dimples), a set of EBC Kevlar (green stuff) pads kit. (fast road) and pad retaining Uprated Brake Kits Brake Uprated your Range ability of braking the For improving when performanceRover and/or handling the out, we have been carried have improvements available: Kits Brake Uprated following RX1501 RX1502 RX1503 RX1504 RX1505 RX1500 6 5 1 81 2 4 COMPETITION TYPE HARNESS SHOULDER PADS, ‘Securon’ (pair)SHOULDER PADS, 2 SET (pair)REINFORCEMENT PLATE SET (pair) & SPACER BOLT 2 2 CROTCH STRAP, red (each) red STRAP, CROTCH SET (pair)EYE BOLT 2 2 HARNESS, competition type, red (each) red competition type, HARNESS, 2 available in red or black red in available 3 A popular alternative to standard seat belts - these really do look the A popular alternative seat belts - these really to standard part! the 6-point 1) can be converted to The 4-point harness (no. shown 2). Note that listed (no. strap the inclusion of the crotch type by plates & bolts/spacer sets) are bolts, reinforcement fittings (eye Harnesses supplied singularly in 2” wide red are supplied separately. or blue webbing supplied to special order). webbing (black This harness is designed for road use - please contact us if you have type requirements. specific FIA/RAC approved seat belts. - Seats, for standard See ‘Interior Trim’ 3 5 6 2 4 1 RA1378 RA1379 RA1380 RA1381 RA1382 RB7270 GHT182S RB7270P (5 hoses) (to HA) ABS (6 hoses) (to HA) non ABS (5 hoses) (JA) onwards, non ABS (5 hoses) (JA) onwards, ABS (6 hoses) (JA) onwards, 1970-1984 1984-1991 1984-1991 1992 1992 Aeroquip Brake Hoses Aeroquip brake hoses - car set Aeroquip brake with these stainless hoses Replace those rubber flexible pedal pressure. hoses for firmersteel braided brake HT lead set - silicone V8 models HT Lead Set -V8 As above kit but also offers constant maximum spark As above Supplied range. at coil through the whole rev energy coil. resistance complete with low Lumenition performance ignition kit Lumenition Kits - V8 Lumenition kit Includes all parts and instructions necessary to convert less Lucas 35D8 points type distributors to breaker electronic ignition. Benefits include better starting/ maintenance and improved reduced reliability, (Distributor can also be converted back performance/ mpg. if so desired). Suspension Packs Suspension Refer to ‘Suspension’ page 51 & 52 for details on various suspension on various & 52 for details page 51 to ‘Suspension’ Refer etc. kits (including poly bush) bush packages, ACCESSORIES ACCESSORIES RA1094 RA1095 RA1096 RA1097 RB7262 RA1323 RA1323L RB7262L without air con with air con without air con with air con Kit 1 With 3" deep air cleaner. Kit 2 bonnet clearance. With 2" deep air cleaner for extra Kit 1 With 3" deep air cleaner. Kit 2 bonnet clearance. With 2" deep air cleaner for extra V8 (3.5, 3.9 & 4.2) diesel HOLLEY CARB KIT Weber/Edelbrock Performer conversion; Weber/Edelbrock 500cfm carb with manual choke Suitable for all engine sizes. Suitable for all kits for all V8 Range Rovers. Complete conversion 14" air inlet manifold, chromed carb, barrel Kits include: 4 thermostat cable kit. and accelerator housing cleaner, our facet type pump section for details of See also fuel in may be required which fuel pump, capacity electric depending on application. carb kits, 4 barrel addition to the 31. components, refer to page 4-barrel carb For Holley/Offenhauser conversion; 390cfm carb with auto choke 4 Barrel Carb 4 Barrel Kits Conversion Kenlowe Fan fan kit; Kenlowe RX1346 RX1347 RX1348 RX1349 RA1397 RA1398 RA1399 RX1361 RX1362 82 " deep, fits either manual or automatic choke. deep, " 4 / 1 recessed type (assembly) recessed bonnet clearance. on carb for extra Sits low only. for use with manual choke N.B. flat type (assembly) 2 (lid only) air flow ‘X-stream’ Replaces standard For maximum air flow. or red blue, in black, K&N lid. Available pancake or K&N filter assembly (recessed polished. N.B. separately. flat type) must be purchased 1 fl oz sachet 250ml bottle 400ml aerosol V8 Holley & Weber 4 barrel carbs 4 barrel V8 Holley & Weber on to carb. bolts directly (14") filter assembly, Pancake filter top (lid). May also be fitted with ‘X-stream’ engine pre-heater engine& interior pre-heater Cleaning fluid (1 litre) For cleaning K&N filter elements. Element oil; K&N elements. For re-oiling Kenlowe 'Hotstart' Kenlowe Kenlowe Engine Hot Start & Interior Pre-Heater Systems Engine The ultimate in comfort & convenience: Kenlowe and coolant pump. pre-heater Hotstart is a mains-powered Hotstart Fitted in a convenient position in the engine bay, and holds temperature heats the engine to operating rapidly fuel costs and de- extra the engine wear, eliminating it there, icing associated with cold winter mornings. in conjunction with working Interior Pre-Heater, Kenlowe the car's interior (as well as demisting Hotstart, pre-heats you even turn before on the ignition, iced-up windows) making the start of your journey comfortable. safer and more RB7296 RA1063 RA1060 1435K&N NTC ESR1049K&N ESR1445K&N (2 required)

hotwire type (1988 on) hotwire flap type (to 1988)

standard carbs standard 300Tdi 200Tdi efi vehicles - Replaces air box assembly. meter. Filter clamps on to air flow Stromberg & SU. Filters clamp to air intake elbows. Filters clamp to air intake & SU. Stromberg 2400 & 2500TD

V8 engines Diesel engines

Refer to ‘Exhaust’ section (pages 35-38) for details on standard & sports exhaust systems in stainless steel. systems in stainless exhaust & sports on standard for details (pages 35-38) ‘Exhaust’ section Refer to efficiency. for extra manifold insulating wrap, Plus, our tubular Stainless Steel Exhausts Steel Stainless K&N replacement air filters; K&N replacement

Air filter - K&N; and in air flow an improvement K&N offer superior filtration, elements. In addition, many times longer life than standard they can be cleaned and re-used. and efi petrol models, as well carburettor for both Available the original air replace they as diesel-engine Range Rovers, to no alterations and require box and paper element intake engine (with standard the fuel system on a standard exhaust). in both competition and off-road proven K&N Filters are environments. K&N Air Filters RS1456 RA1089 RO1105 RB7116 RX1351 RB7050 (All models up to 1990). Remote oil filter mounting kit from engine. away mounting of oil filter Allows hoses & mountings. Kit includes filter housing, Not suitable for Series 2 Range Rover. Oil Pump Cover/Remote Off Take take-off Oil pump cover/remote housing for valve & relief profile oil pump cover Very low oil filter mounting Use with remote maximum clearance. kit. Thermostat - oil cooler V8 Oil Cooler (Engine) when a problem, for example are If high oil temperatures the V8 engine will benefit from the fitting of an oil towing, fitting a thermostat recommend at the same time. We cooler. into the coolant incorporated Note: An oil cooler was engine. with the introduction of the 3.9 litre radiator oil cooler. has a separate The Series 2 Range Rover Oil cooler kit Engines & Parts Performance to ‘Engines’ & ‘Fuel’ sections. Please refer Oil Pressure Gauge Ki gauge kit Oil pressure Includes gauge & fittings. Aftermarket capillary type. gauge pressure - oil Bracket RX1370 RX1381 RX1298 RB7092 RB7129 RB7082 RB7160 PRC8238 83 except France except only France RHD vehicles LHD vehicles (pair) Lamps conversion kit; Halogen headlight early non-halogen headlamps. For converting units, bulbs & instructions. Kit includes 2 light with or without pilot light Can be supplied (side light) if required. Driving lamps Wipac (rectangular). Mount below front bumper in spoiler. below Mount Wipac (rectangular). & wiring. relay Supplied as a pair inc, Driving lamps lamps supplied as a pair Budget Ring (rectangular). including plastic covers. High level brake/stop light High level brake/stop Rear fog light/guard Air horns GLB484 RX1512 STC8480 GLB472X (60/55w) pair (100/80w uprated) each (100/80w uprated) Halogen bulb Halogen bulb ‘Xenon’ Driving lamps 5000 style with removable Safari Genuine (9" circular). Supplied each. stoneguard. (use RTC9586AA kit sold separately & relay switch Wiring, to 3/94 or STC8813AA 3/94 on). Wipac (9" circular). Off-road with plastic ‘Wipac 4x4’ grille. Off-road with plastic Wipac (9" circular). Supplied as a pair inc H3 100w bulbs. for money! Excellent value Driving lamps ACCESSORIES ACCESSORIES RED GREY BEIGE ROYAL BLACK GREEN RA1221 RA1315 RA1316 RA1317 RA1318 STC8190 STC8195 STC8191 STC8196 STC8193 STC8198 (aftermarket); 2 door 2 door 4 door 4 door grey beige grey grey beige beige vehicle set vehicle set (Oct ‘86 on) front seats (pair) SE & LSE) front pair (June ‘84 on except SE & LSE. All vehicles except SE & LSE models Sound Proofing Kits interior soundproofing kit a comprehensive have We the effective at reducing is extremely which available, - particularly Tdi models. noise levels of Range Rovers Soundproofing kit Interior kit, suitable for all vehicles. Genuine Land Rover waterproof seat covers; waterproof Genuine Land Rover Waterproof seat covers seat covers Waterproof Waterproof Seat Covers Waterproof slip-on seat & totally waterproof tailor-made High quality, of 6 colours. in a choice available fabric, Washable covers. RA1428 RA1426 RA1427 STC8054AA STC8053AA STC8134AA STOWABLE BOOT LINER LOAD SPACE OVER MAT OVER SPACE LOAD (Oct ‘88 on) 84 LOAD SPACE PROTECTOR SPACE LOAD 2 door 4 door 2 door only 4 door LSE LSE RIGID PLASTIC rubber 3 piece overmats. quality, Top beige, blue, black, Colours available: grey. for other options (limited Please enquire on OE type overmats). availability velour/carpet Footwell Mats set; Footwell over-mat over-mats. footwell Includes front & rear RA1369 RA1370 RTC9596 RTC9598 RUBBER OVER-MAT SET STC8135AA STC8131AA March 1984 to Sept 1992 March October 1992 on

March 1984 to Sept 1992 March half length full length

stowable - Oct 1992 on stowable 2 door models rigid - moulded plastic 4 door models

VELOUR OVER-MAT SET

Velour material (various colours) material (various Velour mat Load space over Load Space Mat

Load space protector; Load Space Protector RA1373 RX1513 NTC5164 RA1372 RA1371 STC8919P (snorkel) (Simple protection) Tow rope Tow Suitable for V8 & TDi models Steering Guard Steering Guard Raised Air Intake Kit Raised Air Intake Trailer Board Trailer board Trailer Air lift compressor kit Air lift compressor Air helper springs or carry tow regularly Designed for vehicles which heavy at its the vehicle remains loads. Air helper springs ensure optimum ride height. The air helper springs kit comprises of an axle set of airbags, bushes, fittings & instructions. the air kit allows the compressor separately, Available helper springs to be inflated/deflated from inside the vehicle. RA1354 GTT101 GTT308 RA1225A RA1225B STC8874 STC8816 RTC8159 RTC9499F RTC9499AD RTC3834AA (photo) (3.5 tonne) 85 (universal) (for GTT101) (50mm) multi-height adjustable multi-height adjustable fixed height 1995 on (vin MA) up to 1994 (vin LA) for vehicles without nudge bar for vehicles with nudge bar to fit. possible mod required certain types only, Towing Accessories Towing ‘S’ type auxiliary socket Towing electrics kit Towing Tow ball cover ball cover Tow For powering auxiliary electrical equipment in caravans or auxiliaryFor powering electrical equipment in caravans both kit for charging - includes twin split charge trailers main & auxiliary batteries. Tow bar kit - complete bar kit Tow electrics. ball & cover, tow plate, towing Comprise: bracketry, Tow ball Tow Combination tow ball/jaw Combination tow Diff Guard diffs. Simple clamp-on fit. Suitable for front or rear Sump Guard duty aluminium plate 7mm heavy with vent holes Off-Road Equipment RA1376 RA1377 RA1374 RA1375/80 RA1375/90 RA1375/45 RA1375/60 Winching Equipment Winching Winch accessoryWinch kit Includes choker chain, snatch block, 2m x 100mm tree block, snatch chain, Includes choker & bag. gloves strap, Snatch block block Snatch Winch mounting plate Winch Slight mod to front bumper. Chassis mounted, fits below spoiler (if fitted) required. WINCH OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT 4080kg capacity winch 4080kg capacity winch rope, duty), including 30m wire (heavy S9000 winch control. fairlead and remote S6000 winch (medium duty), including 30m wire rope, rope, including 30m wire (medium duty), S6000 winch control. fairlead and remote 3850kg capacity winch duty), (medium/heavy 8 and winch Husky control. fairlead and remote rope, including 30m wire 2040kg capacity winch 2040kg capacity winch rope, (light duty), including 15m wire S4500 winch control. fairlead and remote 2720kg capacity winch SUPERWINCH WINCHES have We Suitable for just about all situations. quality. Top available options are listed 4 specifications - other Please enquire. depending upon your requirements. ACCESSORIES Workshop Manuals - ACCESSORIES Factory Original factory type publications. Certain publications also available in other languages -please enquire for price & availability. Range Rover 2 door, 1970-1985, 508 pages. RA1365 Includes 5 speed & auto supplements. Range Rover 1986-1989 1024 pages. RA1366 Includes 3.5 V8 & VM 2.4TD diesel. Range Rover1990-1994, 1184 pages. RA1367 Includes 3.9/4.2 V8 & 2.5TD /200TDi diesel. V8 engine official overhaul manual RD1024 152 pages. Covers 3.5, 3.9, 4.0, 4.2, & 4.6 engine units (exc. carbs, starters & bolt on parts). 300TDi engine & transmission official overhaul manual, 224 pages RD1023 Covers 300Tdi, R380 gearbox & LT230T transfer box.

Parts Books - Factory Original Land Rover factory publications. Range Rover Owners 1970-1985 (inc. vin BA). RTC9846CH 410 pages. Handbooks 1986-1992 (inc. vin HA). RTC9908CB Original factory type publications. 364 pages. Includes operating information on 1992-1995 (inc. JA on). RTC9961CB driving controls, instruments, care, 958 pages. maintenance & general data. Note: prices in price guide dictate if soft or hard back. Certain publications also available in other languages - please enquire for price & availability. Range Rover 2 door, 140 pages. RA1400-2DR 1981 on,covers 1981-82 RA1400-81 188 pages. 1983 on, covers 1983-85 (up to facelift) RA1400-83 Range Rover con’t 182 pages. 1991 model year RA1400-91 1986 on, covers 1986-88 RA1400-86 168 pages. 1992 model year RA1400-92 1988 on, covers 1988-89 RA1400-88 1993 model year RA1400-93 168 pages. 1994 model year RA1400-94 Haynes Manuals 1990 model year RA1400-90 1995 model year RA1400-95 Workshop manual 1970-Oct 1992 RA1007 317 pages. Purchase & restoration guide RA1070 192 pages. By Dave Pollard.

Reference/ Information Books Original Range Rover, 1970-1986 RA1226 128 pages. By James Taylor. Range Rover gold portfolio, 1970-1985 RA1401 Road tests, reports, updates, data, history, buying. 172 pages. Range Rover gold portfolio, 1985-1995 RA1402 Road tests, reports, specifications etc. Sequel to earlier book. 172 pages. Range Rover takes on the competition RA1403 Articles comparing other 4x4’s, including new model reports, data, specs & buying used. 140 pages. The Rover V8 engine RX1429 208 pages. By David Hardcastle. Tuning Rover V8 engines RX1430 208 pages. By David Hardcastle. Range Rover- the complete story RA1319 By James Taylor. The Land Rover experience RA1320 By Tom Shepard. Driving techniques - Range Rover & Land Rover, 32 pages RA1404 Official booklet guide for off-roading. Winching in safety, 104 pages. RA1405 Complete guide to winching techniques.

86 GBF103 RX1327 RX1326 GBF901 GAC100 RX1353 RX1406 RX1395 RX1396 RX1397 RX1398 RX1345 GAC2018 GAC2019 RX1353A Unipart - 1 litre Unipart - 5 litre Unipart Dot 3 - 1 litre Silicone - 0.5 litre Silicone -1 litre 1/2 pint 1 pint 2 pint all 3 jugs It is recommended that a minimum 50% antifreeze mix is that a minimum 50% antifreeze It is recommended round on aluminium engines, to inhibit maintained all year corrosion. Antifreeze; Brake/clutch fluid; Brake/clutch Trim adhesive (1 litre) Trim adhesive (370g aerosol) Trim Castrol oil jugs; Loctite thread lock Loctite thread (box of 100) Rubber gloves Brake cleaner (aerosol) Brake Copper grease (tube) 514578 GGL111 GGC103 GAC111 RX1358 RX1508 GGL104 GGL658 GGL190 GGL175 GGL505 GCH112 RX1363 RX1417 STC3435 GHF6093 HMP190100 HMP190104 87 (5 litres) EP90 - 0.5 litre - 0.5 litre ATF - 5 litre ATF lithium grease - 0.5 litre tube lithium grease - 0.5 litre rubber grease (red) For brake assemblies (2oz tube). For brake swivel grease For use instead of EP90 in swivel housings. Once-only application - no need to top-up (highly housing. for each 1 required recommended). Unipart 20W50 Unipart 15W40 Unipart, 4.55 litre (1 gallon) 4.55 litre Castrol Classic XL (20W50) (1gallon). 4.55 litre Q (20W50) Duckhams (1 gallon). 4.55 litre Oil Q Storage Duckhams (1 gallon) 4.55 litre Castrol Running-in Oil (1 gallon) 4.55 litre engines For use in new or reconditioned during running-in. Workshop Workshop Consumables Grease; Cam Lube 400ml) WD40 (large, Radiator sealant pellet Silicone Sealant (80ml tube) Hylomar (gasket sealant) 25g Hylomar (gasket Exhaust jointing compound Lubricants & Fluids Lubricants & Engine oil - V8; Engine Oil - Diesel Gear oil; GAT140 RX1328 RX1514 RX1515 RX1431 RX1423 NTC6856 NTC7829 RX1386T 523638A ANR4489 ANR4960 RX1222LR WHEELBRACE OIL FILTER OIL FILTER STRAP WRENCH RX1226OHV OIL PUMP PRIMING TOOL SUMP KEY SET (5 PIECE) CLUTCH ALIGNMENT TOOL HYDRAULIC JACK HYDRAULIC SPARK PLUG SPARK SPANNER JACK HANDLE JACK STROMBERG CARB ADJUSTMENT TOOL VALVE SPRING SPRING VALVE COMPRESSOR GREASE GUN ROAD SPRING COMPRESSOR WHEEL CHOCK Road spring compressor Sump key set (5 piece) Sump key Oil pump priming tool gun Grease Spark plug spanner Oil filter strap wrench Oil filter strap Valve spring compressor (OHV) spring compressor Valve carb adjustment tool Stromberg alignment tool Clutch spline). (large early 4SP LT77 All models exc. Handle for jack Wheelbrace (each) Wheel chock pump Tyre Hydraulic jack Hydraulic Tools ACCESSORIES Body Care ACCESSORIES FINNEGANS ‘ANTI-CORROSION’ WAXOYL Waxoyl starter kit RX1032 Includes; RX1028, RX1030, RX1031. Waxoyl; 5 Litre can RX1027 2.5 Litre can RX1029 2.5 Litre cartridge RX1028 Trigger spray gun RX1033 High pressure spray gun RX1030 Use with 2.5 litre cartridge. Extension probe RX1031 Use with high pressure spray gun. Aerosol (400ml) RX1026 Aerosol (200ml) RX1025 Underbody seal; 1 litre RX1024 500ml RX1023 AUTOGLYM CAR CARE PRODUCTS Autoglym car care pack RX1510 Includes 1 of each item listed below. Silicone resin polish (300ml) RX1312 Bodywork shampoo conditioner (480ml) RX1313 Car interior shampoo (480ml) RX1314 Glass polish (300ml) RX1315 Cutting polish (300ml) RX1316 Extra gloss protection (300ml) RX1317 Bumper care (300ml) RX1318 Vinyl & rubber care (300ml) RX1319 Leather care cream (300ml) RX1320 Cleans and preserves. Superglym chrome polish (75g) RX1321 Clean wheels (500ml) RX1322 Perfect polishing cloth (21 Sq Ft) RX1323 Aqua-dry (Synthetic chamois) RX1324 Clean machine (1 Litre) RX1325 Engine Degreaser.

GENERAL CAR CARE PRODUCTS Sponge RX1415 Wash leather RX1416

WARNING TRIANGLE Roadside

Equipment WARNING TRINGLE

AA MEMBERSHIP & RELAY PACK

FIRST AID KIT

RUBBER GLOVES SAFETY JACKET ‘CONCOURS’ SPECIALIST Lightweight Disposable Overalls WHEEL CLEANER Medium (approx 47" chest) RX1408M The ‘Concours’ specialist wheel cleaning system Large (approx 51" chest) RX1408L will help you care for your Classic’s wheels. SNOW CHAINS Extra large (approx 55" chest) RX1408X Suitable for all Steel, Alloy and Wire wheels Rubber Gloves (100) RX1406 (including painted & chromed), ‘Concours’ wheel Bulb kit - ideal for touring STC8247AA cleaning system uses a unique 2-stage process AA membership & Relay pack RX1329 that not only cleans, but gives wheels a superb Warning triangle RX1344 lasting finish that helps to protect them, making Safety jacket (luminous) GAC2999 them easier to care for and clean in the future. First aid kit RX1399 Snow chains (axle set) RTC9589 ‘Concours’ Wheel Cleaning Kit RX1405 Kit includes; special cleaning solution (580ml), wooden Fire extinguisher GAC9904 handled cleaning brush & dispenser, finishing/protection solution (180ml), 2 pair of disposable gloves. Cleaning solution breaks down brake dust & road grime. Brush & dispenser gets into all those awkward places. Finishing/protection solution leaves wheels like new. FIRE EXTINGUISHER

88 ACCESSORIES ADVERTISING PRINTS Advertising prints (ex publicity); YVB 153H RA1327 Yellow 2dr RA1328 “Just married” RA1329 Snow-Rover RA1330 Rain-Rover RA1331 “We brake for fish” RA1332 RA1329 Black Vogue RA1333 4.6 HSE RA1334

RA1332

RA1330 RA1327 RA1333

RA1328 RA1331 RA1334

Miscellaneous Rimmer Bros vouchers; £5 RX1337 £10 RX1338 £20 RX1339 £50 RX1341 Rimmer Bros decal (black/silver) RA1055 ‘Rimmer Bros’ baseball cap RX1425 Key fob - ‘Range Rover’ RA1406 Tax disc holder RX1355 Union Jack badge (enamel) RX1299 Number plate; front standard NPF honeycombe NPFHC honeycombe 3D effect NPFHC3D rear standard NPR honeycombe NPRHC honeycombe 3D effect NPRHC3D black/silver (pair) Silver letters on black background. Legal only on vehicles registered before 1 January 1973 (UK). pressed aluminium (pair) RX1365 acrylic (engraved numbers) (pair) RX1365A acrylic (standard numbers)(pair) RX1365B

89 ACCESSORIES to AH RX1356 RX1356F RX1356K . RX1410 GAC7106 - (6v/12v) revitalises automatically. operating instructions. operating they use a 12 volt battery; they use a 12 volt chairs and general leisure use leisure and general chairs LOOK AT THESE BENEFITS; LOOK AT ), this superb product constantly AH long periods. Use without disconnecting vehicle battery condition display. L.E.D. Thermal cut-out facility. 12 month guarantee. Designed to be left connected for without the danger of overcharging. electrics. 100 Comes complete with all fittings, connector kit and Starter Immobiliser Suitable for all 12 volt batteries (from 5 the battery cell life, cells - helping to extend BATTERY CONDITIONER BATTERY Battery Conditioner Kit - Caravans, lawn mowers, motorbikes, motor boats, wheel motorbikes, lawn mowers, Caravans, Battery Charger Battery Charger Can also be used for these applications providing HOW DOES ‘DIS-CARNECT’ WORK? DOES ‘DIS-CARNECT’ HOW Replacement Screw Knob Screw Replacement Fuse Replacement the knob remove simply your car, When leaving by-pass The 16amp to isolate the starter circuit. electrical to all other fuse will maintain current Because the memories, alarm - stereo etc. circuits 150amps, any attempt to over starter motor draws the starter motor will instantly connect (hot-wire) this immobilises fuse to blow, cause the by-pass If this should the car until the knob is replaced. the 16amp fuse at your happen, simply replace the ‘Dis-Car- As an added advantage, convenience. batteryNect’ will also prevent if you intend drain the knob and simply unscrew your car, to store security you can For extra the fuse. remove the immobiliser knob and remove unscrew completely. Vehicle Security Vehicle ‘Dis-Car-Nect’ The battery charger that turns on and off, The battery charger STC9 STC302 RX1265 RX1261 RX1266 STC1348 STC1349 STC1046 STC1449 STC1450 STC1051 RTC6402 RTC5729 RTC4546 RTC5981 RTC6869 RTC6415 RTC5728 RTC4543 RTC5727 RTC4049 RTC5983 RTC4035 RTC6454 RX4047A RX4048A RX4049A RX1432B RX4070A RX4070B RX4070A RX1432A RX1432AL 90 (for general touch-up) (for general (150ml) (400ml) (16oz) (general application) (general (general) (125ml) (125ml) (high heat) (400ml) (400ml) (400ml) (16oz) black aliminium Trocadero red Trocadero Clearwater blue Clearwater silver Colorado Conniston green (1992 onwards) green Cypress Eastnor green Montpelier (1992 onwards) (1992 onwards) Mosswood (1992 onwards) Niagara grey Pembroke Plymouth blue Portofino red Roman bronze beige Savannah blue Shire Slate grey (1992 onwards) (1992 onwards) brown Sonoran blue Tasman Tintern red Venetian grey Westminster white oxide red aerosol gloss matt grey brush on brush on silver paint aerosol clear laquer Refer to other panel for specific colours. Chassis paint (black) Chassis paint (black) Engine paint Primer (aerosol) Black aerosol Black Wheels (silver) Paint - General STC301 STC784 STC1352 STC1351 STC1451 STC1350 RTC4027 RTC4051 RTC4030 RTC4050 RTC4037 RTC4052 RTC4028 RTC4032 RTC4053 RTC4033 RTC4031 RTC4036 RTC4038 RTC4034 RTC4035 RTC5730 RTC6870 RTC6634 RTC6401 RTC5980 RTC4042 RTC6810 RTC4544 RTC5979 RTC5982 RTC4054 RTC4545 RTC4977 RTC4058

Suffix T = Touch-in Crayon Suffix T = Touch-in Suffix A = Aerosol Arctic white Arctic Alaskan blue Aegean blue Arizona tan Bahama gold green Balmoral Denim blue Derwent blue Lincoln green Masai red gold Nevada Russet brown dust Sahara Shetland beige silver Sierra blue Tuscan red Venetian Alpine white (1992 onwards) green Ardennes Arles blue beige Arran Ascot green Aspen silver silver Astral Beluga black green (1992 on) British racing Cairngorm brown Cambrian grey Caprice (1992 onwards) Cassis red Chamonix white Brookland green (solid)(1992 on) Brooklands green(micatallic)(92 on) Carmen pearl (1992 onwards) Caspian blue

1970 to 1985 Add the suffix T or A to the appropriate part number: & Touch-in Crayons & Touch-in 1986 onwards Aerosol Paints GENERAL FASTENERS GENERAL FASTENERS

BOLTS (Imperial) STEEL NUTS (Plain NON Locking - Imperial) WASHERS (Imperial) Bolts have a NON Threaded Shoulder. The threaded length can be calculated by multiplying the Thread Thread Thread PART Plain Repair Spring Shakeproof Standard Large Standard Standard diameter by 2 and adding 1/4”. Spanner Diameter Type Pitch NUMBER Size Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter Thread Bolt Thread Thread PART Spanner 3/16” UNF ___ HN2005 3/8” AF Internal PART PART PART PART Diameter Length Type Pitch NUMBER Size 1/4” UNF ___ GHF200 7/16” AF Diameter NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER ___ 3/16” WP20 ______1/4” 1.5” UNF GHF102 7/16 AF 5/16” UNF ___ GHF201 1/2” AF 1/4” GHF300 GHF314 GHF331 GHF321 1/4” 2” UNF ___ GHF118 7/16 AF 3/8” UNF ___ GHF202 9/16” AF 5/16” GHF301 GHF315 GHF332 GHF322 5/16” 1.5” UNF ___ GHF104 1/2” AF 7/16” UNF ___ GHF203 5/8” AF 3/8” GHF302 GHF316 GHF333 GHF323 5/16” 2” UNF ___ GHF121 1/2” AF 1/2” UNF ___ GHF204 3/4” AF 7/16” WC600071 ___ GHF334 GHF324 3/8” 1.5” UNF ___ GHF106 9/16” AF 1/4” UNC ___ GHF207 7/16” AF 1/2” WA112081 ___ GHF335 GHF325 3/8” 3” UNF ___ GHF126 9/16” AF 5/16” UNC ___ GHF208 1/2” AF 5/8 ” PWZ110 ___ LWZ310 LWZ410 1/2” 2” UNF ___ BH608161 3/4” AF 3/8” UNC ___ GHF209 9/16” AF 1/2” 2.5” UNF ___ BH608201 3/4” AF 1/2” 3” UNF ___ BH608241 3/4” AF WASHERS (Metric) 5/8” 3” UNF ___ GHF113 15/16” AF STEEL NUTS (Plain NON Locking - Metric) 5/8” 4” UNF ___ BH610321 15/16” AF *Plain *Repair Spring Shakeproof Thread Thread Thread PART Spanner Standard Large Standard Standard Diameter Type Pitch NUMBER Size Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter BOLTS (Metric) M 4 Metric Fine 0.7 NH104041 7mm Internal PART PART PART PART Bolts have a NON Threaded Shoulder. M 6 Metric Fine 1.0 GHF212 10mm Diameter NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER The threaded length can be calculated by multiplying the M 8 Metric Fine 1.25 GHF213 13mm M 6 GHF300 GHF314 WL106001 GHF371 diameter by 2 and adding 6mm. M 10 Metric Fine 1.5 GHF214 17mm M 8 GHF301 GHF315 GHF382 WF108001 M 12 Metric Fine 1.75 GHF215 19mm M 10 GHF302 GHF316 GHF383 WF110001 Thread Bolt Thread Thread PART Spanner Diameter Length Type Pitch NUMBER Size M 12 GHF304 ___ WL112001 WF112001 M 16 PWZ110 ___ WL116001 WF116001 M 6 40mm Metric Fine 1.0 GHF132 10mm STEEL NUTS (Nylon Insert Self Locking - Imperial) M 8 40mm Metric Fine 1.25 GHF134 13mm *Please Note: Some plain and repair washers are suitable for M 10 40mm Metric Fine 1.5 GHF136 17mm Thread Thread Thread PART Spanner imperial and metric applications eg: GHF300 = 1/4” ID or 6mm ID. M 12 50mm Metric Fine 1.75 BH112101 19mm Diameter Type Pitch NUMBER Size M 12 60mm Metric Fine 1.75 BH112121 19mm 3/16” UNF ___ GHF220 5/16” AF SELF TAPPING SPLIT PINS M 12 80mm Metric Fine 1.75 BH112161 19mm 1/4” UNF ___ GHF221 7/16” AF SCREWS (Imperial) M 16 60mm Metric Fine 2.0 BH116121 21mm 5/16” UNF ___ GHF222 1/2” AF Countersunk - PoziDrive M 16 80mm Metric Fine 2.0 BH116161A 21mm 3/8” UNF ___ GHF223 9/16” AF Pin Pin PART 7/16” UNF ___ GHF224 5/8” AF Screw Screw PART ThicknessLength NUMBER 1/2” UNF ___ GHF225 3/4” AF Size No Length NUMBER 1/16” 1.5” GHF500 SETSCREWS (Imperial) 5/8” UNF ___ 138563 15/16” AF 6 1/2” GHF400 5/64” 1.5” GHF501 Setscrews are Fully Threaded. 6 3/4” GHF401 3/32” 1.5” PC34 8 1/2” GHF402 7/64” 1.5” GHF503 Thread Bolt Thread Thread PART Spanner STEEL NUTS (Nylon Insert Self Locking - Metric) Diameter Length Type Pitch NUMBER Size 8 3/4” GHF403 1/8” 2.25” PC15 ___ 10 1/2” GHF404 9/64” 2.25” GHF505 1/4” 3/4” UNF GHF117 7/16” AF Thread Thread Thread PART Spanner 1/4” 1” UNF ___ GHF101 7/16” AF Diameter Type Pitch NUMBER Size 10 3/4” GHF405 5/32” 2.25” GHF506 5/16” 3/4” UNF ___ GHF120 1/2” AF M 6 Metric Fine 1.0 NY106041 10mm 12 1/2” AC612041A 11/64” 2.25” GHF512 5/16” 1” UNF ___ GHF103 1/2” AF M 8 Metric Fine 1.25 GHF232 13mm 12 1” AC612081 3/16” 3” GHF513 3/8” 1” UNF ___ GHF105 9/16” AF M 10 Metric Fine 1.5 GHF233 17 mm 14 3/4” AC614061 7/32” 3” PS614240 7/16” 1.5” UNF ___ GHF107 5/8” AF M 12 Metric Fine 1.75 NY112041 19mm 14 1” AC614081 1/4” 3” PS616240 1/2” 1.5” UNF ___ GHF109 3/4” AF 1/4” 1” UNC ___ GHF161 7/16” AF SELF TAPPING SPLIT PINS (Metric) BRASS NUTS (Standard & Deep Section - Imperial) 1/4” 1.5” UNC ___ SH504121 7/16” AF SCREWS Pin Pin PART 5/16” 1” UNC ___ GHF163 1/2” AF Thread Thread Thread PART Spanner Pan Head - PoziDrive Thickness Length NUMBER 5/16” 1.5” UNC ___ GHF164 1/2” AF Diameter Type Pitch NUMBER Size 2.0mm 40mm PS104400 ___ Screw Screw PART 3/8” 1” UNC ___ GHF165 9/16” AF 5/16” Std UNF 515369 1/2” AF Size No Length NUMBER 2.5mm 40mm GHF509 3/8” 1.5” UNC ___ GHF166 9/16” AF 3/8” Std UNF ___ GHF262 9/16” AF 6 1/2” GHF421 3.2mm 56mm GHF510 3/8” Deep UNF ___ AEC350 9/16” AF 6 3/4” GHF422 4.0mm 56mm GHF511 SETSCREWS (Metric) 8 1/2” YZ3404 8 3/4” GHF424 Setscrews are Fully Threaded. 10 1/2” GHF425 Thread Bolt Thread Thread PART Spanner 10 3/4” YZ5505 Diameter Length Type Pitch NUMBER Size 12 1/2” GHF427 M 6 25 mm Metric Fine 1.0 GHF131 10mm 12 3/4” GHF428 M 8 25 mm Metric Fine 1.25 GHF133 13 mm 12 1” GHF429 M 10 25 mm Metric Fine 1.5 GHF135 17mm 14 3/4” GHF430 14 1” GHF431 91 NAS RANGE ROVER 110 40D 18 mpg 11 secs SALHV124 200 @ 4850 250 @ 3250 4-sp auto only October 1992 on 4274cc (260 cu.in.) 1987 model year 1988 model year 1989 model year 1990 model year 1991 model year 1992 model year 1993 model year 1994 model year 1995 model year 4-Door V8 Efi (4.2 litre) NAS VEHICLES PRODUCTION INFORMATION of Manufacture Period Chassis Number Prefixes Engine Number Prefixes Choice of Transmission DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT BODY V8 models. 4-door As UK market PERFORMANCE Engine capacity (bhp @ rpm) Power (lb/ft @ rpm) Torque Speed (mph) Top (0-60mph) Acceleration (mpg) Fuel Consumption Ave 110 18 mpg 11 secs NAS Identification Vehicle SALHV124 38D & 36D HA00001 JA00001 KA00001 LA00001 MA00001 NA00001 PA00001 RA00001 SA00001 4-sp auto only The chassis number system for NASThe chassis from different vehicles is sligthly 227 - 231 @ 3500 Oct 1988 onwards 3948cc (240 cu.in.) UK & European specification Range Rovers. Nevertheless,UK & European specification Range Rovers. The 17-figure number used on these vehicles still contains all the necessarychassis informationperiod of manufacture. to specification and relating As with UK spec vehicles, number the last-but-one letter of the chassis built, the vehicle was to the year relates as follows: 179 - 188 bhp @ 4750 92 market the main home 4-Door V8 Efi (3.9 litre) instead of, Engine Number Prefixes NAS VEHICLES PRODUCTION INFORMATION of Manufacture Period Chassis Number Prefixes Choice of Transmission (bhp @ rpm) Power BODY DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT BODY V8 models. 4-door As UK market PERFORMANCE Engine capacity (lb/ft @ rpm) Torque Speed (mph) Top (0-60mph) Acceleration (mpg) Fuel Consumption Ave 102 31D 3200 17 mpg 12 secs @ to, than rather SALHV114

150 @ 4000 190 4-sp auto only.

in addition US Launch 35258cc (215 cu.in.) March 1987 to Sept 1988 March NAS Supplement VEHICLE PRODUCTION & SPECIFICATION SUMMARY & SPECIFICATION PRODUCTION VEHICLE NORTH AMERICAN (NAS) SPECIFICATION NAS Range Rovers, then,This not dissimilar to European models. are As it transpires, had misjudged their Land Rover By the time Range Rover was introduced to the American market (in American market introduced to the was By the time Range Rover 4-Door V8 Efi (3.5 litre) Choice of Transmission PERFORMANCE Engine capacity Chassis Number Prefixes Engine Number Prefixes DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT BODY V8 models. 4-door As UK market (bhp @ rpm) Power NAS VEHICLES PRODUCTION INFORMATION of Manufacture Period Torque (lb/ft @ rpm) Torque Top Speed (mph) Top (0-60mph) Acceleration Fuel Consumption (mpg) Ave is that the chassis number change-point will be different for NAS vehicles. will be different number change-point is that the chassis listed for that year in the main catalogue. The reason for this duplication The reason in the main catalogue. listed for that year circumstances where the parts listed in this section are the same as those the parts listed in this section are where circumstances supplement for possible differences. There may be a number of There supplement for possible differences. use the main catalogue to identify the parts you require, to the then refer catalogue. It is laid out in the same order as the main catalogue; therefore, It is laid out in the same order catalogue. differences. It is for using differences. section covers the North American Range Rover market,American Range Rover the North section covers to highlight the specification of USA-bound Range Rovers reflected this. reflected specification of USA-bound Range Rovers customers would have different requirements to European buyers, requirements different have customers would so the Nevertheless,American believed that at Land Rover researchers market Land Rover felt that the vehicle was finally suitable for US felt that the vehicle was Land Rover launch. time - four doors and multi-point fuel injection to name but two - until to name but two time - four doors and multi-point fuel injection years. A lot of ‘refinements’ had been made to the Range Rover in that been made to the Range Rover had ‘refinements’ A lot of years. March 1987),March vehicle had been in full swing for 17 UK production of the inevitably ask for. markets weren’t so very weren’t markets different: offered, what one was other would the customers was exactly what European buyers wanted too. The two too. wanted what European buyers exactly customers was somewhat,American as the new luxury specification for Range Rover FTC902 STC965 FTC2890 STC1528 STC2990 STC1286 RTC3658 RTC5834 RTC5832 FRC8641 FRC9542 FRC2644 FRC7329 NTC4404 NTC6125 NTC4991 NTC3901 NTC3884 NTC3912 NTC3949 NTC4059 NTC5576 NTC5577 NTC5578 NTC5579 NTC6127 ESR3060 ESR1053 ESR3059 ESR3060 ESR3573 ESR1053 ESR3674 ESR1053 ESR3477 AEU1894 AEU1715 AEU1021 see page 57. see page 42. see page 56. lhlh (1) 100” wheelbaseCounty LWB (1) (1) (1) rhrh (1) (1) 100” wheelbaseCounty LWBCalifornia (1) (1) (1) up to VINup to SA662452VIN SA662453 on (1) (1) up to VINup to SA660254VIN SA660255 on (1) (1) see page 57. 3.5 litre3.9 litre (1) (1) ‘Y’-pipe cat)(1) intermediate silencer (inc. silencer & tailpiperear (1) (1) ‘Y’-pipe & silencer silencer & tailpiperear (1) cats) (inc. downpipe (1) downpipe (inc. catalysts); (inc. downpipe catalysts); (inc. downpipe 3.9 & 4.2 litre. downpipe (inc. cats) (inc. downpipe tailpipe & silencers (1) tailpipe & silencers - 3.9 litre tailpipe & silencers - 4.2 litre up to VINup to JA351032 (1988)VIN KA (1989) up to 1995 (1) 1995 onwards (1) (1) Girling brakes (1) brakesLockheed (1) LT230T WarnerBorg (1) (1) VINsolid type (to KA, 1989)vented type (VIN LA, 1990 on) (2) (2) brakesLockheed LockheedGirling (1) Girling brakes (1) LockheedGirling (1) (1) (1) (1) up to VIN JA351032 (1988) up to VIN KA351033 (1989) to KA399972 VIN KA351033 (1989) to VIN(1990) to RA645767 (1994) LA399973 3 catalyst system. 2 catalyst system. VIN RA645768 (1994) on Handbrake cable; Handbrake SERVO SERVO Servo (non-ABS vehicles); Transfer Gearbox Transfer See page 41. gearchangeSolenoid - transfer (1) BRAKE PARKING (pr); brake set - transmission shoe Brake Propshaft Front See page 43. Front propshaft - up to 1993 Axle Front See page 44. Chrome swivel ballABS. All vehicles with Brakes BRAKE DISC (2) disc - front; Brake MASTER CYLINDER (non-ABS); Master cylinder master cylinder; Seal kit - brake Repair kit - servo; Exhaust components; Exhaust System Exhaust 36. See page Note: stainless steel, in available certain components 36 or enquire. to page refer ESR74 ESR80 ESR369 ETC6443 ETC8495 ETC8495 ETC6660 ETC6263 ETC8494 NTC1174 NTC5632 NTC5632 NTC7297 NTC4553 NTC6725 NTC5150 NTC1081 NTC1081 NTC5415 NTC2340 NTC3405 NTC5179 ESR1818 ESR1250 ESR2630 ESR1052 ESR2167 ESR2585 BTR4022 BTR4190 BTR8726 BTR8727 BTR4016 BTR4008 ERR5199 ERR2263 PRC7475 PRC8318 PRC8499 PRC9409 AWR2651 (1) see page 32. 93 see page 28. (Hotwire type) (Hotwire see page 33. see page 34. see page 28. see page up to 40D13271 (1) 40D13272B on (1) radiator to water pump only(1) to water radiator to w/ pump & expansion(1) rad. VINup to KA39972 (1989)VIN (1) LA (1990) to RA647649 (1) VIN SA647650 (1995) on (1) up to VINup to (1990) LA414517 (1) VIN LA414518 to 1992VIN1993 up to RA647649VIN (1) SA647650 (1995) on (1) (1) up to VIN KA399972 (1989)up to (1) VIN LA onwards (1) VINup to MA610293 (1991) (1) VIN NA (1992) on (1) up to VINup to MA609012 (1991) (1) VIN MA609013 on (1) heater to valve to heatervalve (short)engine to valve to enginevalve heater inlet/outlet (1) (1) (1) (1) (2) 38D & 36D engines40D engines (1) 40D13272B on (1) 31D enginesall engines up to 40D13271 (1) (1) 3.5 litre 3.9 & 4.2 litre up to VIN KA399972 (1989)up to (1) VIN LA464553 (1990)up to (1) VIN LA (1990) up to LA464553 (1) VIN MA (1991) up to MA610293(1) 3.9 & 4.2 litre 31D engines36D, 38D & 40D engines (1) (1) 3.5 litre (1) 3.5 litre 3.9 litre 4.2 litre (1) Combined pump & sender unit. VIN NA (1992) onCombined pump & sender. (1) Multi-vent , steel tank. VIN MA (1991) onMoulded plastic tank. (1) Where velve not fitted. Where 3.5 litre3.9 litre (1) Airflow meter Airflow Water control valve - heater hose valve control Water (1) valve solenoid - water Vacuum (1) Heater hose; Throttle potentiometer; Stepper motor (IAC valve); Bottom hose; FUEL PUMP Fuel pump; FUEL TANK Fuel tank; 3.9 litre engine. 3.9 litre Fuel System FUEL INJECTION COMPONENTS regulator; Fuel pressure Top hose; Top RADIATOR RADIATOR Radiator; HOSES RADIATOR Solenoid - charcoal cannisterSolenoid - charcoal (1) Charcoal cannister; Charcoal STC483 612326 243960 GEG340 ETC1260 ETC1260 ETC7385 ETC7385 ETC8622 ETC7385 ETC8684 ETC7819 STC1693 STC1122 RTC6339 ERC9088 ERC9088 ERC3346 AFU2786 ERR2428 ERR4077 ERR4633 ERR5926 ERR4634 ERR5437 ERR3434 ERR5258 ERR5572 ERR3443 ERR1404 ERR1780 ERR3434 ERR5258 ERR5572 ERR1404 ERR3649 ERR1781 ERR3649 SH505061 LDF108090 LDF108090 see page 27. see page 19. see page 21. see page 27. see page 21. see page 16. see page Composite gaskets. Tin gaskets. Tin 36D25155 & 40D09582 on (2) up to 36D25154 & 40D09581(1) 36D25155 & 40D09582 on (1) 36D28420 up to 36D45137 (1) 36D45138 onwards (1) up to 36D25154 & 40D0958136D25155 & 40D09582 on (1) (1) up to 36D2515436D25155 up to 36D28419 (1) (1) up to engine 36D1414936D14150 on & all 40D (8) (8) up to 38D2038638D20387 on (2) (2) up to 40D0958140D09582 up to 40D10539 (1) (1) 40D10540 up to 40D11811 (1) 40D11812 onwards (1) up to engine 36D14149 (2) up to engine 36D14149 (2) 36D14150 on & all 40D (2) 36D14150 up to 36D25154 (2) 36D25155 on (2) up to 40D0958140D09582 on (2) (2) up to 36D25154 & 40D09581(2) for STC1693 (1) for STC483 (1) for RTC6339 (1) VIN RA640400 onVIN RA640400 sensor. WIthout oil level (1) With oil level sensor. 31D & 38D engines (1) 31D & 38D engines (1) 36D & 40D engines 36D & 40D engines 31D & 38D engine numbers36D engine numbers (1) 31D & 38D engines36D engines (8) 38D engines 31D engines (2) up to VINup to (1994) RA640399 (1) 40D engine numbers all 38D engines plus 36D 36D engines 31D engines (8) 40D engines 31D engines (3.5 litre)all 38D engines plus 36D & 40D (2) VISCOUS COUPLING Viscous coupling; Note: supplied with gasket. pumps are new water WATER PUMP WATER pump; Water Cooling System Timing cover; Timing Thrust collar - camshaft TIMING COVER (1) CAMSHAFT Bolt - thrust collar (2) Inlet valve; Washer - level indicatorWasher CYLINDER HEAD Cylinder head assembly; (1) Oil level indicator - sumpOil level indicator 640399 VIN Up to (1) SUMP SUMP Sump pan; V8 Engine V8 Gasket - water pump; - water Gasket Exhaust valve; Cylinder head gasket; NAS RANGE ROVER NAS RANGE ROVER NG LVC LVC MUK PME PME MUL MUL SUA SUA MUK STC783 STC1221 STC2886 STC2885 STC2885 STC2886 STC1312 STC1314 STC1316 RTC7661 RTC7671 RTC7711 RTC7642 RTC6599 RTC6601 RTC7662 RTC7744 PRC5083 PRC8478 PRC6726 PRC4348 PRC5915 DBC2022 RTC7642 BTR5940 BTR5656 WQT100030 BTR5940 BTR7040 BTR5940 BTR8572 BTR5656 BTR7036 BTR8573 BTR7036 as UK market see page 68 see page rh (1) lh (1) silvergrey (1) (1) ‘County’‘County’‘County’ (1) (1) ‘County’ (1) ‘County’ (1) (1) ‘County LWB’‘County LWB’ (1) ‘County LWB’ (1) (1) ‘County LWB’ (1) ‘County LWB’ (1) up to VINup to SA659910 (1995) VIN SA659911 on rhlh (1) (1) ‘Hunter’‘GDE’‘County SE’‘County’ (1) (1) (1) non SRSSRS (1) (1) ‘40th Anniversary’dark grey - as UK market, plus (1) mid silver - as UK market, plus - as UK market,black plus - as UK market, brown sorrell plus ‘LSE’ (1) black - as 1993 to 1994 black silver - as UK market, plus up to VINup to RA647649 (1994) (1) rear VIN(1995) on SA647650 front (1) up to 1992 up to VINup to LA464553 (1990)VIN on MA464554 (1) (1) up to VINup to (1989) KA399972 (1) VINup to (1989) KA399972 (1) KA399973 to RA647649 (1994)(1) KA399973 to VIN SA647650 (1995) on (1) RA647649 (1994)(1) KA399973 to VIN SA647650 (1995) on 1993 to 1994 1994 on Audible warning unitAudible warning ABS systemECU - Inertia fuel shut-off switch; (1) (1) Motor - electric windows - VIN - Motor - electric windows on; SA (1995) & Touch-in Crayons & Touch-in is listed of colours used for NAS Range Rovers The full range is in The following on p90 of the main parts catalogue. addition to those colours. Cornish cream (A/R) Decal; Paints Aerosol MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL control unit; Bulb check Badges & Transfers See page 74. INSTRUMENTS INSTRUMENTS (mph); Speedometer Rev counter; STC643 531586 515218 STC1791 STC4016 STC1791 STC1612 STC3018 STC1613 STC1614 RTC5551 RTC5552 RTC5553 RTC5554 PRC7942 PRC8484 PRC9093 PRC5073 PRC6967 PRC8724 PRC6284 PRC6881 PRC9956 PRC6653 PRC6652 PRC7900 PRC7899 PRC8954 PRC8955 PRC5072 PRC5425 PRC5043 PRC8944 PRC6164 PRC6165 PRC8947 PRC8948 PRC5394 AMR2069 AMR3030 AMR3246 BHM7058 see page 64. see page 66. 94 see page 63 see page see page 64. rhrh (1) (1) lhlh (1) (1) rhrh (1) (1) up to VINup to KA399972 (1989) rhlhlhlh (1) (1) (1) (1) black (VINblack on) PA638151 (2) rhrh (1) (1) lhlh (1) (1) rear lens rear side lens VINup to LA440800 (1990)LA440801 to MA479004 (1991)(1) (1) VIN MA479005 on (1) up to VIN JA351032 (1988)up to VIN KA up to MA483958 (1991)(1) (1) MA483959 to RA647649 (1994)(1) VIN SA647650 (1995) on (1) VIN JA351032 (1988)up to VINVIN KA to (1) NA624755 (1992)(1) VIN to RA647649 (1993) PA (1) up to VINup to RA647649 (1994) (1) VINup to RA647649 (1994) (1) VIN LA399973 to MA610293 (1991) VIN NA610294 (1992) on VIN SA647650 (1995) on (1) VIN SA647650 (1995) on (1) VIN to PA638150 PA632635 VIN on (2) PA638151 (2) 1993 onup to 19921993 on (2) (2) up to VINup to (1991) MA610293 VIN (2) NA610294 (1992) to 1993 (2) VIN1993 to PA632634 (2) up to 1992 (2) up to 19921993 onup to 1992 kit)1993 on (retaining (2) (2) (2) (2) Also includes headlamp switch. into indicator switch. Incorporated From 1995 (VIN SA), are & wipe switches wash the rear located in the dash panel. up to VINup to MA610293 (1991) VIN NA610294 (1992) on chrome - not available separately. - not available chrome Lens - rear lamp; Lens - rear High level stop lamp; Wash/wipe stalk; Wash/wipe switch; Rear wash/wipe SWITCHES & CONTROLS Indicator, horn, dip stalk; Head/side lamp switch; REAR LAMP Rear lamp assembly; Light unit only - up to 1992Light unit only (2) Outer Rim; FRONT SIDE & FLASHER LAMP Front side & flasher lamp; Please note: lenses not as complete unit - only available separately. available HEADLAMPS HEADLAMPS assembly; Headlamp light unit. as complete available 1993 on - only - headlamp; Gasket Seating rim; - headlamp retaining; Screw RUN STC1753 RTC6061 RTC6061 STC932 YLE10099 YLE10100 ETC7899 ETC7899 ETC6496 STC3295 STC2800 STC1045 STC1436 STC1746 RTC5870 RTC5876 RTC5869 NTC4573 NTC8286 NTC9235 NTC3363 NTC7821 NTC9440 NTC9588 NTC9607 NTC8478 NTC3486 ERR2073 ERR1104 PRC5712 PRC3408 NRC7704 NRC7387 NRC3226 ANR2003 ANR3654 ANR4758 ANR3171 AMR3107 NAD10038 NTC5460 QVB101110 NTC9949LNF see page 60. see page 58. see page 61. see page 58. see page 58. see page see page 59.

up to 36D19508/40D03276 (1) 4.2 litre (A127/100 amp)4.2 litre (1) 3.9 litre (A127/85 amp)3.9 litre (1) up to 38D19694from 38D19695 (1) (1) with separate pas drive belt(1)with separate with serpentine drive belt (1) 36D19509/40D03277 on (1) non interlockwith interlock (1) (1) up to 1993 (A133/80amp) (1) all 31D & 38D engines36D & 40D (1) 38D engines 31D engines (1) up to VINup to JA351032 (1988) (1) KA351033 to RA647649 (1994)(1) up to VIN KA (1989)up to (1) up to VINup to MA601606 (1) VIN LA (Oct 1989) to Sept 1990(1) NA (1992)VIN Sept 1990 to (1993) onwards VIN PA (1) for RTC6397for NTC9235VINup to MA601606 (1991) (1) (1) (1) VIN MA601607 to RA647649 (1) IN on SA647650 (1995) (1) up to VINup to (1992) NA615503 (1) VIN NA615504 (1992) onVIN NA615504 (1) VIN SA (1995) onSerpentine drive belt. (1) 3.5 & 3.9 litre engines. 3.5 & 3.9 litre VIN1993 up to RA647649 (1994) LA427921 to RA647649 (1994)(1) VIN SA647650 to SA661086VIN SA661087 (1995) on (1) (1) 1993 (VIN to RA647649 PA) VIN SA647650 on (1) (1) up to VIN LA427920 (1990)VIN LA427920 up to (1) up to 1992 VIN MA610293 (1991)up to (1) VIN NA610294 to RA647649 (1) VIN SA647650 (1995) on (1) VIN SA647650 on (1) up to VINup to NA615503 (1992)VIN NA615504 (1992) on (1) (1) Complete with flexible coupling. Complete with flexible VIN to RA647649 MA601607 coupling & universal joint. Complete with flexible (1) VIN(1995) on SA647650 (1) Rod-end type balljoint. With rod-end type balljoint. With rod-end type

Drive belt - alternator; Alternator (generator); Starter motor; ENGINE ELECTRICS Electrical System Steering wheel; STEERING WHEEL & COLUMN Drag link assembly - steering; Drag Complete with balljoints. DRAG LINK LINK DRAG STEERING PUMP steering pump; Power Universal joint - lower steering shaft; Universal joint - lower Up to VINUp to (1991). MA601606 LOWER STEERING SHAFT LOWER Steering Shaft; Lower Balljoint - steering box drop arm;Balljoint - steering

Drop arm - steering box; Steering ARM DROP Steering column; Ignition lock; Ignition switch; Balljoint - drag linkBalljoint - drag (1) Flexible coupling - upperFlexible (1) RA1322 RA1340 FTC1009 FTC2157 FTC5426 FTC1008 FTC4488 FTC3570 FTC3571 STC2794 STC2079 STC2824 RTC4587 ESR1480 ERR4996 ERR4397 GSP6462 ANR2215 ANR3894 AMR3705 PCC106940 PCC106920 SBB104040 SBB104050 V8 (1) diesel (1) rear (2) V8dieselrhd (1) (1) (1) V8 (1) V8diesel (1) (1) lhd (1) diesel (1) V8 (1) diesel (1) upper (2) lower (2) DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Driveline Universal joint - propshaft; V8 & diesel. Viscous coupling; Cables cable - V8; Accelerator Clutch Kits & Components kit; Clutch cover; Clutch cover. bearing is part of the clutch Note: the release Spark Plugs - HT Leads Spark plug - V8 (RN11YCC) (8) Cooling System Radiator; Cable - cruise control cableHandbrake (1) (1) HT lead set (1) Clutch plate; Clutch Coupling kit - rear propshaft (diesel)(1) Coupling kit - rear Balljoint - front axle; Pressure cap - expansion tank cap - expansion Pressure (1) Flywheel bearing - diesel - clutchMaster cylinder (1) (1) Repair kit - master cylinder (1) ESR341 RA1060 STC2134 STC3397 STC2180 STC2827 ESR4065 BTR8037 ERR4460 ERR4461 ERR3340 K&N KILTER RA1060 K&N KILTER IDEAL FOR LPG CARS! 95 non air con (1) air con (1) diesel (1) diesel (filter element)V8diesel (1) V8 (1) (1) V8 (1) DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Air con drive belt - diesel (1) Fuel filter; Pollen filterDrive Belts Drive belt - ancillary components; (1) Filters - Air, Oil & Fuel Filters - Air, - V8 & dieselAir filter (standard) (1) Air filter (K&N) Ideal for LPG cars! Oil filter; (1)

RA1233 AJM539 STC1639 STC2033 STC2012 STC2030 STC2031 STC2159 STC2203 STC2208 STC2210 STC2209 STC2026 STC2045 STC2036 STC2189 RTC4268 ERR7217 ERR1782 ERR7306 ERR6733 ERR7280 ERR4077 ERR7283 GEG436UR

1.62 (2 holes)1.87 (3 holes) (1) (1) onlygasket & heatshieldgasket horizontal gasket (1) (1) (4) INTRODUCTION cylinder head gasket set head gasket cylinder set engine gasket lower (1) (1) diesel (1) V8V8V8 (2) V8 (16) V8 (1) dieselV8 (4) V8V8 (1) (2) (1) (1) (1) diesel dieseldieseldiesel (1) (1) dieseldiesel (O-ring) (1) (1) This section contains commonly contains section This and items service requested Rover. for Series 2 Range accessories at the V8 Engine section In addition, of this catalogue the beginning 4.0 & Series 2 Range Rover contains engine components. 4.6 litre for your require part you is a If there that is not Series 2 Range Rover contact our sales please listed here, department. DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION REQ. QTY NO. PART Suitable for 4.0 & 4.6 litre. set - V8Sump gasket set - diesel engine; Gasket (1) Gasket Sets set - V8Head gasket (1) Seal - inlet/exhaust valves; Seal - inlet/exhaust Inlet manifold gasket; (V8)Seal - inlet manifold gasket (2) Exhaust manifold gasket; gasket; cover Rocker gasket; cover Timing Sump gasket; gasket; pump Water - auto gearboxSump gasket (1) Gaskets & Oil Seals Gaskets & Oil Head gasket; SERIES 2 RANGE ROVER DESCRIPTION QTY REQ. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY REQ. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY REQ. PART NO. Suspension Bushes SERIES 2 RANGE ROVER Poly bush kit (1) RA1338 Eye bush - Panhard rod (fr & rr) (4) ANR3671 Eye bush - radius arm; front (4) ANR3332 rear (2) ANR3285 Bush - radius arm to chassis (4) ANR2563 Anti-roll bar bush (2) ANR3305

BILSTEIN HEAVY DUTY GAS NON-ADJUSTABLE

Shock Absorbers Shock absorber- standard - all models; front (2) STC3672 rear (2) STC3671 Shock Absorber - uprated - all models Recommended to fit in vehicle sets. front (pair) Bilstein (1) RA1363B Koni (1) RA1363K rear (pair) Bilstein (1) RA1364B Koni (1) RA1364K ADJUSTABLE OIL-FILLED

Steering Windscreen Brake System Steering shaft assy (1) ANR3698 & Headlamp Wipers Brake disc: Inc. Upper & lower UJ’s. front Universal joint - lower shaft (1) STC1968 Wiper blade - front standard - each (2) NTC8780 Steering balljoint; rhd (2) DKC101000 uprated - pair (1)NTC8780UR lhd (2) DKC100830 EBC turbo groove. drag link (2) STC1871 rear track rod end (1) STC1870 Wiper blade - rear (1) PRC7576 Wiper blade - headlamp (2) DKC100860 standard - each (2) NTC8781 uprated - pair (1)NTC8781UR EBC turbo groove. Electrical Brake pad set; Bulb; front headlamp standard (1) STC3685 uprated (1) STC3685UR main/dip (H4) (2) 589783 EBC Kevlar ‘green stuff’. Fast road. main beam (H1) (2) 589109 rear sidelamp (5W) (2) AFU4481 standard (1) STC3684 indicator uprated (1) STC3684UR front (21W) (2) 264591 EBC Kevlar. Fast road. side repeater (5W) (2) AFU4481 Pad guide pin kits (includes dust covers) foglamp front (1) STC1920 front (H3) (2) 606178 rear (1) STC1910 rear (21W) (2) 264591 rear lamp Brake shoe kit (transmission brake) (1) STC1525 indicator (21W) (2) 264591 Seal kit - brake caliper; tail light (5W) (2) 10211 front (1) STC1919 stop light (21W) (2) 264591 rear (1) STC1909 reverse light (21W) (2) 264591 Handbrake cable (1) ANR2215 fog light (21W) (2) 264591 number plate (5W) (2) AFU4481 high level stop light (5W) (2) AFU4481 interior lamp front main light (10W) (1) 586438 map light (5W) (2) AFU4481 rear pillar (5W) (2) RTC3633 Tyres rear map light (HSE only) (2) 575312 glovebox (5W) (1) RTC3633 Tyre; footwell 255/55 R18 (18" wheel) 255/55R18 front (3W) (2) 573289 235/70 R16 (standard wheel) 235/70R16 rear (5W) (2) RTC3633 255/65 R16 (standard wheel) 255/65R16 loadspace (10W) (1) STC1203 Several quality makes available. puddle lamps (3W) (4) 573289 Contact us for best prices and availability.

96 DESCRIPTION QTY REQ. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY REQ. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY REQ. PART NO. SERIES 2 RANGE ROVER EXHAUSTS

Full System - inc. Catalyst ESR4095P - V8 CATALYSTS (AFTERMARKET). Standard - Mild & Stainless Steel ALSO AVAILABLE AS ‘SPORTS’ AND Comprising:- catalyst(s), centre silencer & tailpipe(s). ‘ORIGINAL EQUIPMENT! See also ‘Part Systems (less Catalysts)’. See also ‘Individual system components’. How to identify mild or stainless steel exhausts using the price guide:- The RA part number for a full system will have an MS suffix (for mild steel) or SS (for stainless steel). Full system (inc. cats) - V8 - 4.0/4.6 litre Not including fittings or manifolds. Comprises catalysts, centre silencer & tailpipe(s). Automatic or manual. 1994 to 1996 (VIN VA346793) rh exit tailpipe mild or stainless steel (1) RA1074 fitting kit (1) RA1074FK 1996 on (VIN VA346794) twin exit tailpipes mild or stainless steel (1) RA1418 fitting kit (1) RA1418FK Individual System Individual System Full system (inc. cat) - diesel - 2.5TD Not including fittings or cast iron downpipe. Comprises Components Components catalyst, centre silencer & tailpipe(s). Automatic or manual. 1994 to 1996 (VIN VA346793) rh exit tailpipe Standard - Mild & Stainless Steel Standard - Mild & Stainless Steel mild or stainless steel (1) RA1078 This section lists individual exhaust components in both mild This section lists individual exhaust components in both mild steel and stainless steel. Use it to select the appropriate parts steel and stainless steel. Use it to select the appropriate parts fitting kit (1) RA1078FK if you are not replacing the whole system. if you are not replacing the whole system. 1996 on (VIN VA346794) twin exit tailpipes System components - V8 - 4.0/4.6 litre mild or stainless steel (1) RA1420 Automatic or manual System components - Diesel - 2.5 TD fitting kit (1) RA1420FK 1994 to 1996 (VIN VA346793) rh exit tailpipe Automatic or manual Manifold (tubular) 1994 to 1996 (VIN VA346793) rh exit tailpipe rh (1) LKC102470 Downpipe/catalyst Part System - exc Catalyst lh (1) LKC102480 original (1) ESR2521 Standard - Mild & Stainless Steel Downpipe/catalyst aftermarket (1) ESR2521P Comprising:- centre silencer & tailpipe(s) only. original (1) ESR4095 Centre silencer See also Full Systems (including catalysts). aftermarket (1) ESR4095P mild steel (1) ESR3194 See also ‘Individual system components’. Centre silencer stainless steel (1) ESR3194SS Catalysts are normally quite durable, so it is unlikely that mild steel (1) WCE104310 Rear silencer/tailpipe (rh exit) you will need to replace them unless an MOT emissions stainless steel (1) WCE104310SS mild steel (1) ESR3196 failure (or a rattle) indicate the need to replace the catalysts & perhaps the full system. Rear silencer/tailpipe (rh exit) stainless steel (1) ESR3196SS How to identify mild or stainless steel exhausts using the mild steel (1) ESR3538 price guide:- 1996 on (VIN VA346794 on) twin exit tailpipe The RA part number for a part system will have an MS suffix stainless steel (1) ESR3538SS (for mild steel) or SS (for stainless steel). Tailpipe finisher (1) ESR3153 Downpipe/catalyst for mild steel tailpipe only. original (1) ESR2521 Part system (exc. cats) - V8 - 4.0/4.6 litre. aftermarket (1) ESR2521P Not including fittings. Comprises centre silencer & 1996 on (VIN VA346794 on) twin exit tailpipe tailpipe(s). Excludes catalysts. Automatic or manual. Centre silencer Manifold (tubular) 1994 to 1996 (VIN VA346793) rh exit tailpipe mild steel (1) ESR3194 mild or stainless steel (1) RA1075 rh (1) LKC102470 stainless steel (1) ESR31940SS fitting kit (1) RA1075FK lh (1) LKC102480 Rear silencers/tailpipes (twin exit) Downpipe/catalyst 1996 on (VIN VA346794 on) twin exit tailpipes right hand mild or stainless steel (1) RA1419 original (1) ESR4095 mild steel (1) WDV100270 fitting kit (1) RA1419FK aftermarket (1) ESR4095P stainless steel (1) WDV10027SS Centre silencer left hand Part system (exc. cat) - Diesel - 2.5TD. mild steel (1) WCE104310 mild steel (1) WDV100260 Not including fittings. Comprises centre silencer & stainless steel (1) WCE104310SS tailpipe(s). Excludes catalyst. Automatic or manual. stainless steel (1) WDV100260SS Rear silencers/tailpipes (twin exit) 1994 to 1996 (VIN VA346793) rh exit tailpipe right hand mild or stainless steel (1) RA1079 mild steel (1) WDV100270 fitting kit (1) RA1079FK stainless steel (1) WDV100270SS 1996 on (VIN VA346794 on) twin exit tailpipes left hand mild or stainless steel (1) RA1421 mild steel (1) WDV100260 fitting kit (1) RA1421FK stainless steel (1) WDV100260SS

STANDARD TWIN EXIT PART SYSTEM IN STAINLESS STEEL

97 DESCRIPTION QTY REQ. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY REQ. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY REQ. PART NO. EXHAUSTS SERIES 2 RANGE ROVER

RA1088 SPORTS SYSTEM

Please note that for pre-’96 (RH exit) vehicles, the rear apron Sports System - Large Bore requires a cut-out (easy) and bracket adaptation for the LH Sports Catalyst Twin Exit Stainless Steel tailpipe. Sports System (exc. cats) - V8 Models - Stainless Steel See also ‘Sports Catalyst’ for V8 models. V8 - 4.0/4.6 litre (1) RA1088 Not shown. For customers looking to further improve the Manufactured from high grade stainless steel with polished, Includes fittings, comprises centre silencer & twin exit large 100mm tailpipes (see photo). bore tailpipes. Excludes catalysts. Automatic or manual. performance of their V8 Range Rover, we can offer a very high The system is supplied from the catalyst back (ie centre quality sports catalyst assembly. Not cheap, but it will ehance silencer & tailpipes). It provides a business like (for V8) Sports System (exc. cat) - power output at all revs. Full details on request. exhaust note at lower revs and increases power output due to Diesel - 2.5TD litre (1) RA1088D the FREE-FLOW silencer design. For motorway cruising Includes fittings, comprises centre silencer & twin exit large Sports Catalysts - however, the system is no noisier than standard. bore tailpipes. Excludes catalyst. Automatic or manual. V8 - 4.0/4.6 litre (1) ESR4095SPORT SERIES 2 ACCESSORIES

AFTERMARKET ‘A’ BAR STC8501P Nudge Bars Nudge bars original equipment Nudge bar assy - inc corner hoops STC8500 A-bar only STC8501 corner hoops (pr) STC8873 Conversion kit for STC8501. headlamp slats STC7599 For corner hoops (not shown). Aftermarket ‘A’ bar - ORIGINAL NUDGE BAR 2" tube (black nylon coated) STC8501P 2" tube (stainless steel) STC8501PSS

ORIGINAL FULL LENGTH STC8505

RUBBER 3/4 LENGTH STC8505PQ

RUBBER FULL LENGTH STC8505P Side Runners Side Runners (pair) original equipment (rubber) STC8505 For use with mudflaps STC8535 (if not already fitted). Aftermarket rubber - full length STC8505P Inc. end caps rubber - 3/4 length STC8505PQ S/STEEL 3/4 LENGTH STC8505SS stainless steel - 3/4 length STC8505SS

98 LAMP RA1342 UPGRADE KIT RX1512 RA1342 RA1341 STC8480 STC8540 99 complete kit Includes headlamps, front indicators, lamps. and rear side repeaters part kit Includes front indicators, side repeaters lamps, (no headlamps). and rear Lamp Upgrade Kits Lamp upgrade kit - 2000 model year Upgrade your vehicle to the latest specification with these original equipment, grey lens, lamps, easy to install. Driving lamps Safari 5000 style with removable Genuine (9" circular). Supplied each. stoneguard. (use STC8884). kit sold separately & relay switch Wiring, Driving Lamps Driving lamps Off-road with plastic ‘Wipac 4x4’ Wipac (9" circular). Supplied as a pair inc H3 100w bulbs. grille. for money! Excellent value Fog Lamp Kit Fog lamp kit (orignal equipment) Spoiler mounted. Fits into recesses. (Not diesel auto). STC8503 STC8504 RA1430L RA1430G RA1430A STC8504P STC8503-4P

AFTERMARKET SET STC8503-4P

front (pair) rear (pair) rear vehicle set (hinged) rear only rear original equipment

Aftermarket SERIES ACCESSORIES 2 with lightstone trim with ash grey trim with granite grey trim AFTERMARKET REAR ONLY STC8504P AFTERMARKET REAR ONLY Light Guards Light guards 3rd brakelight conversion kit (tailgate) brakelight 3rd Original equipment. 3rd Brakelight Conversion Kit ORIGINAL REAR LIGHT GUARD STC8504 ORIGINAL REAR LIGHT GUARD SERIES 2 RANGE ROVER SERIES 2 RANGE ROVER STC8513 STC8516 ANR3679 STC8516T STC8513K STC8516K ANR3679K STC8516TKT ANR3522MNH & tyre RRJ100140MNH For tyres For tyres 96. see page (6-spoke) (6-spoke) each each set of 20 set of 4 nuts set of 4 + 16 standard grey (with logo) - each badge) - green (Land Rover wheel nuts (standard) wheel nuts (locking) cap (with logo) wheel centre Silver, less centre & nuts (8J x 18). & less centre Silver, and balanced. Fitted with quality 255/55 R18 tyre (each) wheel & tyre set (4) wheel & tyre wheel only (each) wheel set (4) TRIPLE SPORT Triple Sport’ Triple Nuts & centres Note: existing (series 2 Range Rover) wheel nuts and wheel nuts (series 2 Range Rover) Note: existing do with 18" wheel option. We may be re-used centres wheel nuts if not fitted. locking recommend however, ‘ wheel alloy Land Rover Silver, less centre & nuts (8J x 18). less centre Silver, ‘Triple Sport’ ‘Triple wheel alloy Land Rover STC8513 ANR3679 STC8513K ANR3679K ANR3522MNH & tyre RRJ100140MNH RRC115410MNH RRC115410MNHT RRC115410MNHK RRC115410MNHKT (5-spoke) (5-spoke) 100 each grey (with logo) - each green (Land Rover badge) - green (Land Rover set of 20 set of 4 nuts set of 4 + 16 standard each wheel centre cap (with logo) wheel centre wheel nuts (locking) wheel nuts (standard) Silver sparkle, less centre & nuts (8J x 18). & nuts (8J less centre Silver sparkle, and balanced. Fitted with quality 255/55 R18 tyre (each) wheel & tyre set (4) wheel & tyre wheel only (each) wheel set (4) MONDIAL Note: existing (series 2 Range Rover) wheel nuts and (series 2 Range Rover) Note: existing do with 18" wheel option. We may be re-used centres wheel nuts if not fitted. locking recommend however, ‘Mondial’ wheel alloy Land Rover Silver sparkle, less centre & nuts (8J x 18). less centre Silver sparkle, Nuts & centres ‘Mondial’ wheel alloy Land Rover applies for wheel/tyre sets. applies for wheel/tyre STC8513 ANR3679 STC8513K ANR3679K ANR3522MNH & tyre RRJ100140MNH RRC111130MNH RRC111130MNHT RRC111130MNHK RRC111130MNHKT Coming Soon! 20" and 22" wheels - enquire for details! - enquire 20" and 22" wheels Coming Soon! (10-spoke) (10-spoke)

each

green (Land Rover badge) - green (Land Rover grey (with logo) - each set of 4 + 16 standard nuts set of 4 + 16 standard set of 4 set of 20 each

SERIES ACCESSORIES 2 combined wheel/tyre packages offer great value for money - and convenience. Special low cost carriage also cost Special low money - and convenience. for offer great value packages combined wheel/tyre wheel centre cap (with logo) wheel centre wheel nuts (locking) wheel nuts (standard) Silver sparkle, less centre & nuts (8J x 18). less centre Silver sparkle, and balanced. Fitted with quality 255/55 R18 tyre (each) wheel & tyre wheel & tyre set (4) wheel & tyre

wheel only (each) wheel set (4) ALLOY & WHEEL-TYRE WHEEL PACKAGES

We offer a superb range of alloy wheels to enhance and upgrade your Series 2 Range Rover. You will find that our will find You upgrade wheels to enhance and Range Rover. your Series 2 alloy of offer a superb range We HURRICANE Note: existing (series 2 Range Rover) wheel nuts and (series 2 Range Rover) Note: existing do with 18" wheel option. We may be re-used centres wheel nuts if not fitted. locking recommend however, Land Rover alloy wheel alloy Land Rover ‘Hurricane’ Silver sparkle, less centre & nuts (8J x 18). less centre Silver sparkle, Nuts & centres ‘Hurricane’ wheel alloy Land Rover STC7817 STC7818 STC7815 STC7816 STC8939 STC8543AA STC50272AAT STC8520AA STC8890AA STC50272RGH STC50272WDB STC50272WAW green ash grey dark stone granite grey saddle walnut blue red Original Equipment front & rear (set 4) front & rear front only (pair) hoop type type release quick Tow bar kit Tow Tow Bar Kit Bar Tow Rubber Overmats Rubber footwell overmats (OE) - all models RA1431 101 REAR MUDFLAPS SHOWN Aftermarket Colours available: black, blue, beige, grey, red, green. red, grey, beige, blue, black, Colours available: all models - car set Velour/carpet footwell overmats - Velour/carpet Velour/Carpet Overmats Velour/Carpet STC8518 STC7565 STC8535 STC8514 STC8536 STC7703 FRONT

(rh exit tailpipe) (rh exit (‘97 MY)

to June ‘96 July ‘96 on SERIES ACCESSORIES 2 for 235x16 tyres for 255x16 & 255x18 tyres front (pair) rear (pair) rear REAR Snowchains (pair) Snowchains Mudflap Kit Mudflap (orignal equipment) Mudflap kit Original equipment Set of 4, rubber (glue-on). fitted. Use with front mudflap kit STC8535, if not already (STC7613). Adhesive sold seprately Wheel Arch Protectors protectors Wheel arch SERIES 2 RANGE ROVER SERIES 2 RANGE ROVER RX1513 STC8515 STC8544 STC8163 STC8532 STC7878 STC7881 STC8919 STC8875 STC8524 STC8526 STC8530 STC50176 STC50149 STC50101 STC50252 STC50184 STC8524P STC8526P AFTERMARKET DOG GUARD 2 ratchet straps & luggage net. straps 2 ratchet Not shown. Includes 4 lashing eyes, Includes 4 lashing eyes, Not shown. Load retention system Load retention grey, red, green. red, grey, Colour available: black, blue, beige, beige, blue, black, Colour available: velour/carpet original equipment Mounts on brackets fitted to headlining. Mounts on brackets Aftermarket Mounts on pillars rubber (OE) Not shown. Trailer board board Trailer carrier if required. Use with bike Luggage rack Fits onto roof sports bars STC50252. Luggage box (roof) top box STC50149P. See also classic Range Rover Security box Fits in side of loadspace. case. Moulded, lockable Electric winch MISCELLANEOUS ACCESSORIES LAND ROVER SHOWN NOT protector graphics body Lower bottom of tailgate. Inc. system Headlamp wash/wipe Compete kit. & crossbars Roof rails Roof sports bars (pair) Ski carrier attatchment Fits eithet STC50101 or STC50252. carrier Rear bike mounts on factory STC8543AA hoop type towbar OE type, carrier adaptor STC8510AB also required. Bike for electric winch Cover rope Tow kit ‘S’ type electrics & split charge Dog guard Dog Guard Dog Load space mat RA1433 STC8894 STC8525 102 Interior wood trim kit Interior wood Replacement type kit to suit your vehicles’ specification. to order. Available Interior Wood Trim Kit Trim Interior Wood Load Space Protector Load space protector Includes tailgate protector STC8894 (not shown). protector Tailgate Not shown. RA1432 RA1429 STC8522 STC8523 STC50189

to ‘98 (pre-side airbag) to ‘98 (pre-side ‘98 on (with side airbag)

front (pair)

rear (pair) rear

SERIES ACCESSORIES 2 Aftermarket - front & rear set Aftermarket - front & rear Original equipment lightstone. saddle, black, grey, Colours available: Armrest covers not included. Armrest covers green. red, blue, beige, black, grey, Colours available: ORIGINAL DOG GUARD

Fuel tank guard aluminium, protects fuel tank, air suspension 6mm thick tank and gearbox. (no drilling required). Fuel Tank Guard Fuel Tank

Seat covers (waterproof) Seat covers Seat Covers PAGE NO. PAGE J Jack VMJet valve, Jet, carbJet, SUK K&N filter 22 'Hotstart'Kenlowe fanKenlowe 87 auto cable, Kickdown 31 Kit, coolant hoses 31 27 L 40 Lamp guards 33 Leads, spark plugs 27 28 Levelling unit VM cylinder, Liner, Liners, pistonLink, anti-roll bar 62 Load space protector 79 wheelnutsLocking 22 box transfer 49 LT230 gearboxLT77 84 47 gearbox 16 LT77S gearboxLT95 53 Lumenition kit, distrib 41 39 62 39 39 I 200TdiIdler pulley, Ignition switchIndicator autoInhibitor switch, Injector 23 dieselInjection pump, dieselInjector, 66 40 Inlet manifold, V8Instruments 33 Interior lamp 64 33 30 32 68 64 H axleHalfshaft, cableHandbrake drumHandbrake Handling kitsHaynes manualHead, cylinder 44 10 Headlamp 42 HeadliningHeater hosesHeater matrix 52 86 Holley carb components 19 Holley carb kitHorn 31 63 Hose clips, coolant 76 Hose kit, coolant 29 29 clutchHose, Hoses, coolant 31 Hoses, heater 28 efiHotwire 28 frontHub, rearHub, 67 brakeHydraulics, 25 28 29 32 57 45 46 PAGE NO. PAGE G gear leverGaiter, handbrakeGaiter, setGasket set, V8Gasket Gauges 77 Gear oil 77 GearboxGlass diesel plug, Glow 11 11 radiatorGrille, 68 39 23 39 74 72 E E.C.U.ECAS componentsEfi componentsElectric door mirrorsElectric seatsElectric sunroof motor 68 Electric wnidows 65 dieselEngine, 32 V8Engine, 63 65 Engine mounts diesel 65 Engine number, 65 V8Engine number, EP90 oil 22 control)ETC (traction 22 Exhaust 26 12 Exhaust wrap 12 Expansion tank, coolant 68 F 28 Fan belt 39 Fan, Kenlowe 38 fuelFiller cap, 35 airFilter, fuelFilter, oilFilter, P.A.S.Filter, 27 extinguisherFire 27 34 Flasher units hoses, brakesFlexi steering coupling, Flexible 33 34 StrombergFloat needle, 88 Float, Stromberg 58 9 9 & clutchFluid, brake 57 31 Flywheel 67 Fog lamps camshaftFollower, 25 31 Footwell matsFront axleFront hubFront wing 21 64, 83 Fuel filler cap 39 Fuel filter 84 Fuel level senderFuel tank v8Full engine, 44 Fuses 45 69 34 34 34 13 34 67 Door skinsDoors linkDrag Drive beltsDrive plateDriving lampsDriving member 70 Drop arm, steeringDrum, handbrake 70 59 64, 83 10 40 45 58 42 103 PAGE NO. PAGE D steeringDamper, panelDeck Delay unit, int.lampsDelay unit, wipers carbDiaphragm, 59 seatDiaphragm, 67 Diesel engine axleDifferential, 67 69 Dipstick brake 31 Disc, Dis-car-nect 76 Distributor 22 Dog guard 44 Door glassDoor mirrors, electricDoor seals 16 56 90 65 62 79 72 72 Caliper, brakeCaliper, set, V8Cam bearing Cam lubeCamshaft distributorCap, 16 Capacitor 56 Carb floatCarburettorCarpets door lockingCentral 21 62 differentialCentre 21 transfer Warner Chain, Borg Chain, timing 62 41 65 cableChoke 31 31 Chrome ball 41 Cigar lighter 77 Clips, coolant hosesClock fluidClutch 21 hoseClutch 33 28 kitClutch 45 master cylinderClutch 64 pivot pinClutch fork release Clutch cylinder slave Clutch 24 25 Coil 66 25 Coil springs, suspensionCold start unit, VM diesel 24 24 24 24 Column, steering 47 ECASCompressor, 23 Con rodCondenser (ign), V8Constant velocity joint 60 points, V8Contact breaker 68 62 windowControl unit, one-touch 65 Control unit, seat memory 62 62 44 Cool It ThermotecCoolant 65 18 Coolant hosesCopper grease plugCore 38 clutchCover, rockerCover, timingCover, 28 Crankshaft 87 29 PulleyCrankshaft Cruise control boxCubby 24 16 19 CV joint V8Cylinder block, 21 17 Cylinder head 16 Cylinder heads, performance 66 VMCylinder liner, 19 16 77 44 19 22 PAGE NO. PAGE C acceleratorCable, bonnet releaseCable, chokeCable, handbrakeCable, 10 33 42 33 B BadgesBallast resistorBalljointBalljoint, droparm rodBalljoint, track BatteryBattery charger 62 releaseBearing, 58 74 Bearings, camshaft, V8 58 Bearings, mains 58 Belt, timingBelts, drive 16 90 V8 cylinder, Block, 25 68 panelsBody styling kitBody 16 Bolt kits, suspension head, V8Bolts, cylinder 16 10 Bonnet 10 cableBonnet release 52 20 Books 69 78 Bottom hoseBottom tailgate 10 caliperBrake cleanerBrake discBrake 69 fluidBrake hydraulicsBrake 28 70 padsBrake 86 pipe kitBrake 56 87 pipesBrake servoBrake 56 57 Bulb 57 Bull barBump stop 56 57 BumpersBush kits, suspension 57 absorberBush, shock 57 Bushes, suspension boxBW transfer 52 47 64 79 47 52 75 41 AA membership packAA membership ABS components cableAccelerator headlamp levellingActuator, 88 Aerial 63 Aerosol, paint 57 A-frame 33 Air conAir filter ECASAir spring, meterAirflow 90 AlarmAlignment tool, clutch 68 wheelsAlloy 49 Alternator 50 29 distributorAmplifier, 25 33 32 AntifreezeAnti-roll bar oilATF 62 Automatic gearbox 53 68 Auxiliary air valveAxle 61 29 40 47 32 40 44 A INDEX PAGE NO. PAGE NO. PAGE NO. PAGE NO.

M Q Springs, suspension 47 V INDEX Springs, valve 20 Mallory distributor 62 Quarterlight 72 V8 engine 12 Sprocket, camshaft 21 Master cylinder, brake 57 Vacuum actuator, diff lock 41 Stainless steel exhaust 35 Master cylinder, clutch 24 Vacuum advance unit, distr 62 R Starter motor 61 Matrix, heater 29 Vacuum pump, diesel 23 R380 gerabox 39 Steering box 58 Meter, airflow 32 Valance, front 69 Radiator 28 Steering column 60 Metering needle, Stromberg 31 Valve guides, V8 20 Radius arm 47 Steering damper 59 Metering needle, SU 31 Valve springs 23 Railko bush 45 Steering wheel 60 Mirror glass, doors 65, 73 Valve springs, V8 20 Rear axle 46 Stepper motor, efi 32 Motor, electric windows 65 Vernier timing chain, V8 21 Rear hub 46 Stromberg carbs 31 Motor, sunroof 65 Viscous coupling 27 Rear view mirror 73 Stub axle 45 Mounting, engine 26 VM diesel 22 Rear wing 69 Stud kit, main bearing, V8 16 Mounting, gearbox 26 Rear wiper motor 63 Studs, roadwheels 53 Mudflaps 55 Regulator, window 73 Sump 16 W Relays 67 Sun visors 76 Washer bottle 63 N Release bearing 24 Sunroof panel 69 Washer jet 63 Needle guide, SU 31 Release fork, clutch 24 Suspension bushes 52 Washer pump 63 Needle valve, Stromberg 31 Relief valve spring, V8 18 Suspension kits 51 Wastegate, turbo, diesel 23 Needle, carb 31 Remote oil filter kit, V8 18 Switch, electric seats 65 Water pump 27 Non-return valve, servo 57 Repair kit, clutch mast.cyl 24 Switch, electric windows 65 WD40 87 North American Vehicles Repair kit, clutch sl.cyl 25 Switches and controls 66 Wheel chock 55 supplement 92 Repair panels 71 Wheel studs 53 Nudge bar 79 Swivel grease 45 Repeater lamps, front 64 Swivel housing 45 Wheel, alloy 53-55 Number plate lamps 64 Reservoir, ECAS 68 Wheelarch, front 71 Nuts, roadwheel 53 Reservoir, steering fluid 58 T Wheelbox, rear wiper 63 Rev counter 68 Wheelnuts 53 Tailgate 70 O Reverse switch 39 Wheelstud 53 Tank, fuel 34 Oil 87 Ring gear, flywheel 24 Winch 85 Tdi engine 22 Oil cooler kit, V8 18 Rings, piston 17 Window regulator 73 Temp compensator, Stromberg 31 Oil filter, V8 9 Roadwheel 53 Windscreen 72 Tensioner, auxil, 300Tdi 23 Oil pick-up pipe, V8 16 Rocker arm, V8 20 Windscreen seal 72 Tensioner, timing belt, diesel 23 Oil seal 11 Rocker cover 19 Wing 69 Thermostat, coolant 29 Oil seal, valve stem, V8 20 Rocker shaft, V8 20 Wiper blade, rear 63 Thermostat, oil cooler 18 Roof panel 69 Wiper delay unit 67 Thermotime switch 32 P Roof rack 80 Wiper motor, rear 63 Throttle potentiometer 32 Pads, brake 56 Rotor arm 62 Wipers 63 Thrust plate, camshaft, diesel 22 Paint 90 Rubbing strips 75 Workshop consumables 87 Timer, glow plug 67 Panel switches 66 Running-in oil 87 Timer, heated screen 67 Panhard rod 47 Timing belt 10 PAS pump 58 S Timing chain 21 Pedal rubber, accelerator 77 S.U. carbs 31 Timing cover 21 Pedal rubber, brake 77 Seal, door 72 Timing disc, V8 21 Pedal rubber, clutch 77 Seal, oil 11 Tools 87 Pick-up (distrib), V8 62 Seal, windscreen 11 Top hose 28 Pilot (spigot) bush 16 Seat belts 76 Top tailgate 70 Pipes, brake 57 Self levelling unit 49 Torque converter 40 Piston spring, SU 31 Sender, fuel level 34 Tow bar 85 Pivot pin, clutch 24 Sender, temperature 29 Track rod 59 Plate, clutch 24 Servo, brake 57 Traction control 57 Plenum chamber 32 Series 3 Range Rover 95 Transducer, speedo 68 Plug lead set 62 Shear bolt, ignition 66 Transfer gearbox 41 Plug, core 16 Shock absorber 51 Transfers 74 Points, V8 62 Shoes, handbrake 10 Transmitter, oil press. 18 Poly bush kit 52 Short engine, V8 14 Tune resistor, efi 32 Potentiometer, throttle 32 Side lamps 64 Turbo 23 Preheater, engine 27 Side repeater lamps 64 Turret, shock absorber 47 Preheater, interior 27 Side steps 79 Pressure cap, coolant 28 Sills 71 U Programme unit, wipers 63 Slam panel 69 Universal joint 43 Propshaft 43 Slave cylinder, clutch 25 Uprated brake kits 56 PRV, brakes 57 Solenoid 61 USA Supplement 92 Puddle lamps 64 Soundproofing kit 84 Pulley, Crankshaft 17 Spark plug 9 Pump, steering 58 Speed transducer 68 Pump, water 27 Speedometer 68 Push rod, clutch 24 Spigot (pilot) bush 16 Pushrod 20 Spigot aligner, auto 40 Sports exhaust system 36 Spring turret 47 Spring, relief valve, V8 18

104 Join a Club and make new friends You may or may not know that there is a club in the UK that caters for all Range Rovers, we are sure when you join, they will give you a very warm welcome. RRangeange RRoverover RegisterRegister The Range Rover Register If your Range Rover is not only your car but your active interest, you might like to know about this well organised club.

Founded in 1985, the Range Rover Register (RRR) Club keeps in touch with all its members - currently over 1,000 in the UK, through their excellent bi- monthly club magazine. It contains helpful news topics, vehicle maintenance information, members letters, updates & conversions, and well written technical articles that will help you care for your Range Rover, all supported by photographs. The club also organises a vast number of shows & events including ‘local get togethers’, Off-roading, Green -laning, Concours and much, much more. They also keep a register of Range Rovers - they’d like to hear about yours.

For membership details please contact; Nigel Webster (Membership Secretary) The Range Rover Register, The Elms, Abbey Road, Revesby, Boston, Lincolnshire, PE22 7NX. (These details were correct at the time of going to press)

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS NEW & RECONDITIONED PARTS We would like to thank the ‘Range Rover Register’ committee members whose Almost every part we list is sold brand-new, but in many instances we also offer you the meeting we disrupted at Gaydon, and to Nick Tuite (Treasurer) who allowed us to facility to buy “Reconditioned” (usually giving us your old component in part-exchange). ‘Drag’ him away and photograph his superb 4.2 Autobiography Range Rover Classic Where there is a reconditioned version of a part, you will find the letter ‘R’ added at the (front cover) at various locations in the quiet villages of Warwickshire. end of the part number. We must also offer our thanks to the ‘British Motor Industry Heritage Trust’ (BMIHT) EXCHANGE SURCHARGES (REFUNDABLE) at Gaydon for allowing us to reproduce photography from their vast libraries and, members of staff for their help. Special thanks must go to Karam Ram Where parts are sold on an exchange basis, an “Exchange Surcharge” is applied – a deposit in effect, which is refunded to you when your old unit is received by us. This (photographic archivist at BMIHT), for his unremitting research. system allows you to make an exchange without having to send the old unit first ... it can often prevent your vehicle being off the road. The amount of the Exchange Surcharge is shown in the Price Guide in italics below the part number. When returning your old unit, please send with it a note of your customer number, name, address and our invoice/ document number. Without this we cannot make the refund. Units must be drained of oil, water and be complete and serviceable; we reserve the right to retain all or part of the surcharge if the unit is irreparable or damaged.

Errors & Omissions Excepted. All parts offered subject to availability. All part numbers, SELECTED USED PARTS illustrations and photographs used in this catalogue are intended for reference/dentification We are often asked for parts that are no longer available, where the cost of re-tooling purposes only, and are not necessarily an exact representation of the goods supplied. Whilst we or re-manufacturing is prohibitive, and there is little or no chance of the part becoming make every effort to ensure the accuracy of product descriptions in this catalogue, they are based available. We have also found that some customers prefer the option of being able to buy a upon information supplied by the manufacturer/distributor at the time of publication. There may (non safety critical) used alternative, where perhaps the cost of a new part is unjustified. Over the years, we have acquired many parts which are suitable for re-sale. You will find be occasions-due to circumstances beyond our control - when specifications are changed, or these parts listed in the Price Guide under the same part number reference as new but with when goods become temporarily unavailable. a ‘U’ suffix. All used parts have been cleaned and inspected and are sold as serviceable Certain part numbers have been superseded to an alternative number when a later version or when fitted. updated specification is offered.

105 OUR CATALOGUES ARE YOUR PASSPORT TO THE FINEST PARTS SERVICE

LANDROVER 110

OUT SOON

FREELANDER

SERIES 2 RIMMER BROS CATALOGUES RANGE ROVER OUT SOON At Rimmers there’s still no charge for any of our full colour parts catalogues... if you’ve got a car we cover, we’ll send LANDROVER you a copy, post free in the UK. (Small charge for extra catalogues and 90 overseas postage). Once registered as a customer for a specific vehicle you will be automatically updated (free of charge) with any new catalogue or price guides as they are published. OUT SOON OUT SOON WE’RE BUYERS AS WELL AS SELLERS

Alongside our new parts, we also offer parts which have been reconditioned. Because of this, we are often in the market for engines, gearboxes, transfer boxes, steering boxes and axles which are suitable for reconditioning purposes. Please give us a call.

ALL PARTS ARE GUARANTEED “It’s our objective to ensure the satisfaction of every one of our customers.”

GAINSBOROUGH SCUNTHORPE GRIMSBY

A156 1398 A1500 B A15 A46

1 LOUTH

4

2 1 A156 B

SAXILBY 8 A158

A57 9

13 A57 B

WORKSOP (A1 NORTH)

B1190 ROAD LINCOLN

DODDINGTON RING B1190 B1188 A1133 A46 B1190 A1434

B1178

B RAF 1188 A1 WADDINGTON A46 B1178

B1202 B1189

1 A15 119 NEWARK-ON-TRENT B A607 A17 WOODHALL SPA

A1 B1188

GRANTHAM SLEAFORD

HOW TO FIND US We’re 2 miles south of Lincoln, on A15 Lincoln to Sleaford Road.

BUSINESS HOURS 8.30am - 5.30pm Monday to Friday. 8.30am - 1.30pm Saturday. (Closed Sunday and Bank Holidays except Good Friday)

Rimmer Bros Limited. Triumph House, Sleaford Road, Bracebridge Heath, Lincoln LN4 2NA England. Telephone: (01522) 543210/568000. Fax: (01522) 567600. E-MAIL: [email protected] WEB: www.rimmerbros.co.uk

Top View